Type 1 diabetes results from intricate interactions between genetic predisposition and environmental triggers. Existing treatments often fall short of providing sustained relief, prompting the search for alternative solutions. Gene therapy offers such avenues by either reprogramming alpha cells to perform beta cell function or providing gene editing tools that cut out damaged DNA altogether. The landscape of cell and gene therapy is ever evolving, accelerated by substantial investments, novel technology, and strategic partnerships among key major players. Cutting-edge technology, regulatory backing, and favorable market conditions are propelling alternative therapies towards mainstream acceptance.

Type 1 diabetes (T1D) is a multifaceted interplay of genetic predisposition and environmental triggers, resulting in an autoimmune response that targets and destroys insulin-producing beta cells in the pancreas. As beta cells are destroyed, the production of insulin diminishes, leading to impaired glucose regulation. The absence of sufficient insulin results in elevated blood glucose levels, contributing to the hallmark symptoms of diabetes, such as increased thirst, frequent urination, and unexplained weight loss. The impaired ability of beta cells to regenerate is a critical aspect of T1D. Even when environmental triggers initiate the autoimmune response, understanding the genetic factors influencing beta cell dysfunction provides insights into potential therapeutic interventions. We discussed the etiology of T1D, genetic predisposition and participating events here. 

Current standard treatment options include Pancreas or beta cell transplant, and maintenance therapy which requires patients monitor blood glucose throughout the day to estimate the amount of insulin needed to prevent hyperglycemia (high blood sugar) without causing hypoglycemia (low blood sugar). Pancreas or beta cells transplant from human donors is a long-term solution but comes with a significant supply problem making only about 1,000 transplants feasible in the US annually. There are several other prophylactic and therapeutic avenues being explored for T1D.

We delve deeper into the current state and future prospects of gene therapy in the context of T1D here.

Gene Therapy

Gene therapy involves modifying diseased cells by replacing, inactivating damaged genes, or introducing new or modified genes to treat or potentially cure them. In a 2018 study, scientists reprogrammed alpha cells in the pancreas to function similarly to beta cells. They engineered an adeno-associated vector (AAV) to deliver two proteins, pancreatic and duodenal homeobox 1 and MAF basic leucine zipper transcription factor A, to a mouse’s pancreas. These proteins facilitated beta cell proliferation, maturation, and function, resulting in normalized blood sugar levels in the mouse for four months without requiring immunosuppressant drugs. The engineered alpha cells mimicked beta cells and were resistant to immune attacks. However, such gene therapy treatments would likely not offer a one-time cure.

A potential “one and done” therapy could be gene editing in which the body’s DNA is reprogrammed. The focus of gene editing is to cut out the damaged part of the DNA to avoid the disease altogether. In the case of T1D, this looks like getting at the underlying reason for the auto-immune attack on the beta cells that cause diabetes to begin with.

Key Advancements

In June 2022, CRISPR Therapeutics and ViaCyte collaborated to administer the first patient dose in a Phase I clinical trial of innovative gene-edited cell replacement therapy. Through the integration of CRISPR Therapeutics gene-editing technology and ViaCyte’s proprietary pluripotent stem cell line, they developed VCTX210. This treatment produces pancreatic cells designed to evade immune system detection, thus safeguarding them from attack. The differentiated cells generate glucose-responsive insulin-secreting cells within the patient.

Another notable startup, Sigilon Therapeutics, is developing Shielded Living Therapeutics™ (SLTx) for diabetes, which entails encapsulating insulin-producing cells within a semi-permeable barrier, shielding them from immune system attacks while permitting essential nutrients to pass through.

In October 2022, the Australian government greenlit the Targeted Translation Research Accelerator program for diabetes and cardiovascular disease. This trial, a first of its kind for T1D gene therapy, focuses on utilizing the protein A20 in genetic engineering to protect insulin-producing islet cells from immune damage.

The following table captures pivotal moments where companies have joined forces, acquired assets, or engaged in collaborative efforts to advance innovative treatments:

Regulatory

On the regulatory front, both the FDA and European Medicines Agency (EMA), recognizing the transformative potential of these therapies, have streamlined pathways to expedite their development and approval. The FDA has granted several expedited pathways to companies, including breakthrough therapy, fast track, and regenerative medicine advanced therapy designations, to accelerate the development of cell and gene therapies for T1D. Noteworthy examples include the approval of CellTrans' Lantidra, which is the first cellular therapy to treat T1D.

The landmark approval of Vertex's CRISPR-based drug, moving closer to fruition after successful trial outcomes, highlights FDA's commitment to advancing transformative therapies, signaling a new era in regulatory support for innovative treatments in the domain of T1D.

Furthermore, EMA has implemented strategies to facilitate the translation of scientific advancements into safe and effective therapies. The adaptive pathways approach, adopted by the EMA, aims to expedite the delivery of promising therapies to patients by allowing iterative development with real-world evidence collection.

Challenges

Despite significant advancements in the technology, the field of cell and gene therapy faces several challenges:

• One of the initial hurdles lies in the complexity of the immune response, as attempts to modulate, or replace beta cells often encounter resistance.
• Ensuring the long-term safety and efficacy of gene therapies is challenging, necessitating comprehensive monitoring and assessment over extended periods.
• Technical challenges related to efficient gene delivery, precise editing, and scalability in manufacturing also persist, impacting the widespread applicability of these therapies.
• Inflated costs pose a barrier to adoption, not only in terms of the high investment required for the development of such treatments but also the subsequent financial burden on healthcare systems, potentially limiting patient accessibility.
• Ethical considerations must be carefully weighed, particularly regarding the use of embryogenic stem cells in treatment therapies, as their derivation from human embryos may conflict with certain religious views.

Future Prospect

The landscape of cell and gene therapy for Type 1 diabetes is continuously evolving, accelerated by significant investments, novel technology, and strategic partnerships among major players. Advances in delivery methods and gene editing techniques such as enhancing specificity and survivability of regulatory T cells to suppress autoimmune responses and restore immune balance, show promise for a more targeted treatment of T1D. The convergence of cutting-edge technology, regulatory support, and favorable market conditions synergistically drives gene therapy beyond its origins in rare diseases toward broader mainstream acceptance.

Type 1 diabetes (T1D) is a complex autoimmune disease with a multifactorial etiology. Genetic predisposition, environmental triggers, and immune dysregulation contribute to the development of this chronic condition. Diagnoses involves a combination of clinical evaluation, laboratory tests, and medical history assessment. T1D impacts millions globally, with its incidence rising notably among African American and Hispanic youth populations. A variety of treatment options, including maintenance therapy, transplants, gene therapy, vaccines, antibodies, and combination therapies, are being explored to improve outcomes and quality of life for individuals with T1D.

Type 1 diabetes is a chronic autoimmune disorder characterized by the destruction of insulin-producing beta cells in the pancreas. It affects millions worldwide, with onset typically occurring during childhood or adolescence. While the precise cause remains elusive, extensive research has uncovered key insights into its etiology.

Etiology of Type 1 Diabetes

• Genetic Predisposition: Genetic predisposition refers to an individual's inherent susceptibility or increased likelihood of developing a particular trait or condition due to variations in their genetic makeup. These predispositions may arise from specific gene mutations, allelic variations, or genetic polymorphisms that can influence an individual's response to environmental factors or their risk of developing certain diseases. 
  1. HLA Genes: The HLA region on chromosome is a critical susceptibility locus for T1D. HLA genes exhibit numerous variations, forming unique combinations called haplotypes. Certain haplotypes, especially those of HLA-DQA1, HLA-DRB1, and HLA-DQB1 gene variations, heighten T1D risk of an exaggerated immune response to beta cells, contributing about 40% to T1D's genetic risk.
  2. Rare Monogenic Forms: Rarely, autoimmune diabetes stems from mutations in a single gene, leading to monogenic forms often linked to other autoimmune conditions due to shared regulatory pathways. One example is the IPEX syndrome (Immune dysregulation, polyendocrinopathy, enteropathy, X-linked), caused by Foxp3 transcription factor mutations, disrupting Treg function and prompting multiorgan autoimmunity. Approximately 80% of affected children develop T1D.
     
  3. Insulin Gene: The IDDM2 locus on chromosome 11, containing the insulin gene region, confers a minor genetic predisposition to T1D. Variations in the variable number of tandem repeat (VNTR) polymorphisms in the insulin gene's promoter region determine susceptibility, with shorter repeats (VNTR type I) increasing risk and longer repeats (VNTR type III) offering protection against T1D.
     
  4. PTPN22: A relatively new addition to the T1D susceptibility gene set is PTPN22, which encodes for the lymphoid protein tyrosine phosphatase (LYP). A mutation resulting in loss of function can lower the threshold for autoreactive T-cell activation.
     
  5. IL2RA: Allelic variations in IL2RA are strongly linked to T1D susceptibility. Detected Single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) in the IL2RA gene from genome-wide studies suggest increased T1D risk by affecting IL2RA expression or function, thereby altering Treg function and immune regulation.
     
  6. CTLA-4: CTLA-4 regulates T-cell activation and enhances regulatory T-cell function, influencing immune tolerance. Genetic variations in CTLA4 are associated with T1D susceptibility. Therapeutic strategies targeting CTLA-4 signaling hold promise for T1D treatment by modulating immune responses and restoring tolerance. 
     
• Precipitating Events: Autoimmunity is considered to be the predominant effector mechanism of T1D; however, it may not be its primary trigger. T1D precipitates in genetically susceptible individuals, often triggered by environmental factors. However, there remains a significant gap between the initiation and detection of ongoing diabetogenic incidents, posing a fundamental challenge in identifying potential causative environmental triggers. Some of the plausible environmental triggers include:
  1. Enteroviruses: Enteroviruses, particularly Coxsackie virus B, are implicated in triggering autoimmune responses causing T1D. These infect pancreatic beta cells, inducing inflammation and disruption immune tolerance mechanisms, advancing T1D in genetically predisposed individuals.
  2. Bacteria: The gut microbiota, especially the bacterial composition (lipopolysaccharide content), correlates with T1D prevalence. Butyrate-producing bacteria levels are associated with autoantibodies, suggesting a potential preventive strategy. Moreover, gut virome and mycobiome variations may impact immune dysregulation and T1D development. 
     
  3. Other Environmental Triggers: Cow milk and wheat proteins have shown conflicting associations with T1D, especially in early childhood exposure. Vitamin D shows protective effects, with lower levels linked to increased risk due to its role in immune regulation and maintaining self-tolerance. 

     

     Figure 1 - Type 1 Diabetes Development and Progression

Diagnosis

Diagnosing T1D entails clinical evaluation, lab tests, and a review of medical history. Some of the techniques involved include symptom assessment, blood glucose measurement, and autoantibody testing. Biomarkers such as islet autoantibodies (e.g., GAD, IA-2, ZnT8), C-peptide levels, and glycated hemoglobin (HbA1c) help gauge the risk of clinical diagnosis. These biomarkers provide insights into the autoimmune destruction of pancreatic beta cells and are utilized as prognostic biomarkers to monitor the rate of disease progression.

Prevalence of Type 1 Diabetes

According to a research article published in the Lancet (2022), T1D affected 8.4 million individuals globally in 2021, with 1.5 million (18%) below 20 years, 5.4 million (64%) aged 20–59, and 1.6 million (19%) aged 60 or older. Approximately 0.5 million new cases emerged, with a median onset at 29 years, and around 35,000 non-diagnosed deaths within a year. Additionally, 1.8 million individuals lived in low-income settings. Projections suggest that by 2040, cases may rise to 13.5–17.4 million, particularly in low-income countries.

Another review published in Plos Global Public Health in 2022 found that the highest T1D incidence rates were reported in the 5–9 and 10–14-year age groups than in the 0–4 and 15–19 year age groups. Moreover, in the 0–14-year age group, the highest incidence was reported in Northern Europe (23.96 per 100,000), Australia/New Zealand (22.8 per 100,000), and Northern America (18.02 per 100,000), while the lowest was observed in Melanesia, Western Africa, and South America (all <1 per 100,000).

Treatment

T1D treatments encompass a range of diverse strategies aimed at managing blood sugar levels and preventing complications. These include maintenance therapy, which comprises numerous strategies such as insulin therapy with various formulations and delivery methods, and pancreas or islet cell transplantation, which is tailored to individual needs to ensure optimal glycemic control and long-term management of the condition. However, more advanced therapies such as gene therapy aim to restore beta cell function, while immunomodulatory vaccines and monoclonal antibodies target immune responses. Combination therapies, such as insulin paired with immunomodulatory drugs or stem cell transplantation, offer synergistic approaches to manage T1D, addressing both glycemic control and immune regulation for enhanced treatment efficacy and patient well-being.

Future Perspective

Recent research has focused on identifying biomarkers for early detection of and intervention in T1D. Advances in genetic sequencing technologies have aided the identification of novel susceptibility loci and pathways involved in disease pathogenesis. Immunomodulatory therapies focused on preserving beta cell function and inducing immune tolerance show promise in preventing or delaying the onset of T1D in at-risk individuals.

Modern consumers prioritize food ingredients they trust and recognize with the aim of lowering sugar, salt, and fat content. Globally, there is growing demand for taste modulation solutions, driven by the expanding culinary and packaged food sectors. New businesses are increasingly leveraging diverse and cutting-edge technologies to meet this demand. The entrants aim to assist clients in developing comprehensive natural product concepts by incorporating flavorings, coloring, and sweetness balance to fulfill consumer expectations. Furthermore, market dynamics are influenced by various regulations, government investments, and R&D advancements in flavor modulation.

Introduction

Flavor modulators are substances, either chemical or natural, that engage with taste receptors on the tongue, influencing the way flavors are perceived. They can enhance the sweetness, bitterness, or umami taste as well as modify or mask the unwanted off-flavors.

Manufacturers utilize flavor modulators to attain the desired taste in nutritionally optimized products by balancing or restoring the appropriate aroma, mouthfeel, and flavor to get the preferred taste.

It requires combining various elements to achieve a specific flavor profile, frequently with the goal of harmonizing intensity, concealing undesirable tastes, or crafting distinctive sensory encounters.

Market Snapshot

The worldwide market for flavor modulators was estimated to be valued at USD1.3 billion in 2022 and is anticipated to reach USD 2.5 billion by 2032.

North America and Europe dominate the market at present owing to the presence of established food & beverage industries and a high level of consumer awareness. Nevertheless, substantial expansion is anticipated in Asia-Pacific in the coming years, propelled by rapid urbanization, evolving lifestyles, and an expanding middle-class population.

The analysis of the flavor modulation market is categorized into the following:

• Sweet Modulator
• Salt Modulator
• Mouthfeel Modulator
• Masking Modulator

Key Drivers

Changing consumer preference: Given rising customer demand for unique and novel flavors in food & beverage, flavor modulators offer the flexibility to create customized taste profiles, thus catering to evolving preferences.

Health and wellness trends: The growing awareness of health and wellness has led to greater demand for healthier food & beverage options. Flavor modulators help reduce the need for excessive sugar, salt, or fat content while maintaining the sensory profile.

Key Restraints

Stringent regulations: Manufacturers operating in the flavor modulator market must adhere to strict regulations, which mandate compliance with safety and labeling standards. The regulatory processes and the need for extensive testing can decrease the time required for product development and time to market.

Limited consumer acceptance: Even with the progress made in flavor modulation technology, consumers may be skeptical about the use of artificial ingredients or altered flavors. Educating consumers about the safety and benefits of flavor modulators is essential to allay their concerns.

Opportunities

Growing functional food sector: The increasing demand for food & beverage presents significant opportunity for flavor modulators. These can enhance the taste of products fortified with vitamins, minerals, or other health-promoting ingredients.

Emerging markets: Developing regions, such as Asia-Pacific and Latin America, offer untapped potential for the flavor modulator market. Rising disposable incomes, rapid urbanization, and changing consumer habits are driving the need for new and exciting flavors.

Plant-based and natural solutions: The increasing inclination toward natural and plant-based components opens a window for the innovation of flavor modulators sourced from botanical origins. Players can capitalize on this trend by offering clean label options to meet consumer demand.

Importance of Flavor Modulators

To stay ahead of the curve, manufacturers are looking for solutions to address texture, flavor, color, positive nutrition, and sustainability challenges in food & beverage. Amid an uncertain economic backdrop, supply-demand issues and inflationary pressure have pushed the global prices of raw materials. For example, sugar prices have inflated considerably in Europe, denting margins for manufacturers and questioning the affordability of the finished product.

The challenges pertaining to ingredients, formulation delivery, and cost pressure, has intensified competition in the market. Leveraging ingredients in formulations to create unique and indulgent experiences for consumers while being mindful of the cost and environmental footprint is still a predicament for various manufacturers.

Commercial Activity

International Flavors and Fragrances has integrated an ice cream stabilizer system to achieve optimal creaminess, mouthfeel, and melting properties, alongside an innovative flavor-modulating technology, all within a synergistic blend. IFF’s new CREMODAN® GREENPRO 101 Modulator Enhanced System can help manufacturers to reduce sugar and milk/fat solid content while maintaining the original taste and texture of ice cream, which drives repeat purchase. This cuts costs by 25% without any changes in the manufacturers’ processes or equipment as well as minimizes the shipping cost of commodities to processing plants, thereby reducing the carbon footprint of ingredients used in ice cream by up to 30%.

Some players have launched a range of flavor modulators addressing one sensory issue, such as sugar/salt reduction, or addressing the overall sensory profile of products including masking, enhancing, boosting, and blocking.

Döhler has launched the MultiSense® range to strategically address flavor-related challenges. MultiSense® Flavours enhance the sensory characteristics of low-calorie products. With the diverse range of natural MultiSense® Flavours, it becomes possible to decrease sugar content without the need for extra sweeteners to cover the aftertaste or enhance the texture of reduced-sugar products, depending on the chosen flavor.

T. Hasegawa USA has developed a proprietary flavor technology, Boostract, that can extend the period a perceived flavor lingers. This also enhances the desired notes associated with the named flavor in a product. BOOSTRACT™ technology is achieved through three different methods – extraction, enzymatic, and thermal reaction – sometimes in combination.

Regulations and Labeling

The recently released EU regulation, dated May 2018 (2018/848), mandates that flavorings used in organic food & beverage must now adhere to a minimum of 95% Natural X Flavorings (following the 95/5 formula structure). Products meeting this updated criterion can be labeled as “suitable for organic.”

Organic foods being a trend, this new law is a considerable challenge for food & beverage manufacturers that want to declare organic but do not currently have access to 95/5-type modulators. To overcome this problem of organic/natural flavorings, startups such as Ixora Scientific (established in 2021), are developing tailor-made 100% plant-based natural flavor modulators. The company has recently collaborated with Döhler to commercialize its products.

Conclusion

The flavor modulator market is witnessing a significant growth, wherein manufacturers are constantly exploring novel flavor modulators to cater to changing consumer preferences and differentiate their products in the market. By embracing innovation, educating consumers, and fostering collaborative partnerships, manufacturers can capitalize on the market’s growth and meet consumer demand for exciting and flavorful food & beverage.

The government’s decision to install 100 million solar plants in Indian households would significantly boost the energy sector. This aligns with the Indian government’s global aspiration of “One Sun, One World, One Grid,” an initiative proposed to connect the electrical grids of various countries, powered by solar energy.

While under the Suryodaya Scheme, the government would largely promote the indigenous business of the solar energy value chain, it also creates opportunity for global players to be part of the value chain. This article mentions companies/sectors that can benefit from this scheme as well as find investment and entrepreneurial opportunities.

• Solar panel manufacturing: Most of the raw materials and panels used for solar plant development are imported from China. The government aims to decrease reliance on imports and promote Indian investors and encourage entrepreneurs to build solar panels.
• EPC planning, installation, maintenance, and cleaning: Not every houseowner is familiar with maintaining and repairing solar panels and plants. Thus, entrepreneurs, companies, and startups are likely to play a crucial role and may find business opportunities in some or all the following activities:
  1. Solar planning: Identifying households suitable for solar panel installation.
  2. Clearance: Getting necessary clearance from utility providers for installation.
  3. Physical installation and checks: Installing panels and battery packs, and integrating them with utilities and home energy management system.
  4. Maintenance and cleaning: Maintaining and cleaning at-home solar panels.
• Complementary technology manufacturing:
  1. Li-ion battery: Though Indian entrepreneurs have recently started developing Li-Ion battery packs and battery management systems, India does not have the lithium reserves and capabilities to develop Li-ion cells at a commercial scale. Entrepreneurs may look to indigenous manufacturing of Li-Ion cell, assembling battery packs, and developing battery management systems to optimize India’s power conditions.
  2. Grid integration and home energy management software: Developing software to optimize the energy and cost is imperative, specifically to suit Indian climatic and maintenance conditions as well as to meet the financial expectations of regional customers.
  3. DC cables, equipment, and sockets: Energy output from the solar plant is DC in nature, which is later converted to AC through inverters, for feeding into grids or running house appliances. Most small appliances used at home, e.g., LED bulbs, tubes, mobile phone, USB devices, and TV, use DC power. Even fast charging of EVs is carried out through DC.
  4. Steel frame manufacturing: Solar panels are mounted on steel frames, providing a considerable boost to the manufacturing of large or small prefabricated or custom frames.
• Financial institutions: Apart from government funding, banks, NBFCs, and cooperative financial societies would find opportunity in offering credits for solar panel installation.
• End of life and aftermarket: Entrepreneurs may find opportunities in dismantling, overhauling, recycling, or destroying panels, batteries, and plants. The aftermarket for solar plant components could be an area where entrepreneurs find opportunities for a new business.
• Employment and job market: The renewable energy sector, including solar power, can create jobs in manufacturing, installation, maintenance, and related services.

Companies operating in the following sectors and value chains may lose their market share due to competition for solar energy implementation.

• Coal and oil industry would see a gradual shrink due to the Suryodaya initiative. Currently, more than 75% of Indian electricity generation rely on coal-based generation and is a huge value chain employing millions of workers in coal mining, pulverizing, cleaning, transportation, and power generation.
• Traditional energy providers relying on fossil fuels may find increased competition and market pressure.
• Non-renewable energy equipment manufacturers would see demand weaken over the years.
• Utilities would find competitive pressure from household customers with the solar initiative.

However, the negative impact on the sectors mentioned above would be gradual and not uniform. The speed of change depends on the speed at which the Suryodaya scheme is implemented, market conditions, entrepreneur’s zeal and risk-taking ability, and pace of indigenous technological advancements. It is important to understand that despite achieving economies of scale, per unit production of solar energy would be costlier compared to the overall per unit cost electricity produced, transported, and distributed through fossil fuels.

GLP-1 agonists, led by Semaglutide, are reshaping metabolic disease management. Semaglutide boasts superior glycemic control, significant weight loss, and potential cardiovascular benefits, all in a convenient weekly injection. However, cost, side effects, injection delivery, and adherence pose challenges. Solutions like insurance coverage expansion, alternative administration methods, and comprehensive patient education pave the way for broader access and maximized benefits. Semaglutide joins a universe of GLP-1 options, and with patents expiring, the future holds promise for more affordable, transformative treatments. This is a new dawn for metabolic health, bringing hope to millions.

Glucagon-Like Peptide-1 (GLP-1) agonists are a class of revolutionary drugs transforming the landscape of metabolic disease management. These medications mimic the actions of a naturally occurring gut hormone, GLP-1, which plays a crucial role in regulating blood sugar and appetite.

How GLP-1 Agonists Work:

• Stimulate insulin secretion: When blood sugar levels rise, GLP-1 agonists prompt the pancreas to release insulin, the key hormone for lowering blood sugar.
• Suppress glucagon release: Glucagon antagonizes insulin's action, raising blood sugar. GLP-1 agonists decrease glucagon secretion, further enhancing glucose control.
• Delay gastric emptying: This slows the absorption of glucose into the bloodstream, leading to lower post-meal blood sugar spikes.
• Reduce appetite and promote satiety: GLP-1 agonists act in the brain to curb hunger and increase the feeling of fullness, contributing to weight loss.

Shining Star: Semaglutide and its Advantages

Among GLP-1 agonists, Semaglutide (marketed by Novo Nordisk as Ozempic and Wegovy) has risen to prominence. Its extended-release formula boasts several advantages:

• Superior Glycemic Control: Semaglutide demonstrably lowers HbA1c compared to other GLP-1 agonists, signifying better long-term blood sugar control for diabetes patients.
• Significant Weight Loss: Under the Wegovy brand, Semaglutide shines in weight management, displaying substantial reduction in overweight and obese individuals.
• Cardiovascular Benefits: Emerging evidence suggests Semaglutide may reduce cardiovascular risks in high-risk patients, offering additional protection beyond blood sugar control.
• Extended Efficacy: A single injection can effectively control blood sugar for a week, improving adherence and treatment satisfaction.

Obstacles on the Path: Challenges and Solutions

Despite their immense potential, GLP-1 agonists, including Semaglutide, face challenges:

• Cost and Access: These drugs are often expensive, potentially limiting access for low-income individuals and healthcare systems. Solutions include advocating for insurance coverage expansions and exploring cost-reduction strategies.
• Side Effects: Although generally well-tolerated, GLP-1 agonists can cause side effects like nausea, vomiting, and gastrointestinal discomfort. Optimizing dosing schedules and providing supportive care can help manage them.
• Injection Delivery: Injections, the current delivery method, may pose a barrier for some patients, particularly those with needle phobia. Developing alternative administration methods, such as oral formulations or inhalers, could improve uptake.
• Treatment Discontinuation: Long-term adherence to GLP-1 agonists can be challenging. Providing comprehensive education, addressing patient concerns, and implementing follow-up programs can promote treatment continuation.

Beyond Semaglutide: A Universe of Options

While Semaglutide grabs the spotlight, other GLP-1 agonists offer valuable alternatives:

• Liraglutide (marketed by Eli Lilly as Victoza): Approved for diabetes and obesity, offered in once-daily and once-weekly injections
• Dulaglutide (marketed by Eli Lilly as Trulicity): Indicated for both diabetes and obesity, available in a once-weekly injection
• Exenatide (marketed by AstraZeneca as Byetta and Bydureon): Available in short-acting and long-acting formulations, primarily used for type 2 diabetes
• Lixisenatide (marketed by Sanofi as Adlyxin): Once-daily injectable drug approved for type 2 diabetes
• Tirzepatide (marketed by Eli Lilly as Mounjaro and Zepbound): This newly approved dual-agonist drug targets GLP-1 and GIP receptors, potentially leading to more weight loss than Wegovy.

Intellectual Property Landscape

The patent landscape for GLP-1 agonists is constantly evolving. Novo Nordisk holds patents for Semaglutide, some expiring in 2030, granting them market exclusivity for Wegovy and Ozempic. However, patents for other GLP-1 agonists are expiring or facing legal challenges, potentially paving the way for more affordable biosimilar versions in the future.

Outlook: A Brighter Horizon for Metabolic Health

GLP-1 agonists, spearheaded by the versatile Semaglutide, are rewriting the narrative of metabolic disease management. Their ability to tackle glucose control, weight, and potentially cardiovascular risks, all wrapped in a once-weekly injection, makes them a powerful weapon in the therapeutic arsenal. However, navigating challenges like cost, side effects, and adherence is crucial to unlocking their full potential. We can ensure these life-changing drugs reach the intended audiences by advocating for broader insurance coverage, exploring alternative delivery methods, and prioritizing patient education and support. As patent hurdles decrease in future, the landscape promises to expand with more affordable biosimilar options, further democratizing access and amplifying the benefits for millions struggling with metabolic conditions. The future of GLP-1 agonists is not just about managing metabolic diseases, it is about empowering individuals to reclaim their health and well-being, paving the way for a healthier and happier future for all.

Proactively navigating slow-moving technological changes is a vital strategic need for companies seeking sustained success in today’s dynamic business landscape. These changes, often gradual, have the power to shape or disrupt industries and companies, influence consumer behavior, and redefine competitive landscapes over time. Businesses should be attentive to these shifts and adopt proactive measures to track and understand them. From strategic planning to risk mitigation, there are various reasons why staying ahead of slow-moving changes is essential for corporate resilience and competitiveness.

In the ever-evolving world of business, the ability to anticipate and adapt to change is critical. While rapid disruptions cause a stir, it is the gradual, slow-moving changes that can have a profound impact on companies over the long term. These changes, ranging from technological advancements to shifts in demographics and societal attitudes, demand proactive attention.

Types of Slow-Moving Changes

There are various types of changes that a company should track.

• Technological advances necessitate vigilant monitoring to ensure companies remain at the forefront of industry progress, enabling them to adapt operations and offerings in tandem with emerging innovations.
• Demographic and behavioral shifts play a pivotal role, influencing consumer behavior and market dynamics. Keeping a close eye on these changes allows businesses to tailor products and services, effectively meeting the evolving needs of diverse consumer segments.
• Environmental and social trends have become important considerations, with societal attitudes, environmental consciousness, and ethical considerations largely influencing consumer choices. Being attuned to these trends is crucial for fostering a positive company reputation.
• Economic indicators such as industry trends, inflation rates, and currency fluctuations can impact financial performance.

Monitoring these indicators becomes important for strategic financial planning, ensuring companies navigate economic landscapes with foresight and adaptability. In essence, a comprehensive awareness of technological, demographic, environmental, and economic factors equip businesses to proactively define their strategies and thrive in an ever-evolving market.

Companies from various industries failed to monitor trends and faced obsolescence and finally bankruptcy. Some examples are mentioned below:

1. Kodak: Kodak dominated the film and camera industry for decades but struggled to adapt to the digital revolution. The company failed to capitalize on digital photography and instead clung to its film-based business model. This led to a decline in market share and eventual bankruptcy.
2. Nokia: Once the world's largest mobile phone manufacturer, Nokia faced a rapid decline with the rise of smartphones. The company failed to keep up with the touchscreen trend and the app ecosystem, losing its dominance to companies like Apple and Samsung.
3. Compaq: Compaq was once a leading PC manufacturer, but it failed to keep pace with changes in the industry, particularly the shift toward smaller, more portable devices. The company was eventually acquired by Hewlett-Packard in 2002.
4. Polaroid: Known for its instant film and cameras, Polaroid struggled to compete in the digital photography era. The move to digital imaging and the reduction in demand for instant film contributed to Polaroid's decline.
5. Pan American World Airways (Pan Am): Once a major player in the airline industry, Pan Am failed to adapt to the changing dynamics of the aviation market. The company faced financial difficulties and eventually filed for bankruptcy in 1991.
6. MySpace: MySpace was a dominant social networking platform before the rise of Facebook. MySpace failed to evolve and provide a user-friendly experience, leading to a decline in popularity and eventually being surpassed by other social media platforms.

Strategies for Effective Tracking

• Comprehensive market research and competitor analysis provide insights into evolving market dynamics.

• Utilizing data analytics tools helps identify patterns and trends indicating slow-moving changes in customer preferences and market dynamics.
• Collecting and analyzing customer feedback provides valuable insights into evolving market needs.
• Staying informed through industry reports and publications highlights emerging trends and changes.
• Active participation in industry events offers firsthand insights into evolving trends and challenges.
• Building scenarios to explore different future possibilities aids in preparing for various outcomes.
• Regularly scanning for technological advancements ensures companies are aware of potential industry disruptions.
• Staying informed about changes in regulations helps companies remain compliant with evolving policies.
• Collaboration with strategic partners and industry associations provides valuable information and insights.
• Monitoring shifts in societal attitudes and environmental concerns is crucial for adapting business practices.

Conclusion

Neglecting slow-moving changes poses significant risks to companies. The potential consequences, ranging from loss of competitiveness to operational inefficiencies, underscore the need for a proactive approach. Companies that embrace continuous learning, adaptability, and foresight are better equipped to navigate the dynamic business landscape. Historical examples, such as Nokia's oversight in transitioning to smartphones and Kodak's failure to embrace digital photography, serve as poignant reminders of the perils of neglecting slow-moving changes. As we stand at the intersection of innovation and evolution, proactive tracking and understanding these changes are imperative for sustained corporate success.

High Performance Computing (HPC) is revolutionizing financial services, giving it a prominent position in today’s fast-paced financial landscape. Fintech giants are particularly leveraging its power to optimize financial analytics, enhance risk management, and refine algorithmic trading. Furthermore, HPC has various use cases in financial services on account of its ability to enhance operational efficiency and agility and improve decision-making. Hence, failure or delay to adopt it can jeopardize a fintech company’s competitiveness in this age of digital transformation, wherein innovation and real-time processing are paramount. 

The success of a fintech company depends on how efficiently and dynamically it can organize and interpret big financial data. To enable this big data analysis, a clear understanding of HPC is crucial. HPC, characterized by supercomputers and parallel processing, excels in processing extensive data swiftly. Moreover, the ongoing development and swift adoption of large language machine learning models such as GPT, Bard and Gemini further fuel the need for HPC technology to simultaneously execute machine learning operations over large data.

Fintech companies must recognize these distinctions to effectively leverage the unique capabilities of HPC in data-intensive financial applications.

How HPC Works

HPC is implemented in fintech by harnessing the capabilities of supercomputers and parallel processing techniques. This strategic combination allows for the rapid and efficient processing of extensive datasets. Moreover, HPC's ability to perform numerous calculations simultaneously enables fintech companies to tackle complex financial computations with unparalleled speed and precision.

HPC’s technical features are centered around its brilliant computational power. By breaking down complex tasks into smaller, parallelizable components, HPC systems can achieve significant acceleration in processing times. This makes it an asset for applications in fintech processes that require quick data analysis and decision making, such as risk modeling, algorithmic trading, and fraud detection.

However, it is important to note that HPC is not without its limitations. While the implementation of HPC systems can be cost intensive, their programming and maintenance require specialized expertise. Additionally, there also concerns about the negative environmental impact of HPC’s high energy consumption.

How will HPC help the Fintech Sector?

HPC deployment not only helps increase the speed of fintech systems, but also unlocks new business models to improve customer service and mitigate the financial risks of a business and its clients. The fintech sector involves the collection and analysis of big financial data for the following use cases.

1. Real-time stock trends
2. Financial predictive modeling
3. Individual’s or institution’s creditworthiness analysis and risk calculations
4. Portfolio optimization
5. Fraud detection

What Technologies will Complement HPC? Fintech companies can look for integrating the following technologies to complement the capabilities of HPC:

1. Artificial Intelligence (AI): AI-driven algorithms require immense computational power. Fintech companies use HPC to accelerate AI model training, fraud detection, and personalized customer experiences. For example, Paypal leverages HPC for real-time fraud detection, ensuring secure transactions for millions of users.
2. Cloud Computing: Cloud-based HPC services allow fintech firms to scale resources dynamically. They can analyze vast datasets without investing in on-premises infrastructure. Square exemplifies this by using cloud-based HPC for payment processing and risk assessment.
3. Simulation and Digital Twins: Fintech companies simulate market scenarios, portfolio performance, and risk models using HPC. Digital twins enable real-time monitoring and optimization, with HPC. BlackRock, for instance, employs HPC for portfolio optimization and risk management.
4. Scalable Computing: HPC clusters provide scalability for complex financial calculations. As a result, fintech firms can handle high-frequency trading, pricing models, and stress testing. A case in point is Goldman Sachs, which utilizes HPC clusters for quantitative analysis and risk modeling.
5. Edge Computing: Edge devices process data closer to the source, reducing latency. Hence, fintech applications such as mobile payments and algorithmic trading benefit from edge HPC. For example, Robinhood uses edge HPC to execute trades swiftly on users’ devices.

Top HPC Providers

Key vendors currently offering HPC, cloud and Graphics Processing Units (GPU) services include Microsoft Corporation (Microsoft), Amazon Web Services, Dell Technologies, NVIDIA Corporation, Intel Corporation, IBM Corporation, Atos SE, DataDirect Networks  Rescale, Advanced HPC, HPE and Penguin Computing.

1. Hewlett Packard Enterprise (HPE): HPE offers comprehensive HPC solutions that enhance operational efficiency, reduce downtime, and improve productivity. Its accuracy in daily weather forecasts and severe weather warnings relies on HPC combined with artificial intelligence. For fintech companies, HPE provides tailored HPC solutions to track real-time stock trends, perform financial modeling, and handle large-scale data computations.
2. Dell: Dell is a major player in the HPC market. It offers a range of HPC products, including high-performance servers, data storage solutions, networking equipment, and infrastructure components. For fintech, Dell’s HPC solutions can accelerate data analysis, risk assessment, and algorithmic trading.
3. Atos SE: Atos specializes in digital transformation and HPC services. It collaborates with leading industry vendors such as Intel, NVIDIA, and IBM to create agile and adaptable solutions. For fintech, Atos provides HPC clusters and GPU clusters, enabling high-speed computation and real-time simulations.
4. Microsoft Corporation: Microsoft’s Azure cloud platform offers HPC capabilities. Its hybrid environment allows financial services firms to harness the power of cloud for AI and HPC workloads. For fintech, Azure’s scalability and security are advantageous for handling complex financial models and data-intensive tasks.
5. NVIDIA Corporation: NVIDIA is renowned for its GPUs, which play a crucial role in HPC. Their solutions accelerate scientific simulations, deep learning, and AI workloads. For fintech, NVIDIA’s GPUs enable faster risk analysis, fraud detection, and portfolio optimization.

The integration of HPC in the fintech industry is proving to be a game changer, unlocking high processing speeds and data analytics capabilities. Hence, for fintech companies, choosing the right HPC service provider is essential for sustained success. Companies should prioritize providers offering scalable solutions, robust security measures, and a proven track record in handling financial data. Additionally, seamless integration with existing systems, cost-effectiveness, and a commitment to staying abreast of technological advancements are key factors to consider. Ultimately, a strategic partnership with a reliable HPC service provider will empower fintech companies to harness the full potential of HPC, ensuring agility, innovation, and business advantages in the ever-evolving financial services sector.

The last decade has witnessed that innovation in one industry has transcended traditional industry boundaries and disrupted businesses across industries. The pace of trans-industry disruptive innovations is expected to accelerate in the coming decades, blur the lines between sectors, and emphasize the importance of cross-industry collaboration and adaptability for sustained success.

The landscape of industries has undergone a major transformation since the first three industrial revolutions.

Before the 2000s, industries operated within clearly defined boundaries, with minimal interconnectivity in global financial markets.

The first and second industrial revolutions gave rise to the textile, iron, steam, concrete, glass making, gas, mining, agricultural, and automobile/transportation industries. Boundaries and definitions of these industries were mostly defined. Relationships between industries were largely limited to vendor-customer dynamics and supply chains operated in silos. The impact of R&D within an industry primarily affected its internal dynamics, causing disruptions within its ecosystem.

The blurring of industrial boundaries started during the third industrial revolution when new industrial sectors of utility/electricity/gas, telecommunication, computers, and the internet were introduced. These industrial sectors had cross-industrious offerings and were thus horizontal in nature.

However, the advent of the 4th Industrial Revolution, marked by the rise of the internet in the early 20th century, has obliterated these traditional boundaries. Industries no longer exist in isolation and the consequences of innovation and growth in one sector ripple across others. The very definition of competitors has changed, ushering in new players such as innovative vendors, suppliers, and customers.

Some notable examples are mentioned below.

PRODUCT INNOVATIONS in one industry caused disruption in other:

• Batteries Unlock Electric Vehicles: The development of advanced battery technologies has revolutionized the automotive industry and triggered the rise of electric vehicles. This breakthrough has far-reaching implications for energy, transportation, and environmental sustainability.
• Big Data Analytics Transforms FinTech and Credit Risk Analysis: The innovation in big data analytics has transcended its origins and is now a driving force behind FinTech. This has reshaped how financial institutions assess credit risks, bringing in a new age of data-driven decision-making.
• E-commerce Redefines Retail: The surge in e-commerce has fundamentally altered the retail landscape, challenging traditional brick-and-mortar establishments. This shift reflects not only changes in consumer behavior but also the transformative power of technology on established industries. BUSINESS MODEL INNOVATION in one industry has either disrupted or built capabilities for the business in other industries.

BUSINESS MODEL INNOVATION in one industry has either disrupted or built capabilities for the business in other industries.

• Uberization Model: The rise of service aggregator business has redefined the way of buying or using it, especially using mobile technology in many industries. For example, the Uberization of banking has introduced service-driven banking and financial services. The Uberization of logistics has introduced new businesses (such as Porter) that act as a catalyst between supply and demand, enabling shippers to select carriers online without intermediaries and long-term lease contracts.
• Self-Owning Subscription Model (as-a-service or pay-as-you-go model): Netflix's business model has changed the concept of self-owning products or assets (such as cars, furniture, movies, music, books) to subscribe them.
• As-a-service model: It has further evolved into various types such as software platform as a service, function as a service, database as a service, and hardware as a service. Automobile company BMW has introduced value-added services, where customers have to pay an additional subscription fee to use these services (such as a heated car seat). Though they have dropped this model due to low customer turnout, this has introduced the potential of more such services in future.

What Lies Ahead?

The blurring of industry boundaries is an ongoing phenomenon. The definition and scope of competition continue to evolve, necessitating frequent and intensive assessments of PESTEL impact and the development of robust business continuity plans. Anticipating cross-industry impacts of this interconnected era is crucial for strategic planning.

1. The Quantum Leap: One good example of cross-industry innovation is the convergence of quantum computing and space technology. By 2030, the collaboration of these technologies is expected to revolutionize agriculture practices, disrupting the conventional approach of seasonal crop sowing. Farmers would gain new insights through precise satellite data, optimizing crop cycles and resource utilization. This quantum leap not only transforms agriculture but also shows the interconnectedness of disparate industries.
2. Virtual Reality: While virtual reality has brought about a superior gaming experience, its evolution realities are poised to reshape the retail landscape among other industries. By 2035, metaverse shopping experiences are anticipated to challenge traditional brick-and-mortar retail models. Consumers would immerse themselves in virtual environments, exploring and purchasing products in the digital realm. This innovation alters the retail sector as well as underscores the penetration of technology across industries, demanding a re-evaluation of established norms.
3. Hyperloop Revolution: By 2040, the hyperloop revolution is set to redefine transportation, posing a challenge to automotive giants. This innovation promises unprecedented speed and efficiency in travel, changing the dynamics of the entire transportation industry. As traditional boundaries between automotive and transportation distort, those who adapt to this seismic shift would lead the way in shaping the future of mobility.
4. Power Surge: The renewable energy revolution is set to disrupt the longstanding dominance of fossil fuels, influencing industries far beyond the energy sector. By 2045, the mining industry would face the repercussions of this power surge as demand for traditional resources diminishes. This illustrates how innovation in one industry can trigger a chain reaction, reshaping landscapes and challenging established norms.
5. FinTech Disruption: Traditional banking, insurance, and investment sectors have seamlessly merged into an integrated ecosystem. FinTech has erased boundaries between tech startups and established financial institutions, redefining financial services in the process.
6. Healthcare's Data Revolution: Advanced data analytics and AI have the potential to create customized offerings. While demand for these technologies was more in the consumer goods industry, other industries, such as healthcare, have also discovered their benefits. Technology and healthcare have fused as data-driven insights transform patient care, personalized medicine, and medical research.
7. Digital Entertainment Platforms: Entertainment, media, and telecommunications have merged as digital platforms reshape content creation, distribution, and consumption. There are no restrictions now on time or place for users to access their entertainment in the digital age.
8. Blockchain's Cross-Industry Integration: Beyond its cryptocurrency origins, blockchain is adopted in supply chain management, finance, healthcare, and more, breaking down silos between industries. This exemplifies how a single technology can transcend its roots and reshape diverse sectors.

The business landscape of the future is undeniably characterized by fluidity and interconnectedness, driven by the transformative power of innovation. As industries continue to converge, the ability to navigate this boundaryless landscape with agility and embrace cross-industry collaboration becomes imperative. The past 10 years have proven that adaptability and innovation are crucial to achieve sustained success. By recognizing the far-reaching impact of innovation within one industry on others, businesses can position themselves at the forefront of shaping a future defined by ingenuity and collaboration.

Patent landscapes, once the exclusive domain of Intellectual Property (IP) teams, have evolved into a goldmine of information shaping decisions beyond protecting innovations. This case study unveils the pivotal role patents play in steering business strategy and innovation, with 45% of projects executed in the past five years at Aranca focusing on insights for non-IP functions.

In the ever-evolving business landscape, patent analysis has transcended its traditional confines within IP departments. We present a case study demonstrating how a progressive organization utilized patent insights to inform decision-making and strategy across its diverse departments, including research and development (R&D), innovation, strategy, C-level executives, sales, marketing, and talent acquisition & development.

R&D & Innovation

The organization’s R&D and innovation departments harnessed patent landscapes to decipher technological trends, identify white spaces for innovation, and assess the maturity of existing technologies. These departments gained a competitive advantage by aligning efforts with emerging technologies, steering clear of potential infringements, and identifying untapped opportunities that led to the development of patentable innovations. This strategic approach helped reinforce the organization's position as an industry leader in innovation.

C-Level Executives and Strategy 

For the organization’s C-level executives and strategy teams, patent insights functioned as a strategic compass. These insights provided a nuanced understanding of the industry landscape, the impact of technological advancements, and enable informed decisions regarding resource allocation, partnerships, and startup acceleration. Patents thus emerged as a pivotal factor shaping the organization's overarching strategy.

Talent Acquisition & Development

The organization’s leaders leveraged patents to identify innovative technologies and talent in the industry, comprehending shifts in talent within and across industries. Equipped with insights into skills demanded by emerging technologies, the talent acquisition & development team effectively recruited and developed a workforce ready for future challenges. Additionally, patents served as a source of employee recognition, fostering an innovation-centric culture within the organization.

Business Development, Marketing, and Sales

In the domains of business development, marketing, and sales, patents emerged as valuable tools for product positioning, differentiation, and competitive analysis. Patent insights also empowered these teams within the organization to identify licensing opportunities, influence marketing narratives, and craft compelling strategies resonating with customers. The strategic use of patents in these departments helped enhance the organization’s overall market position.

Patent landscapes are not confined to IP teams but serve as versatile resources influencing decision-making and strategy across diverse business departments. By recognizing the broader applications of patent insights, organizations can harness their power to drive innovation, enhance competitiveness, and achieve holistic business success. Patented innovations, reflective of consumer needs, offer valuable insights for enhancing customer satisfaction and loyalty, positioning businesses for sustained growth and relevance.

The dust has settled on COP28, and amid the flurry of pledges and promises, one theme stands out: biotechnology and green manufacturing are emerging as the keystones of the fight against climate change. This article delves into the funding commitments made at the conference and explores how these innovative solutions can empower companies and countries to achieve their ambitious climate targets.

COP28 saw a major uptick in climate finance, with developed nations pledging to double their annual contributions to developing countries by 2025. This translates to a potential $1 trillion boost for green initiatives in the Global South, creating fertile ground for adopting biotech and green manufacturing solutions. At COP28 in Dubai, rich countries are under pressure to restore confidence with developing countries, following the delay in achieving the $100 billion per year target. Moreover, recent data suggests that they are not meeting the target of doubling adaptation finance from 2019 levels by 2025. A possible option for addressing this challenge is by publicly declaring commitments to UN climate funds. Notably, COP28 mobilized over $57 billion in the first four days, setting the pace for a new era in climate action. The breakdown of financial pledges and contributions is as follows:

• Loss and Damage: $725 million
• Green Climate Fund: $3.5 billion (increasing second replenishment to $12.8 billion)
• Renewable Energy: $2.5 billion
• Technology: $568 million
• Methane: $1.2 billion
• Climate Finance: Over $30 billion from the UAE (plus $200 million in Special Drawing Rights and an increase of $9 billion annually from the World Bank)
• Food: $2.6 billion
• Nature: $2.6 billion
• Health: $2.7 billion
• Water: $150 million
• Relief, Recovery and Peace: $1.2 billion
• Local Climate Action: $467 million

Biotech to the Rescue

Biotechnology a plethora of tools for tackling climate change. From engineered microbes that capture carbon dioxide to biofuels derived from algae, these solutions hold great promise for reducing emissions and promoting sustainable practices. For instance:

• Carbon capture and storage: Companies like LanzaTech use genetically modified bacteria to convert waste gases such as carbon dioxide into ethanol, effectively sequestering carbon and creating a valuable fuel source.
• Bioplastics: Companies like Evonik are developing bioplastics made from renewable resources such as corn starch, offering a sustainable alternative to traditional petroleum-based plastics.
• Precision agriculture: Using biosensors and data analytics, farmers can optimize fertilizer and water usage, cutting down agricultural emissions and boosting yields.

Green Manufacturing Takes Root

Green manufacturing aims to reduce the ecological footprint associated with industrial processes. This includes initiatives such as the following:

• Renewable energy integration: Investing in solar, wind, and geothermal power can significantly decrease reliance on fossil fuels in manufacturing.
• Circular economy: Implementing closed-loop systems where waste from one process becomes the input for another minimizes resource consumption and landfill waste.
• Industrial symbiosis: Encouraging cooperation between industries to share resources and waste streams, further reducing environmental footprints.

Challenges and Opportunities

Despite the considerable potential of these solutions, there are challenges that must be addressed. Scaling up biotech and green manufacturing technologies requires significant research and development investment and robust regulatory frameworks to ensure safety and efficacy. Additionally, bridging the knowledge gap and building capacity in developing countries is crucial for widespread adoption.

The Road Ahead

While COP28 acknowledged the substantial financial gap in addressing climate impacts, the results are regrettably inadequate in compelling affluent nations to meet their financial obligations, which amount to hundreds of billions and continue to go unfulfilled.

COP28 has provided a much-needed boost for green technologies, and biotech and green manufacturing are poised to play a pivotal role in the global fight against climate change. Companies and countries can harness these innovations to achieve their climate goals and build a more sustainable future by addressing the challenges and capitalizing on funding opportunities.

This article is a starting point for exploring the exciting intersection of climate finance, biotechnology, and green manufacturing. As COP28 has shown, the world is ready to embrace innovative solutions, and the future of our planet hinges on our ability to turn these promises into tangible action.

Technology research companies can help find an audience for emerging technologies at the cutting edge of unfolding green revolution or help discover solutions for specific needs to fulfill climate and sustainability related goals. While some of these technologies are still under nascent changes, they are likely (and need to be) disruptive to bring about a meaningful change. Investing time and resources in such technologies at as early a stage as possible could help strengthen the positioning of industry leaders and gain the first-mover advantage.

In the dynamic landscape of home automation, the integration of high-performance computing (HPC) has become a transformative force for companies striving to optimize operations and provide unparalleled services to consumers. While some companies have embraced this cutting-edge technology, others are exploring potential use cases. It is crucial for companies to recognize the risks they face if they neglect to harness the power of HPC.

HPC involves using advanced computing techniques and technologies to solve complex problems and process large volumes of data at high speeds. Leveraging parallel processing and the coordinated power of multiple processors, often interconnected in a high-speed network, HPC systems excel in tackling computationally intensive tasks across various fields, such as engineering simulations, weather forecasting, and data analysis. Therefore, home automation companies are actively researching ways to incorporate this innovative technology into their products.

Home Automation Companies Leading the Way

Several prominent home automation companies have recognized the benefits of HPC and are leveraging them into their products:

1. Google's Nest offers a range of smart home products that use HPC, including thermostats, cameras, and smart speakers, making them smart and quick.
2. Amazon's Ring specializes in smart home security, providing video doorbells, security cameras, and other devices that leverage enhanced computing power for surveillance and automation.
3. Apple's HomeKit is a platform allowing users to control smart home devices through iOS devices. While Apple does not manufacture its own smart home products, it collaborates with various manufacturers that use HPC in their devices.
4. Samsung's SmartThings is a smart home platform enabling users to control and automate various devices. Samsung produces a wide range of smart home products incorporating HPC.
5. Siemens is a global conglomerate offering smart home solutions with sophisticated computing capabilities. Schneider Electric provides a variety of energy management and automation solutions for homes and buildings, incorporating advanced computing to optimize energy usage and enhance automation.

Potential Use Cases

While the abovementioned companies have integrated HPC into their products, there are still potential use cases that home automation researchers can explore:

1. Energy Management and Optimization: Companies can use HPC to analyze and optimize energy consumption patterns in a home. This involves processing large datasets related to energy usage, weather conditions, and occupant behavior to suggest efficient energy-saving strategies.
2. Smart Home Security: Companies can use HPC to strengthen the security of communication protocols within smart home networks. HPC can process substantial amounts of data in real-time from security cameras, sensors, and other sources for quick and accurate threat detection, thereby reducing false alarms and enhancing overall security.
3. Natural Language Processing (NLP): HPC can improve the capabilities of virtual assistants and chatbots in smart home systems. This includes better understanding of natural language, context-aware responses, and the ability to manage complex queries.
4. Firmware and Software Updates: HPC can streamline the process of rolling out firmware and software updates to smart devices. This ensures that all devices in a home are running the latest, most secure, and feature-rich software.
5. Complex Automation Scenarios: Companies can integrate HPC for homes with a vast array of interconnected devices. HPC could ensure rapid and coordinated execution of complex automation scenarios where multiple devices need to respond simultaneously.
6. Predictive Analytics for Home Maintenance: Companies can integrate HPC in smart home devices to analyze data from connected appliances and devices to predict when maintenance or repairs are needed. This proactive approach can improve the lifespan of products and help the brand establish itself as reliable and proactive.
7. Smart Grid Integration: For companies involved in energy management and distribution, HPC can facilitate the integration of smart homes with large energy grids, leading to more efficient energy distribution and load balancing.

The Risks of Neglecting HPC

Home automation companies that choose to overlook the potential of HPC risk falling behind in an industry where innovation is key. The consequences may include:

• Limited Scalability: Without HPC, companies may struggle to scale their operations to meet the demands of an expanding market, limiting their ability to offer comprehensive and advanced home automation solutions.
• Inefficient Operations: In the absence of HPC, home automation systems may experience delays in data processing and responsiveness, resulting in a suboptimal user experience and potentially damaging the company's reputation.
• Missed Opportunities for Innovation: Neglecting HPC means missing opportunities to innovate and introduce groundbreaking features that could redefine the future of home automation.

The integration of HPC into home automation operations is not just a choice, but a strategic imperative for companies looking to thrive in a dynamic and competitive market. By harnessing the power of HPC, home automation companies can elevate their offerings, deliver unparalleled user experiences, and position themselves as leaders in the rapidly advancing world of smart home technologies.

High Performance Computing (HPC) has emerged as a transformative force that promises to revolutionize the industry in ways never seen before. As demand for innovative medical solutions and data-driven insights continues to grow, HPC technologies present a compelling opportunity for MedTech and IT firms. It could significantly impact patient care, medical research, and bottom-line growth for businesses in the healthcare ecosystem.

HPC is a cutting-edge technology with millions of cores spread across multiple nodes, capable of computing power on a large scale. HPC systems have a memory range of terabytes to petabytes of RAM, run specialized operating systems optimized for parallel processing, and leverage diverse computing libraries for efficient computing. These systems are adept at handling complex tasks such as simulations, data analysis, and scientific research. HPC has emerged as a game changer in the healthcare sector, with groundbreaking possibilities for pharmaceutical and medical technology advancements.

Pharmaceutical Innovations

• Drug Discovery and Design: HPC plays a pivotal role in accelerating drug discovery and design. Molecular dynamics simulations, pharmacodynamics, pharmacokinetics studies, and disease modeling are considerably expedited with HPC’s immense computational power. Researchers can analyze intricate interactions within biological systems to identify potential drug candidates more swiftly with this technology.
• Toxicology Prediction: Predicting the toxicity of potential drugs is a critical step in drug development. HPC enables researchers to conduct comprehensive toxicology predictions by simulating the effects of substances on living organisms, minimizing risks associated with new drug candidates.
• Genomics Analysis/Bioinformatics: Genomics analysis and bioinformatics thrive on HPC systems. Gene sequencing, protein modeling, and the quest for personalized medicines rely on HPC, which helps researchers better understand the human genome and design tailored medical treatments.
• Clinical Trials Planning and Execution: The planning and execution of clinical trials are complicated and resource-intensive. HPC streamlines the process, facilitating efficient trial design, data analysis, and real-time monitoring, thus potentially shortening the time required to provide new treatments to patients.

Medical Technology

• Medical Imaging: HPC enhances medical imaging in several ways such as 3D registration and reconstruction. It enables real-time imaging and navigation of endoscopes and ingestible pills, providing clinicians with clearer, more accurate images for diagnosis and treatment planning.
• Simulation and Modeling: Patient-specific models are crucial for surgical planning and training. HPC facilitates the processing of intricate patient-specific models, allowing surgeons to rehearse procedures and refine their techniques. Additionally, radiation therapy planning, and dose calculation are optimized with HPC, ensuring precise treatment delivery.
• Neural and Spinal Simulation: HPC is instrumental in simulating neural and spinal scenarios, aiding in research, diagnostics, and surgical planning for conditions affecting the central nervous system.
• Patient Monitoring and Early-Stage Disease Prediction: HPC systems can process vast amounts of data from wearables and electronic health records for real-time patient monitoring. This enables early-stage disease prediction, allowing the continuum of care, and facilitates at-home care for patients, in particular the elderly and those with dementia. Enabling VR and AR Technologies: HPC powers VR and AR technologies in the medical field. It enhances medical training by providing immersive simulations and aids patient education by visualizing complex medical concepts.

Some examples of HPC usage in healthcare are as follows:

Cancer Research at The University of Texas at Austin

Researchers at the University of Texas at Austin are using HPC to advance cancer treatment. In a significant breakthrough in 2017, they utilized HPC to analyze petabytes of data, searching for correlations between a cancer patient's genetic makeup (genome) and the composition of their tumors. This research laid the foundation for ongoing projects focused on characterizing and treating various types of cancer, including prostate, blood-related, liver, and skin cancers.

HPC supports multiple aspects of cancer research, including drug development, diagnosis, and personalized treatment planning.

Rady Children's Institute for Genomic Medicine at San Diego, California

The Rady Children's Institute in San Diego specializes in genomic sequencing. Most importantly, sequencing the first human genome was a time-consuming process that took 13 years. However, with HPC, the institute was able to sequence the genome of a newborn in less than a day using a tool called DRAGEN. These examples showcase how HPC technologies are changing the medical field, enabling faster and more precise genomic analysis, which has the potential to accelerate advancements in cancer research and personalized medicine.

Direct-to-Consumer (D2C) Business Models

D2C sales channel has disrupted the traditional mattress industry. By eliminating the middleman and selling directly to customers online, mattress companies can offer competitive prices, improve customer experiences, and post an increase in margins. This trend fostered an environment where innovative startups can thrive, challenging established brands. The high impetus on the D2C business model has resulted in the following:

• Cost Efficiency: By evading retailers and wholesalers, D2C mattress companies can eliminate the markups associated with traditional distribution channels. This often results in cost savings that can be passed on to consumers, making mattresses more affordable. One such company is Tuft & Needle, which sells directly to consumers online, they could reduce costs associated with traditional retail models and offer competitive prices.
• Convenience: Customers can easily shop for mattresses online from the comfort of their homes, eliminating the need to visit physical stores. Many D2C mattress companies also offer hassle-free trial periods and easy return policies. For instance, mattress manufacturer, Eight, went for the popular “bed in a box” business model whereby the mattress is delivered by mail along with a 100-night trial to ensure the customer’s comfort over the long term.
• Brand Control: D2C brands have greater control over their brand image, messaging, and overall customer experience due to their direct sales approach. They can directly engage with customers and gather feedback to improve their products and services.

Outlook

HPC is poised to become the next billion-dollar opportunity for MedTech and IT firms, calling for fresh investments. Several convincing factors support this statement.

• The availability and increasing maturity of complementary technologies such as machine learning and advanced processing units like GPUs and TPUs have set the stage for HPC to flourish.
• The visible benefits emerging from the convergence of HPC with MedTech applications are capturing the industry’s attention. These practical use cases demonstrate the tangible advantages that HPC can bring to healthcare and technology firms.
• HPC offers the potential to amplify returns on existing technological investments. It has become evident that some prior investments in machine learning may not yield their full potential until HPC is effectively integrated.

Industry giants like Nvidia, IBM, Google, AWS, and Microsoft have already paved the way, supplying the necessary infrastructure and tools and making it easier for firms to venture into the HPC realm.

The key beneficiaries of HPC's ascent encompass a wide spectrum of stakeholders. Cloud service providers, MedTech platform developers (including electronic health and medical records), insurance companies, semiconductor manufacturers, GPU and TPU makers, and IT infrastructure developers and operators, including data center owners, are all set to reap the rewards of this burgeoning opportunity. As HPC's influence continues to expand, its transformative potential promises to reshape the landscape of both healthcare and technology, ushering in a new era of innovation and prosperity.

Conclusion

The democratization of HPC resources through cloud computing platforms is likely to mold the future landscape of the technology. Researchers, startups, and organizations of all sizes in healthcare can harness the power of HPC without the need for extensive infrastructure investment, providing access to computational resources and fostering innovation on a global scale.

The convergence of HPC and big data analytics is expected to unlock valuable insights from vast datasets, transforming fields such as genomics and MedTech. The ability to process, analyze, and visualize massive datasets in real-time will fuel discoveries and facilitate informed decision-making in unprecedented ways.

Furthermore, HPC's role in addressing global challenges such as climate change, pandemics, and sustainable energy solutions cannot be overstated. HPC-powered simulations and modeling would continue to be instrumental in understanding complex systems, predicting future trends, and devising effective strategies to mitigate and adapt to these challenges.

Hair loss is a pervasive worldwide concern. It can be caused due to various conditions such as androgenetic alopecia, alopecia areata, and telogen effluvium. The past decade has witnessed extensive research efforts dedicated to understanding the intricate factors that cause hair loss, delving into internal and external elements, alongside the impact of signaling pathways in varying manifestations of hair loss. While some studies have explored genetic predisposition associated with androgenetic alopecia, others have researched the role of hormonal imbalance linked to conditions such as polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS) and thyroid disorders.

Efforts and Collaborations in Hair Loss Research

Major players in the beauty and hair care industry, including L'Oréal and Procter & Gamble (P&G), are actively researching various factors affecting hair and scalp health to develop new approaches for preventing or mitigating hair loss. L'Oréal, for instance, has pioneered a method to analyze an individual's scalp at the molecular level to detect hair loss before it occurs using gene expression analysis for diagnosis and prediction. Such innovative techniques hold a lot of potential in advancing hair loss treatments.

P&G brand KeepItAnchored has demonstrated that managing oxidative stress in the scalp can enhance hair anchorage and potentially reduce hair loss. This underscores the significance of scalp health and combating free radicals to positively impact overall hair retention and well-being.

Pharmaceutical and cosmetic giants, including Johnson & Johnson, are dedicating substantial resources to R&D focused on hair loss. They are investing in researching active ingredients, conducting clinical trials, advancing product development, and launching marketing initiatives. In addition to industry leaders, startups and smaller companies in the hair care and biotechnology sectors are exploring innovative strategies such as stem cell therapy, personalized treatments, and advanced delivery systems. Regions with strong biotechnology and pharmaceutical sectors – like the US, Western Europe, Japan, and South Korea – are witnessing heavy investments in hair loss research. Renowned institutions including Johns Hopkins in North America and Cambridge in Europe focus on addressing hair loss through research on inflammation, immune responses, and scalp microbiome imbalance. In Asia-Pacific, universities and innovative companies investigate genetic markers, cellular signaling pathways, and personalized hair loss treatments.

Factors and Mechanisms of Hair Loss

Hair fall and scalp issues result from various internal and external factors, including genetics, hormonal changes, aging, stress, poor nutrition, medical conditions, medications, hairstyling practices, and environmental factors. These factors can contribute to conditions like androgenetic alopecia, hair thinning, and patchy hair loss.

Table 1: Internal factors causing different types of hair loss or scalp conditions.

Table 2: External factors causing different types of hair loss or scalp conditions.

Hair loss is influenced by crucial signaling pathways. The androgen receptor signaling pathway involves androgen activation, leading to hair follicle shrinkage and eventual thinning and baldness in androgenetic alopecia. The Wnt/β-catenin pathway is vital for hair follicle development and maintenance, promoting hair growth and regeneration when activated. Conversely, the transforming growth factor-beta pathway can impede hair growth by prematurely inducing the resting phase of hair follicles. Disruptions in the Sonic hedgehog pathway can also contribute to hair loss by affecting hair follicle development. The insulin-like growth factor pathway regulates hair growth and disturbances can impair follicle function. Inflammatory signaling negatively affects hair follicles, with conditions such as alopecia areata causing patchy hair loss due to immune-mediated inflammation. The Notch signaling pathway maintains hair follicle stem cells, influencing follicle regeneration and cycling. Understanding these factors is essential for identifying suitable treatments for hair fall, hair loss, and scalp conditions.

Hair health has suffered from the repercussions of the pandemic. Incidences of telogen effluvium was on the rise, driven by the increased use of medications and elevated stress levels associated with the crisis. Additionally, a potential rare side effect linked to COVID vaccination involves the development of alopecia areata. Vaccines can stimulate immune responses that might adversely affect genetically predisposed individuals, leading to reports of the onset or worsening of alopecia areata after vaccination. The impact of stress is also substantial in this context, as Harvard University researchers have revealed how persistent stress influences hair follicle stem cells. Their discovery highlights that a primary stress hormone extends the dormant phase of these stem cells, impeding the regeneration of hair follicles or hair. Identifying the specific cell type and molecule transmitting stress signals to stem cells suggests a potential path for intervention to restore hair growth.

Future Prospects

The scope of research in hair loss promises avenues for better comprehension, management, and treatment of this widespread issue. Technological advancements in wearable devices and apps could facilitate hair health monitoring, tracking therapy progress, and devising personalized guidance. Additionally, a deeper understanding of how nutrition, stress management, and lifestyle impact hair health could lead to holistic approaches for preventing or mitigating hair loss. Researchers are also exploring the potential of comprehensive formulations that address multiple factors simultaneously, potentially yielding more effective solutions for individuals struggling with hair loss. Such formulations might also reduce the necessity for combining various treatments or medications, resulting in fewer side effects and improved patient adherence. These evolving avenues suggest a more thorough and patient-centric approach to addressing hair loss concerns.

The emerging self-balancing technology has the potential to revolutionize healthcare. When integrated with healthcare, it could enhance patient care by providing stable platforms for medical equipment and healthcare providers. There is potential to develop self-balancing devices that could assist patients with limited mobility, improving their independence and quality of life. By minimizing stability, self-balancing technology has the power to elevate patient care, fostering a safer and more efficient healthcare ecosystem.

In recent years, technological advancements have led to innovations that have disrupted industries for the better. One such technology is self-balancing technology, which is currently applied in scooters. It utilizes AI algorithms to dynamically shift the center of gravity, ensuring an object's balance even under challenging conditions.

This technology has immense potential in the healthcare industry. It can enhance patient care and treatments, especially for physically impaired patients. There is ongoing research to implement this technology in various facets of healthcare. 

Healthcare devices

Some ways to apply this technology in currently available devices are:

1. Assistive Mobility Devices: Ranging from wheelchairs to scooters, assistive mobility devices are indispensable aids for individuals with mobility impairments. These devices help patients develop a sense of autonomy and independence, allowing them to navigate freely. By integrating auto-balancing technology into the wheels or frames of these devices, users can experience enhanced stability, making it easier to even travel over uneven surfaces or crowded areas.
2. Rehabilitation Equipment: For patients recovering from complicated medical conditions or intense injuries, rehabilitation equipment plays a pivotal role. Physiotherapists and doctors use balance boards, parallel bars, and resistance machines to rebuild strength and mobility. With implementation of auto-balancing technology, these devices can adapt to the user's changing needs, ensuring safe and effective rehabilitation exercises.
3. Prosthetic Limbs: Many amputees have found new hope with prosthetic limbs, which provide them with newfound mobility and functionality. By incorporating auto-balancing technology within these limbs, users can achieve better balance and stability while performing daily activities, enhancing their quality of life.
4. Fall Prevention Systems: Falls are a significant cause of injury, particularly among the elderly and those with balance issues. Wearable devices featuring auto-balancing technology can monitor posture and balance, proactively adjusting the user's center of gravity or issuing alerts when a potential fall is detected, thus mitigating the risk of injury.
5. Physical Therapy Robots: In rehabilitation, physical therapy robots have become valuable assets. These robots assist therapists in delivering precise exercises and support to patients. Enhanced auto-balancing capabilities can further refine their assistance, offering controlled movements that aid in the patient's recovery.
6. Assistive Exoskeletons: For individuals with mobility impairments, exoskeletons help augment their strength and mobility. The integration of auto-balancing systems into these wearable devices improves user stability during activities such as walking, granting users an increased level of independence.
7. Assistive Robotic Arms: Designed to assist patients with limited upper body mobility, robotic arms can benefit greatly from auto-balancing technology. This innovation ensures precise and controlled movements, facilitating daily tasks and improving the user's quality of life.
8. Smart Shoes: Integrating self-balancing technology into smart shoes represents a remarkable intersection of healthcare, technology, and wearable devices. This innovation promises to enhance the stability and balance of individuals with mobility challenges, athletes seeking peak performance, and anyone looking to elevate their daily activities.

Therapies and patient care

Self-balancing technology has the potential to significantly improve therapeutic practices and elevate the standard of patient care. One prime example is the integration of self-balancing technology into virtual reality (VR) therapy, where immersive environments facilitate therapeutic experiences. By incorporating auto-balancing technology, VR rehabilitation systems can create interactive simulations that not only challenge patients' balance and coordination but also accelerate their recovery process.

Furthermore, this technology can help design innovative solutions to manage conditions such as Parkinson's disease. Patients dealing with Parkinson's often grapple with maintaining their balance. Wearable devices and shoes equipped with auto-balancing technology offer support in preventing falls and increasing overall stability. Consequently, this technology has the potential to significantly enhance the quality of life for individuals affected by Parkinson's.

In pediatric rehabilitation, the importance of engaging children in exercises that promote motor skill development cannot be overstated. Playful devices and toys with therapeutic features are instrumental in achieving this goal. Incorporating auto-balancing technology into these devices makes the rehabilitation process more engaging and effective for young patients. Beyond healthcare, self-balancing technology can also be a key enabler of the "aging in place" concept, allowing seniors to maintain their independence in the comfort of their homes. By integrating self-balancing technology into smart furniture, such as chairs or beds, it becomes possible to assist the elderly in maintaining their balance during routine activities, thereby contributing to their overall well-being and safety.

Conclusion

The integration of self-balancing technology into various facets of healthcare is poised to revolutionize the medical landscape. From enhancing mobility aids and rehabilitation equipment to improving the quality of life for individuals with disabilities or age-related balance issues, the applications are boundless. As we witness the transformation brought about by the auto-balancing technology, it becomes evident that we are on the cusp of a healthcare revolution that will usher in a new era of medical innovation and improved quality of life for countless individuals.

Artificial intelligence (AI) has recently been making significant strides in various fields including military operations. The integration of this emerging technology with modern warfare could revolutionize how armed forces operate, enhance decision-making processes, and provide tactical advantages. This has led to niche investments and a surge in innovations in this industry.

AI is enhancing military capabilities, enabling more precise decision-making, and reshaping the future of defense operations. In this era of technological innovation, AI serves as a pivotal tool for nations seeking to maintain their military prowess on a global scale. The integration of AI technologies into military operations has garnered substantial investments from nations around the world. As per Stockholm International Peace Research Institute, total global military expenditure surged 0.7% to a reach USD2113 billion in 2021, indicating that nations are increasingly integrating AI into their defense strategies. Israel, the US, Russia, and France are the world’s key defense suppliers. In Asia, China is a strong self-developer, while India is a major buyer of defense material.

Global Research Initiatives in Military

1. Israel – The Israel Defense Forces have recently incorporated AI into their operational strategies, particularly in response to escalating tensions in the occupied territories and ongoing rivalry with Iran. While specific operational details remain classified, military officials have disclosed the implementation of an AI-driven recommendation system. This advanced system possesses the capability to analyze vast datasets, aiding in the selection of targets for air strikes. Additionally, they have streamlined the coordination of subsequent raids through another AI model known as Fire Factory. Utilizing data on targets authorized by the military, this system calculates munition requirements, prioritizes targets, assigns them to aircraft and drones, and creates an operational schedule.
   
2. United States – The US is also harnessing the potential of AI in military. As part of a comprehensive series of experiments within the Defense Department, they are training large language models (LLMs). The primary focus of these experiments is to advance data integration and digital platforms across the spectrum of military operations. These exercises are conducted under the purview of the Pentagon's digital and AI office, in collaboration with high-ranking military officials and active involvement of US allies. While the Pentagon has chosen not to disclose the specific LLMs being tested, it is worth noting that Scale AI, a San Francisco-based startup, has indicated that its latest Donovan product is among the LLM platforms currently under evaluation.
   
3. China – Both the US and China are integrating AI in three main areas: information processing, unmanned weaponry, and decision-making. However, the Chinese People’s Liberation Army (PLA) is steadily shifting its focus to what is called “intelligent warfare,” leading to an emerging concept of “cognitive warfare.” This term encompasses a range of operations that leverage cutting-edge techniques and technologies, particularly AI, to target the mental thought process of adversaries. They aim to mold their thoughts and decisions, thereby creating a strategically advantageous environment or potentially neutralizing them without resorting to direct conflict. The PLA is also actively researching and developing AI-powered weaponry, including drones, submarines, and unmanned ground vehicles. China's investments in AI technologies have led to advancements in areas such as facial recognition, data analysis, and cyber warfare.
   
4. Russia – Russia is taking the lead in advancing its AI strategy through substantial investments in multiple sectors, including the military, state-sponsored initiatives, and private industry. This heightened focus on cutting-edge technologies and modernizing its military capabilities have raised concerns that the US may find itself at a disadvantage in critical domains such as armor, artillery, air defense, space operations, and cyberspace. Russia's expanding AI capabilities cover a range of innovations from AI-powered robotic weaponry, autonomous tanks, and unmanned aerial vehicles to precision-guided long-range missile systems. Notably, Russia's commitment to harnessing AI extends to intelligence gathering; Command, Control, Communications, Computers, Intelligence, Surveillance, and Reconnaissance (C4ISR); logistics optimization; and development of autonomous weapon systems.
   
5. France – France is deeply committed to the strategic integration of AI within its military framework but believes in its ethical deployment of the technology. The country is focusing on various AI- enabled initiatives such as researching ways to fuse thousands of satellite images with data sourced from the dark web and facilitating the extraction of significant connections, which is possible through the analysis of vast datasets. AI would also be used to help evacuate injured personnel from the battlefield, map out routes through mined terrains, and address other hazardous missions that could be delegated to robotic entities. Moreover, France is actively engaged in pioneering research endeavors for developing futuristic aircraft. The anticipated applications of AI in this domain encompass four key areas: implementation of intelligent and recognition sensors, autonomous navigation within intricate environments, facilitation of collaborative operations between manned and unmanned aircraft, and enhancement of man-machine interfaces within the aircraft cockpit.

Challenges 

The integration of AI in modern warfare presents a multitude of challenges. A major one concerns the development of highly advanced, autonomous general intelligence systems that exhibit superior capabilities and make fewer errors than humans. This raises a pressing ethical question: Are we morally justified in allowing AI to assume a greater role in warfare? Moreover, there are risks associated with the severe impact AI can have on the speed, scale, and character of warfare, potentially destabilizing the global security landscape.

Striking the right balance between the need for extensive data to train AI systems and the imperative to safeguard individual privacy remains a formidable task. Equally significant is the concern surrounding data bias; if the data used to train AI systems contains inherent biases, the AI systems themselves can perpetuate unfair and discriminatory outcomes, raising questions about the fairness of AI-enabled warfare. Therefore, even though there is extensive research globally to create AI-powered platforms for defense, their actual implementation may take some time. AI integration into modern military warfare marks a crucial shift in the way armed forces strategize and operate. With substantial investments being made globally, research initiatives by major nations, and emergence of innovations in the field, AI's impact on the battlefield is poised to reshape the nature of conflicts and redefine the capabilities of armed forces. As nations continue to explore AI-driven advancements, it is vital to navigate the ethical and legal complexities in order to ensure that AI technologies are harnessed responsibly and in accordance with international norms.

Hair loss affects a large section of the global population irrespective of age, gender, and ethnicity. This issue can be ascribed to multiple factors including genetic predisposition, lifestyle choices, and environmental influences; however, it also serves as a subtle yet revealing indicator of underlying health conditions.

Hair loss is a widely common problem faced by both men and women across the world. Although generally associated with the scalp, it can also impact eyebrows, eyelashes, and facial hair, including beard. Preliminary indications of hair loss are gradual and progressive thinning of hair, emergence of bald patches with slow regrowth, recession of the hairline that becomes increasingly conspicuous over time, widening of the part partition in hair, and reduction in volume.

Recognizing these initial symptoms and prompt interventions may sometimes decelerate or manage the condition. Regular consultations with a dermatologist or qualified healthcare professional can help to monitor changes and determine an appropriate, tailored course of action.

Hair loss is a multifaceted issue encompassing categories such as androgenetic alopecia, alopecia areata, and effluvium. Various factors contribute to hair loss, including stress from work and societal pressure, poor lifestyle with inadequate diet and nutrient deficiencies, hormonal imbalance-related conditions such as polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS), genetic predisposition, environmental exposure to contaminants, improper hair care practices, use of harsh cosmetics, and natural aging process.

Hair Loss Treatment Market

Hair loss impacts a substantial demographic within the United States, including 35 million men and 21 million women. The phenomenon of pattern hair loss, scientifically termed as androgenetic alopecia (AGA), extends its reach notably among Asian men and women, manifesting at an incidence rate of up to 73% within the broader population. It is interesting to note that 8 of the top 10 nations battling with the complexities of hair loss are situated in Europe. Notably, androgenetic alopecia is the predominant manifestation of hair loss among the male demographic.

The market size for hair growth products is poised to grow from ~USD 1.9 billion in 2023 to ~USD 2.80 billion by 2028. While North America currently has the largest market share, Asia-Pacific has the highest growth in this sector. This growing demand is attributed to the heightened incidence of hair loss concerns prevalent in Asian demographics.

Several factors drive the growth of the global hair growth products market. These include changing lifestyles, escalating pollution levels, and rising incidence of chronic illnesses contributing to long-term hair loss. Additionally, the market for female hair loss products is likely to see rapid growth attributed to increased awareness, evolving lifestyles, higher incidence of PCOS, and rising preference for cosmetic procedures. These interconnected factors synergistically create an environment conducive to sustained market growth.

Hair Loss and Scalp Diseases

As mentioned, hair loss can present itself through diverse conditions, encompassing variants such as alopecia areata, androgenetic alopecia, cicatricial alopecia, anagen effluvium, and telogen effluvium. These conditions often lead to noticeable hair thinning or patches of baldness. Additionally, scalp conditions such as dandruff and seborrheic dermatitis – marked by flakiness, itchiness, inflammation, and irritation – could cause discomfort and potentially worsen hair loss. Neglected, these scalp problems can interrupt the natural hair growth cycle and play a significant role in hair loss.

Tackling the root causes of hair loss and scalp health is crucial in managing and preventing further hair loss.

Treatments

Numerous products and therapies aimed at combating hair loss are available in the market, utilizing various application methods such as oral, topical, and transdermal routes or a combination of different therapies. The market offers a range of treatment options such as follows:

• Devices
  • Light therapy: This emerging, non-intrusive method for addressing hair loss that involves the use of lasers, LEDs, and excimer lamps to activate hair follicles, potentially fostering promoting hair growth.
  • Sound therapy: This method involves the application of distinct sound frequencies or vibrations to invigorate hair follicles and encourage hair growth. This approach seeks to improve blood circulation, cellular functions, and conveyance of nutrients to the scalp.
• Hair Growth Supplements: Various supplements enriched with vitamins, botanical extracts, and probiotics are readily available in the market and popular due to ease of use, perceived safety, and ability to supply essential nutrients for improving hair well-being and promoting growth.
• Topical Formulations: Rising consumer demand has led to the prevalence of products infused with plant-derived extracts and biomolecules. Concurrently, researchers are actively exploring the blend of clinically proven chemical compounds such as minoxidil and finasteride with other active constituents to enhance the effectiveness of hair loss treatments, invigorate hair follicles, improve overall scalp health, and promote strong hair growth.

Outlook

Advancements in hair loss are expected to focus on early intervention, risk assessment, personalized solutions, and AI integration. Public awareness campaigns would encourage individuals to seek expert advice at an early stage, while tools would assist in assessing risks and benefits to make informed decisions. Rather than adopting a one-size-fits-all approach, treatments would be tailored to individual factors such as genetics, medical history, and lifestyle. AI is expected to aid diagnosis and suggest tailored treatments, potentially delivered through virtual healthcare and remote monitoring. Furthermore, advances in biotechnology may lead to breakthroughs in hair growth solutions. Collaborative efforts in diverse fields of expertise aim to devise innovative and personalized approaches for effectively and safely addressing hair loss.

In the next article, we will explore various innovations and technologies that are being developed to overcome hair loss.

The integration of artificial intelligence (AI)-based solutions has enhanced efficiency, effectiveness, and security in maritime operations. This is helpful for naval forces protecting the country’s coastlines. AI technology is harnessed to deploy advanced systems capable of tracking, detecting, and executing relevant actions. As there are historical complexities associated with navigating oceanic routes, technology can be extremely helpful. Through integration of technologically advanced solutions identification, monitoring, and decision-making can be streamlined and security can be tightened.

In an era characterized by technological advancement, marine defense is witnessing a revolution driven by AI. The critical need for safeguarding maritime interests led research to integrate AI into various aspects of marine defense. From autonomous underwater vehicles to predictive analytics, AI’s applications are broad and promising, redefining the landscape of maritime security.

The Need for AI 

Ocean always played a pivotal role in global trade, security, and communication. However, the increasing complexity of maritime challenges, including piracy, illegal fishing, and territorial disputes, led to the need for innovative solutions that can efficiently address maritime security issues. 

Emerging Applications of AI in Marine Defense

• Autonomous Systems: AI-powered autonomous underwater vehicles (AUVs) and unmanned surface vehicles (USVs) are transforming marine surveillance. These vehicles can perform complex tasks such as mapping the ocean floor, monitoring underwater infrastructure, and identifying underwater threats.
• Predictive Analytics: AI algorithms can process vast amounts of data from satellites, sensors, and surveillance systems to predict and detect unusual activities, such as unauthorized vessel movements or potential security breaches.
• Cybersecurity: As marine defense systems become more digitized, the risk of cyberattacks increases. AI-driven cybersecurity tools can detect and thwart potential threats, safeguarding critical maritime infrastructure.
• Environmental Monitoring: AI can monitor and analyze environmental parameters, helping authorities respond promptly to oil spills, chemical discharges, or other ecological disasters.
• Communication and Coordination: AI-powered communication systems enable real-time information sharing and coordination among naval forces, enhancing joint operations and response times.

The Pioneers of AI in Marine Defense

• Aquabotix: Based in the US, Aquabotix in underwater robotics and offers AI-driven Autonomous underwater vehicles (AUVs) for applications ranging from marine research to defense. They can design tailor-made underwater drones of military caliber, specifically engineered to fulfill unique operational requirements for individual end-users.
• Sea Machines: With presence in the US, Germany and Denmark, sea machines offer products that have computer vision sensor, wireless helm control and autonomous command and control. They are a leading provider of autonomous command and sophisticated perception systems designed for maritime vessels engaged in governmental and defense operations.
• Ocius: Ocius is an Australian company that has developed an AI-powered Uncrewed Surface Vessels (USV) called "Bluebottle" that can operate autonomously for extended periods, performing tasks such as surveillance, reconnaissance, and monitoring. ThayerMahan: Headquarted in the US, this startup leverages AI and machine learning for underwater data collection and analysis, assisting in submarine tracking, marine mammal monitoring, and environmental assessments.

The Future Landscape of AI in Marine Defense

The global market for AI in marine defense is poised for substantial growth. According to a research report, the maritime security market, which encompasses AI-driven solutions, is projected to reach USD20.87 billion by 2026, expanding at a CAGR of 6.2% from 2021 to 2026. This growth can be attributed to increased investment in research and development, rising concerns over maritime threats, and the need for advanced surveillance technologies.

As the industry evolves, the integration of AI will likely become highly seamless and comprehensive. Enhanced AI algorithms will facilitate real-time decision-making, enabling naval forces to respond swiftly to emerging threats. The deployment of AI-powered swarm technologies, where multiple autonomous vehicles collaborate, could reform maritime operations, making them increasingly efficient and adaptive.

The integration of AI in marine defense is not just a technological advancement; it is a strategic imperative that will shape the future of maritime security.

Research and technological advancements are targeting the limitations of chimeric antigen receptor T (CAR T) cell therapy to improve its efficiency, minimize side effects, and reduce manufacturing costs. Most of these technologies are under development and will take time to be implemented. Through these advancements, the future holds promising prospects to overcome the challenges associated with CAR T cell therapy.

Despite the successful application of CAR-T immunotherapy in patients for certain disorders or hematological malignancies, various obstacles necessitate resolution, including elevated relapse rates and undesirable side effects such as exhaustion, antigen escape, and on-target/off-tumor toxicity. Overcoming limitations of CAR T cell therapy, improving its efficacy, and reducing manufacturing time and costs are critical to take care of patients suffering from rapidly progressive diseases such as blood cancer and solid lung tumors.

Several research groups are working on various elements of the technology and manufacturing process to overcome challenges that have been outlined.

Enhancing Efficacy of CAR T Cells

Combination therapies – CAR T cell therapy can be more effective with combination therapies. In this approach, CAR T cells are conjoined with an additional therapeutic entity, such as a checkpoint inhibitor, an oncolytic virus, or an RNA vaccine.

• Checkpoint inhibition: This process blocks the proteins that cancer cells use to escape immune surveillance. A notable illustration involves the PD-1 receptor, which acts as a checkpoint instructing T cells to refrain from attacking cells that exhibit the PD-L1 protein. However, certain tumor cells exhibit PD-L1, leading to antigen evasion. By blocking PD-1, CAR T cells can selectively target tumor cells that express PD-L1.
• Virus: Oncolytic viruses can rupture tumor cells, thereby releasing their antigenic contents and rendering them more recognizable to the patient's immune system, notably T cells. This modality of combination therapy demonstrated the potential to increase the efficacy of CAR T cell therapy within solid tumors, as demonstrated in a mouse model of melanoma.
• RNA vaccines: Preclinical trials in 2022 showed that the use of CAR T cells with RNA vaccines resulted in tumor regression in mice harboring human tumor grafts.
• mRNA: mRNA-based T cell modifications have emerged as a safe, expeditious, and cost-effective approach that circumvents challenges such as limited transgene capacity, protracted manufacturing processes, and the potential for uncontrollable off-tumor toxicities.
• Small molecules: Small-molecule compounds offer a potential solution to mitigate the various limitations encountered in CAR T cell therapy. These limitations encompass the expression of inhibitory receptors, diminished persistence, loss of target antigen recognition, occurrence of severe cytokine release syndrome (CRS), and neurotoxicity, among others.
• Hydrogel: Hydrogel-based regional delivery strategies are being developed to enhance the effectiveness of CAR T cell therapy against solid tumors. Due to their outstanding biocompatibility and biodegradability, injectable hydrogels permit the regional delivery of CAR T cells to enhance the tumor infiltration and persistence of the CAR T cells for the treatment of solid tumors.
• Nano-delivery systems: Research is being conducted to explore how conjugated nanoparticles to CAR T cells can overcome tumor microenvironment immunosuppression, enhancing T cell tumor infiltration. These nanocarriers can also be used to deliver therapeutic agents such as mRNA for enhancing efficacy of CAR T cells.
• Biomarkers – The identification of biomarkers for predicting the response or resistance to CAR T cell therapy is an ongoing area of opportunity. The development of robust biomarker signatures holds the potential to aid in the selection of suitable patients for treatment, anticipate treatment response, and inform therapeutic decision-making. Investigators from the Medical University of Vienna identified a highly potent biomarker, CD3+CD27-CD28--T cells, which may help identify lymphoma patients gain maximum benefit from CAR T cell therapy before infusion.

Creating Cost Efficiency in Manufacturing

Currently, manufacturing CAR T cell is an expensive proposition. One of the crucial stages in the manufacturing of CAR T cells involves their activation and expansion. To activate T cells, manufacturers devised artificial antigen presenting cells, such as microbeads coated with antibodies specifically targeting CD3+ T cells and CD28 co-stimulatory molecules. Initially, when CAR T cell therapy was in the nascent stage, microbeads were just coated with a single antibody for binding with CD3 to activate T cells. Subsequently, it was discovered that multi-epitope microbeads capable of displaying multiple antigens or epitopes yielded superior CAR T cell activation and expansion.

• Biodegradable microbeads: Biodegradable microbeads exhibit enhanced surface interactions with antigen-specific CD8+ T cells. This improved interaction leads to heightened T cell activation and expansion in vitro, which has been correlated with a notable increase in the efficiency of T cell stimulation signals. These advancements address the challenge posed by conventional microbeads in CAR T manufacturing, where incomplete removal may lead to potential side effects such as inflammation.
• Lentiviral delivery: Researchers at the University of Pennsylvania devised a method to circumvent the requirement for T cell activation during CAR T cell manufacturing. They accomplished this by directly delivering genes to non-activated T cells, which are freshly isolated from the bloodstream, using lentiviral vectors. There is a dual advantage of expediting the overall manufacturing process while preserving the potency of the T cells. The process reduces the manufacturing time from 1 to 2 weeks to a just 24 hours.
• Implantable devices: Preclinical investigations have demonstrated the potential of a novel implantable biotechnology, known as MASTER (Multifunctional Alginate Scaffolds for T cell Engineering and Release) to facilitate the production and in vivo release of CAR T cells. This innovative technology is capable of compressing the previously time-consuming multiweek procedure into a single-day process.
• Shape variable microbeads: The use of shape variable microbeads, along with their incorporation into biomaterial scaffolds, nanoparticles, or nanobeads, presents an additional avenue for achieving optimal interaction between an artificial antigen presenting cells and T cells. This interaction further facilitates efficient T cell activation and subsequent immune response.

Conclusion

The advancements in technologies and ongoing research focused on addressing the limitations of CAR T cell therapy have paved the way for promising solutions. There is considerable potential for enhancing the overall effectiveness, safety, and accessibility of CAR T cell therapy, benefiting patients and advancing cellular immunotherapy.

Generative AI has emerged as a valuable tool for bolstering defenses against ever-advancing threats. Prominent companies have embraced this technology to enhance their security measures. Leveraging the power of artificial intelligence and machine learning, generative AI systems are capable of analyzing vast amounts of data, identifying patterns, and predicting potential cyberattacks. By adopting this technology, organizations are empowered to stay one step ahead of cybercriminals, minimizing risks and protecting sensitive data.

Recently, generative AI has garnered significant interest across industries due to its extensive capabilities and scale. Although still in its early stages, this technology has immense potential to contribute to society. As technology advances and becomes more intelligent, its potential applications in Cybersecurity can be explored.

Can Generative AI be implemented to enhance cybersecurity? Indeed, it can. Several use cases can be examined to further strengthen cybersecurity efforts:

• Scanner - Generative AI can be employed to greatly enhance the scanning and filtering of security vulnerabilities. A report by the Cloud Security Alliance (CSA) demonstrated this using OpenAI's Codex API, which proved to be a powerful vulnerability scanner for programming languages like C, C#, Java, and JavaScript.
• Security framework - This technology could also assist in building rules and reversing popular add-ons based on reverse engineering frameworks such as IDA and Ghidra. By being specific in their queries about their needs and comparing them against MITRE ATT&CK tactics, users can refine the results offline and utilize them for defense, as highlighted by Matt Fulmer, Cyber Intelligence Engineering manager at Deep Instinct.
• Response time - Cybersecurity firms could enhance efficiency and expedite response times by leveraging ChatGPT and other LLMs to create threat-hunting queries, according to the Cloud Security Alliance (CSA). By generating queries for malware research and detection tools like YARA, ChatGPT helps swiftly identify and mitigate potential threats, allowing defenders to focus on critical aspects of their cybersecurity efforts.
• Phishing detection - AI models could also play a significant role in phishing detection and prevention. LLMs can analyze emails and detect phishing attempts based on the patterns they have learned, thereby preventing potential breaches.
• Cybersecurity Training - From an incident response standpoint, generative AI can be pivotal in cybersecurity training. By generating practical cybersecurity scenarios for IT teams, generative AI applications can educate employees on managing and responding to various cyber threats and stress-test their documented incident response plans and policies.

Several firms have already begun exploring AI models that can be leveraged in the cybersecurity domain. Some notable examples include:

• CrowdStrike, a leader in cloud-delivered protection of endpoints, cloud workloads, identity, and data, recently introduced 'Charlotte AI,' a new cloud-based generative AI platform focused on cybersecurity. The company trains Charlotte on massive datasets of text and code, enabling it to develop a deep understanding of real-world threats organizations face. Charlotte AI can perform various tasks, including threat identification and classification, generating new ideas and insights, and task automation.
• Thales, an internationally renowned technology and security company, has collaborated with Google Cloud to create advanced data security capabilities using generative AI technology. These capabilities greatly enhance companies' ability to identify, categorize, and safeguard their most confidential data. This joint venture is a key component of Thales' generative AI strategy, aiming to introduce innovative AI-driven functionalities and user experiences to CipherTrust, Thales' data security platform. Microsoft launched 'Security Copilot,' which integrates with its existing security product portfolio and utilizes generative AI models from OpenAI, specifically the recently launched text-generating GPT-4. The tool allows the generation of summaries and analysis of cyber-threat levels for businesses. While Microsoft did not specify how Security Copilot embodies GPT-4, they emphasized that the model was not trained on customer data, addressing a common criticism faced by language model-driven offerings.

Incorporating Generative AI in businesses

It can be opined that at the present stage of Generative AI technology, there is still ambiguity regarding the understanding and potential implications of the technology for businesses. The World Economic Forum expressed concern that businesses might be underestimating AI-related risks, with only four percent of industry leaders anticipating the risk to be categorized as 'Significant.' As previously mentioned by OpenAI, there is no guarantee of data privacy when employees provide data to ChatGPT from their companies' sensitive documents. This is precisely why Samsung recently banned the use of ChatGPT. As an external threat to businesses, Generative AI empowers cybercriminals to carry out novel forms of social engineering and phishing attacks. For example, generative AI could be utilized to influence employees by generating fake audio messages to share sensitive company information.

We believe that certain measures can be incorporated to ensure greater preparedness, if not absolute, for organizations to mitigate the potential risks posed by generative AI. To begin with, firms could appoint a Chief AI Officer responsible for creating awareness and ensuring best practices company-wide while making use of generative AI technology. Robust frameworks in collaboration with relevant organizational institutions could be implemented to maximize data security and integrity. Additionally, efforts could be made to identify and collaborate with companies already developing cutting-edge generative AI-based solutions to further enhance cybersecurity. 

As technology evolves so do cyber threats and security attacks. The only solution is to try and stay a step ahead and create solutions using emerging technologies to our advantage.

Evolving technologies exert a huge influence on the global defense and security mechanisms. One of the main aspects of defense strategies is maintaining border security. The purpose of technology is to go beyond reliance on human resources or create alternative options, for instance where human surveillance is unfeasible. Such scenarios include monitoring activities underwater, in mountainous regions, in the sky, and in terrains otherwise challenging for humans.

The rapid evolution of Artificial Intelligence (AI) has led to groundbreaking advancements in various sectors, with defense services being at the forefront of its implementation. AI has proven to be a gamechanger in enhancing border security and surveillance, ensuring nations are better equipped to protect their territorial integrity and combat emerging security threats.

Border Security and Surveillance Challenges

With geopolitical complexities and rising non-traditional security threats, defending borders has become more challenging than ever. Traditional surveillance methods are often labor-intensive, time-consuming, and limited by human capabilities. Moreover, the vastness of borders and diversity of terrain complicate effective monitoring and surveillance.

New Developments in Border Security and Surveillance

• AI-Enabled Drones and UAVs - Unmanned Aerial Vehicles (UAVs) equipped with AI-driven capabilities have revolutionized border surveillance. These drones can autonomously patrol and monitor large border areas, providing real-time video feeds and high-resolution imagery to authorities. AI algorithms process the collected data, enabling quick identification of suspicious activities, illegal crossings, and potential security breaches.
• Smart Sensors and IoT Integration - AI-powered smart sensors deployed along the borders can detect unauthorized movements, sound alarms, and transmit data to centralized monitoring systems. Integration with the Internet of Things (IoT) allows seamless data exchange and real-time analysis, leading to improved situational awareness and faster response time.
• Facial Recognition and Biometrics - Advanced facial recognition technologies, supported by AI algorithms, enable accurate identification of individuals at border checkpoints. Biometric databases can cross-reference travelers against watchlists, enhancing security and preventing the entry of criminals or potential threats. Predictive Analytics and Pattern Recognition - AI-driven predictive analytics can assess historical data and identify patterns associated with illegal activities or cross-border threats. This proactive approach enables security forces to anticipate potential breaches and take preemptive actions to safeguard borders.

Border Security and Surveillance Solution Companies

1. Elbit Systems (Israel) – Elbit Systems is a prominent Israeli defense company that specializes in a diverse range of military technologies, including advanced surveillance systems, unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs), electro-optics, and intelligence solutions.
2. Cobwebs Technologies (Israel) – Cobwebs Technologies is a specialist in web intelligence solutions and open-source investigations for defense and security agencies. The startup’s AI-powered platform can collect, analyze, and visualize vast amounts of data from online sources, helping authorities identify potential threats and monitor activities related to border security.
3. Rafael Advanced Defense Systems (Israel) – Rafael holds prominence as a distinguished Israeli defense company dedicated to the development of advanced military technologies. The company’s expertise extends to surveillance and reconnaissance systems, electro-optical sensors, and command and control systems.
   
4. Aerodyne Group (Malaysia) – Based in Malaysia, Aerodyne Group offers innovative AI-driven drone solutions for border surveillance. The company’s "Aeroborder" system combines autonomous drone technology with advanced analytics to provide real-time border monitoring. It has been instrumental in assisting various countries in curbing illegal activities across their borders.
   
5. Anduril Industries (USA) – A prominent AI-focused defense technology startup, Anduril Industries develops cutting-edge border surveillance systems. The company’s "Lattice" platform integrates AI, sensor networks, and machine learning algorithm to create a comprehensive and intelligent border security solution. Anduril's technology has been adopted by several countries globally, enhancing their defense capabilities significantly.

The global perspective on AI in defense services highlights its transformative impact on border security and surveillance. As AI technology continues to advance, it is vital for nations to invest in research, development, and collaboration to enhance border security and surveillance capabilities. However, as with any technology, ethical considerations and respect for individual privacy must remain at the forefront. This ensures that AI in defense services remains a positive force in a world striving for peace and security.

Today’s interconnected world has given companies access to an immense amount of data. This data can be used to predict human behavior, possible outcomes to a certain situation, general behavioral patterns, and design offerings accordingly. This process is called Internet of Behavior (IoB) and can be used in various fields such as marketing, healthcare, insurance, and even policy making.

In this digitally connected world, millions of devices are seamlessly interconnected, generating an enormous volume of data. This has paved the way for the emergence of an innovative concept called the Internet of Behavior (IoB). By combining data analysis, behavioral analysis, technology, and human psychology, IoB offers the potential to predict, understand, and even influence human behavior based on individual interactions and preferences.

IoB has the ability to recognize and track the requirements, wants, and desires of consumers and non-consumers even when they are offline based on their past record. This has led to intense competition among businesses vying to serve the customer first.

How Does IoB Work?

The process

1. Data collection: IoB begins with the collection of a vast amount of data from various sources. This may include social media platforms, mobile applications, wearable devices, IoT sensors, and other digital touchpoints. Data is collected through user interactions, online activities, and real-world behavior, which captures both explicit and implicit information.
2. Data analysis technology: Sophisticated technologies are employed to analyze the collected data. These technologies include artificial intelligence (AI), machine learning (ML), data mining, natural language processing (NLP), and computer vision. Advanced algorithms and models are used to process and extract meaningful insights from raw data.
3. Human psychology: With the aid of data analysis technology, patterns, correlations, and behavioral trends are identified to gain insights into human psychology. This involves analyzing user preferences, emotions, decision-making processes, and other psychological factors that influence behavior.
4. Customer profile: Based on the gathered insights, customer profiles are created. These profiles are comprehensive representations of individuals or groups, capturing their behaviors, preferences, interests, and demographics. These help identify the correct target audiences and segment them for personalized marketing and engagement strategies.
5. Predictions: Using customer profiles as a foundation, predictive analytics techniques are applied to make informed forecasts about future behavior and actions of consumers. These predictions can range from recommending personalized content, products, or services to anticipating customer churn, identifying potential upsell opportunities, and optimizing user experiences.

Applications of IoB

IoB is revolutionizing businesses and processes. Industries undergoing an evolution due to IoB include the following:

1. Marketing - The IoB has revolutionized the field of digital marketing and communications. By analyzing consumer behavior, preferences, and interactions, companies tailor their marketing strategies to individual customers. By understanding their customers better, they deliver personalized experiences, offer relevant recommendations, and create targeted advertisements. This level of personalization increases customer engagement and satisfaction, ultimately driving sales.
2. Healthcare - The IoB has immense potential in the healthcare sector. By analyzing patient data and tracking their symptoms in real time, healthcare providers can give quick and relevant treatments. They can also use the data to analyze individual health patterns, adherence to treatment plans, and lifestyle choices. Caregivers can develop personalized healthcare interventions, enhance patient outcomes, and even prevent certain health issues through proactive measures.
3. Policy making - Governments and policymakers can leverage the IoB to gather real-time data and insights to make informed decisions. By analyzing behavior patterns, social interactions, and public sentiment, policymakers can create correct regulations and understand the impact of their policies. This data-driven approach enables the formulation of evidence-based policies that align with the needs and expectations of the population, leading to more effective governance.
4. Insurance - Insurers can utilize IoB to assess risk profiles more accurately and offer personalized insurance plans. By analyzing behavioral data, such as driving habits, lifestyle choices, and health metrics, insurers can customize premiums and coverage based on individual risk factors. This promotes fairness, incentivizes healthy behavior, and reduces insurance fraud, ultimately benefiting both insurers and policyholders.

Startups in IoB

Startups making waves in various segments include the following:

• Sweet Analytics – Based in the UK, Sweet Analytics creates a platform for consumer analytics and business growth. The platform uses client data and examines user behavior through AI and machine learning to help create targeted marketing campaigns. Additionally, it interacts with Shopify and other e-commerce systems to get updated data. As a result, marketing campaigns are more successful and efficient, and customer engagement and loyalty are enhanced.
• Cookie3 - An Estonian startup, Cookie3 provides on-chain behavior analytics. It aggregates and analyzes data on non-fungible tokens (NFTs), smart contracts, and tokens across blockchains to interpret user behavior using AI and ML. It provides Metaverse and Web3 companies insights on customer behavior based on their wallet history. Therefore, companies can ensure better advertisement targeting and client segmentation while driving forecasts.
• Populi - A US-based firm called Populi supports patient and consumer marketing. To improve targeting and acquisition methods and enforce data compliance, the startup's solution combines clinical, demographic, and socioeconomic data. In addition to enabling them to connect digital media to healthcare transactions, it helps healthcare organizations enhance patient segmentation and improve customer relationship management (CRM). It also aids in creating effective acquisition strategies while enforcing data compliance.
• DYNE Technologies - A Canadian startup, DYNE Technologies provides restaurants with customer sentiment research. The startup's AI assistant monitors customer reviews to automatically determine their attitude. Through a dashboard, it also analyzes revenue trends and offers revenue estimates. The virtual assistant is used by restaurants to dynamically price meals based on demand and develop loyalty programs to increase off-peak visitation.
• LogSentinel - A Dutch business called LogSentinel offers a security detection and response solution for government organizations. To identify threats and analyze user behavior and risk profiles, it uses rule-based and machine-learning-based anomaly detection on various data sources. To quickly identify threats, the system also automatically subscribes to threat intelligence sources. This reduces the need for audit, forensics, and fraud detection while enabling government institutions to guard against internal and external threats.

Outlook

The potential of IoB is vast and continues to expand as technology advances. As more devices become interconnected and generate significant data, it will become even more powerful. However, as with any technology that deals with personal data, privacy and ethical concerns must be carefully addressed to ensure the responsible use of IoB insights. It is crucial to strike a balance between harnessing the power of IoB and safeguarding individual privacy, ensuring this technology remains a force of positive change in our increasingly interconnected world.

Mental wellbeing has become a major concern for people of all ages in the modern world. Technology is being developed to help people manage their mental health, which can affect their overall wellbeing. Emerging technologies such as artificial intelligence, machine learning, virtual reality, and wearables are being used to create innovative solutions for mental wellness. The growing acceptance of and demand for innovative products in this space indicates there is significant untapped potential.

In an increasingly digital world, technology is revolutionizing various aspects of our lives, including the treatment of mental health and illness. The importance of mental wellbeing has gained significance, especially after the global pandemic led to a mass increase in cases of depression, anxiety, and trauma. The pandemic also exacerbated existing mental health conditions. The global crisis highlighted the crucial link between physical and mental health, emphasizing the need for comprehensive healthcare that addresses both.

With mental wellbeing becoming a grave concern, numerous innovative technologies have emerged to monitor and treat mental problems. These advancements aim to provide individuals with tools and resources to manage their personal emotional wellbeing effectively as well as offer relevant and accurate data to physicians. Some cutting-edge technologies that can redefine the mental health treatment segment are mentioned below.

1. Wearable Devices – Wearable devices equipped with biometric sensors are paving the way for tracking mental health indicators. Companies such as Fitbit and Garmin have integrated features to monitor heart rate variability (HRV), a measure closely linked to stress levels. By detecting changes in HRV, individuals can identify their stress patterns and take necessary steps to manage it effectively. Some wearables employ electrodermal activity (EDA) sensors, which measure skin conductance. EDA sensors can also identify emotional responses, stress, and anxiety levels, providing users valuable insights into their mental state throughout the day. A notable innovation in this segment is the Apollo Neuro wristband. Apollo offers touch treatment, which eases the nervous systems and soothes a person’s mind. The band improves over time as it is used more and gets attuned to the wearer’s responses to certain situations and issues.
2. Mobile Apps – Mobile applications have emerged as a popular tool for tracking and improving mental health. Apps such as Insight Timer offer guided meditation sessions that allow users to engage in mindfulness practices and reduce stress. iBreathe is another such app that helps those struggling with anxiety, stress, and insomnia by teaching them breathing techniques.
   
3. Chatbots – Recently, chatbot-based therapy apps have gained traction. These apps, e.g., Woebot and Wysa, are built on AI to provide on-demand emotional support. Users can have conversations with the chatbot, which utilizes cognitive behavioral therapy techniques to help manage anxiety, depression, and stress. While they cannot replace human therapists, these apps offer accessible support and coping strategies.
   
4. Virtual Reality – This technology has demonstrated immense potential in the mental health space. It is an immersive experience that calms the overthinking mind, heightens the brain's rewiring process, and de-stresses the nervous system. It allows users to confront and manage their fears and anxieties. This exposure therapy technique has proven effective for treating phobias, post-traumatic stress disorder, and other mental health conditions. Companies such as Psious and Firsthand Technology are creating treatments to help overcome phobia, manage pain, and relieve stress.
   
5. AI Platforms – AI platforms can be employed to examine electronic health records, questionnaires, voice recordings, behavioral indicators, blood tests, brain imaging, and even data gathered from a patient's social media accounts. To parse patient data and identify mental and physical states — pain, mind-wandering, boredom, stress, or suicidal thoughts — connected to a specific mental health disorder, data scientists use various techniques including supervised machine learning, deep learning, and natural language processing. According to an analysis of 28 studies on the application of AI to mental health by IBM and the University of California, algorithms can identify a number of mental illnesses with 63–92% accuracy depending on the AI technique used and caliber of training data.

The aforementioned examples represent only a few instances of how technology can prove advantageous in the treatment of mental health conditions. Numerous other innovations are currently under development or in the testing phase, holding the potential to significantly transform the landscape of mental health treatment.

Challenges

While these technologies offer significant benefits, they also face challenges that hinder their widespread adoption and efficacy. These mainly include the following:

• Lack of Government Policies – The rapid growth of mental health technologies has outpaced the development of comprehensive regulations and policies. The lack of standardized guidelines for data privacy, security, and ethical considerations raises concerns about the potential misuse of sensitive mental health information. Establishing robust frameworks and regulations is crucial to protect users' privacy and ensure responsible implementation.
• Web Access – Unequal access to technology and internet connectivity remains a barrier to the successful execution of some of these solutions. Many individuals from marginalized communities or underserved areas may lack the necessary resources to access mental health technologies. This digital divide limits the reach and impact of these advancements.
• Negative Influence – While technology can offer solutions for mental wellbeing, they have often been a reason for causing issues such as depression, isolation, and mental anguish. The constant connectivity offered by mobile phones has blurred the boundaries between work and personal life, leading to increased stress levels and an inability to disconnect. The pressure to always be available and responsive can take a toll on mental wellbeing. Furthermore, the prevalence of social media platforms and the digital comparison culture can worsen feelings of inadequacy and low self-esteem. Constant exposure to often idealized versions of others' lives can contribute to a distorted self-perception and a sense of discontent.

Conclusion

The emergence of various technologies has transformed the field of mental health tracking, offering unprecedented opportunities for early detection, monitoring, and intervention. From wearable devices to smartphone apps, these technological innovations have provided individuals with the means to gain deeper insights into their own mental wellbeing, allowing them to seek timely assistance when needed. As we continue to witness remarkable advancements in this domain, there is great potential for even better solutions to emerge.

Future advancements can address some of the existing challenges, such as the need for enhanced accuracy and precision in data analysis, increased interoperability between different platforms, and personalized interventions based on individual needs.

However, ensuring ethical and responsible use of these technologies is of paramount importance. Privacy and data security must be prioritized to safeguard individuals' sensitive information and foster trust in mental health tracking systems. Additionally, extreme reliance on digital tools should be tracked and regulated. Striking the right balance between technology and human touch is essential, as mental health is a deeply personal and complex domain that often requires empathy, understanding, and human intervention.

Climate change is causing various adverse effects on human health, including the increased frequency and severity of extreme weather events, degradation of air quality, and spread of insect-borne diseases. Adaptation measures such as improving infrastructure to withstand adverse weather and providing adequate healthcare services in areas most vulnerable to climate change effects could help mitigate its negative impact.

While there is no direct correlation between climate change and the deterioration of human health, there are indirect consequences. In the last century, the planet had warmed up by 1.1°C, causing huge shifts in weather patterns. As the earth heats up, the sea level rises, thereby increasing the frequency and severity of floods, droughts, heat waves, and storms. Certain populations – such as children, the elderly, the impoverished, and those with medical issues – are more susceptible to the harmful effects of climate change. Moreover, WHO estimates climate change would result in 250,000 additional deaths annually from 2030 to 2050.

Direct health damage expense globally is projected to reach USD2–4 billion per year by 2030 (excluding cost in health-determinant industries such as agriculture, water, and sanitation). Regions such as emerging economies, which have limited health infrastructure, are least equipped to manage without support to plan and respond to climate change.

Some of the deleterious effects of climate change are mentioned below:

• Insect-borne diseases – Rising temperatures have led to a shift in rainfall patterns across the world. Due to the shifting patterns, tropical regions have increased longitudinally to include portions of temperate regions receiving extensive rainfall. This has enabled mosquitoes and other insects to thrive in such areas and transmit fatal diseases such as dengue, West Nile virus, and Lyme disease. Furthermore, malaria-carrying mosquitoes have already been able to move to more temperate locations, expanding their range by around 6.5 meters per year and moving 4.7 kilometers away from the equator. Hence, insect-borne diseases are on the rise globally.
  
• Water scarcity and malnutrition – Water scarcity is a major concern as global temperatures soar. The sources of freshwater are melting at an alarming rate, leading to shortage of water for drinking, agriculture, and sanitation. This shortfall can lead to growth in waterborne diseases, including cholera and dysentery, which are caused by the consumption of contaminated water. Malnutrition is a severe health issue that is associated with climate change-induced water scarcity. Droughts and water shortages can cause crop failure and reduced agricultural productivity, leading to food scarcity. Additionally, water availability and quality changes can impact crop nutrient content, resulting in lower yields and nutritional value. Malnutrition and water scarcity can lead to various health issues, including stunted growth, weakened immune systems, and increased vulnerability to infectious diseases. Children are particularly susceptible to these effects, as malnutrition during critical developmental stages can cause long-term health problems.

• Air pollution – Air quality is a critical factor that influences human health, and climate change degrades air quality by contributing to ground-level ozone formation and increased particulate matter pollution. Ground-level ozone is a harmful pollutant that is formed when emissions from vehicles, industrial facilities, and other sources react with sunlight. Due to the higher temperatures, there are more chemical reactions occurring in the atmosphere. Ground-level ozone, a potent respiratory irritant, can cause chest pain, coughing, throat irritation, and other respiratory problems. Particulate matter is another air pollutant with tiny particles that penetrate deep into the lungs and can cause numerous health problems. Climate change has worsened particulate matter pollution owing to the increased frequency and intensity of wildfires, which release large amounts of particulate matter into the air. Higher temperatures and drought conditions can also result in more dust storms. According to the United Nations Environment Program, in 2019, about 99% of the world's population lived in places that did not meet WHO 2021 air quality guidelines. Evidently, most people are exposed to unhealthy air pollution levels that cause respiratory problems, cardiovascular disease, and other illnesses.

• Displacement and migration – Climate change is expected to result in migration. Over 170 million individuals worldwide could face internal displacement by 2050 owing to the gradual and cumulative effects of climate change. This estimation is derived from a pessimistic outlook characterized by elevated emissions of greenhouse gases and a disparity in development. Under a more environmentally sustainable scenario, this number would still amount to approximately 125 million climate migrants, while a more inclusive approach to development would result in an estimated 78 million migrants. Regardless of the specific scenario, it is noteworthy that within the six regions examined, Sub-Saharan Africa is anticipated to witness the maximum displacements owing to alterations in water availability, crop productivity, and rising sea levels.
• Mental health – The mental health consequences of climate change can be direct or indirect. For example, individuals who experience the trauma of a natural disaster or extreme weather may develop post-traumatic stress disorder or other mental health issues. Long-term exposure to climate change-related stressors, such as prolonged drought or food insecurity, can lead to chronic stress, anxiety, and depression.

Conclusion

To address the health impacts of climate change, it is imperative to take a comprehensive and collaborative approach that incorporates policy interventions, public health initiatives, and community-based strategies. This approach should prioritize efforts to reduce carbon emissions, increase public awareness and promote education about climate change effects, and strengthen the healthcare systems and services needed to respond to climate change-related emergencies.

Mitigating the health impacts of climate change requires a collective effort that integrates policy and community engagement. We can build a more resilient and sustainable future for all by working together.

CRISPR technology has been gaining prominence as a realistic treatment option for genetic diseases. Major recent licensing activity is seen from pharmaceutical companies that are also investing in startups in this domain. While technology could revolutionize healthcare, especially for genetic diseases, it has its shortcomings and research is ongoing to address them for wider adoption of CRISPR.

Clustered regularly interspaced short palindromic repeats (CRISPR) has emerged as a revolutionary treatment option for various diseases. The genome editing capabilities of CRISPR-associated nucleases was discovered less than a decade ago.

Over the past decade, CRISPR technology has undergone substantial growth. Since its discovery, CRISPR has been used to modify mammalian genomes, which has opened new avenues for the robust manipulation of the human genome for basic research and translational medicine. To date, 300 CRISPR-Cas nucleases have been characterized, and increasingly versatile, precise tools have been developed to make room for the numerous aspects of biological research and clinical application in treating disease. These tools have laid the groundwork for developing new therapeutic modalities for humans that can treat and/or eventually cure genetic diseases. Depending on the methodology adopted, CRISPR can be used to facilitate gene editing ex-vivo or in-vivo. CRISPRs are multicomponent systems that require packaging and delivery of a large protein, the gRNA, and expression-regulating elements.

• In an ex-vivo editing system, cells are extracted from the body, edited with engineered nucleases guided by CRISPR, and then reintroduced. This technique permits precise control.
  
• In in-vivo approaches, genome editing materials are delivered directly to diseased cells or organs.

Figure 1: Depicting the delivery of CRISPR Therapy. (a) Ex-vivo therapeutics (b) In-vivo therapeutics.

Currently, several companies are conducting fundamental research on CRISPR/Cas variants to develop better gene editing solutions. Only a few pharmaceutical industry stakeholders are investigating the therapeutic applications of this versatile genetic manipulation tool. Companies such as Editas Medicine, CRISPR Therapeutics, and Intellia Therapeutics are using surrogate licensing to gain exclusive control of the associated intellectual property in the current market (Fig 2).

Figure 2: Intellectual property and licensing associated with CRISPR-based gene editing tool.

There is significant evidence validating the therapeutic applications of this technology, resulting in strategic partnerships between companies for therapy development and clinical research. A large amount of capital has been injected into innovator companies in this field over the past two years alone. The combined market capitalization of the three leading companies in this industry is more than USD 10 billion, and they have raised more than USD 2.8 billion through various funding rounds.

The discovery and development of the CRISPR/Cas9 system have provided gene therapy a second opportunity to overcome its stigma and prove to be an effective therapeutic strategy. Both autologous and allogenic CRISPR cell therapies work by editing mutations in the patient's own cells, and have the potential to circumvent the rejection problems associated with donor-matched transplant therapies. However, the production of autologous cell therapy takes several weeks, during which patients experience disease progression.

CRISPR genome editing is particularly promising for diseases treatable by autologous cell therapy. Extracting cells from a patient to edit the genome enables additional testing to prevent off-target genome modifications during genome editing.

Table 1: Ongoing/completed clinical studies for ex-vivo CRISPR-based therapies.

Future Prospects

Although ex-vivo gene editing produces highly effective cell therapies, it cannot be used to treat all genetic diseases. Certain dysfunctional cells and organs cannot be repaired by adding new/repaired cells to the body. Moreover, cell therapies frequently necessitate the elimination of patients' immune cells. Immunosuppression facilitates the proliferation of therapeutic cells; however, it poses a significant risk to the patient, rendering them susceptible to severe forms of common illnesses. Such rigorous preconditioning may prevent the administration of a second dose of certain cell therapies.

Thus, scientists are actively investigating in-vivo genome editing therapies. These therapies involve editing a large number of cells in situ, i.e., at their natural location in the body. They rely on technological advances that make it easier to deliver CRISPR to specific body parts. Such "in-vivo" genome editing may one day allow clinicians to treat and cure a plethora of untreatable or difficult-to-treat diseases.

CRISPR-Cas9 therapeutics, though in its infancy, is on the verge of ushering in the era of precision medicine.

With e-commerce becoming mainstream, customer perspectives have gained prominence. The opinions and experiences of other consumers highly influence potential customers; this is especially true for daily-use products (for skin and hair). Consumer reviews about the quality, ingredients, and their efficacy as well as pricing are a major deciding factor. The keywords organic/natural ingredients that startups use in branding have attracted millennials and Gen Z, leading to increased sales. To highlight their innovative USPs, we have drawn a comparison of customer opinion of beauty startups using organic ingredients against established FMCG brands that are chemical based. The comparison shows customers’ increasing preference for products with natural/traditional/ayurvedic ingredients.

In today's digital world, where everything is connected, the voice of customers is instrumental in determining how well a product performs in terms of the overall customer satisfaction, quality, and brand reputation. The advent of social media and online marketplaces has made it simpler for consumers to share their feedback on a particular brand. Hence, the voice of customers enables prospective buyers to get an understanding of what sets brands apart and which one might better suit their needs.

Organic branding startups in the personal care industry have disrupted the market by emphasizing the importance of organic ingredients. Their range of products, including shampoo, body and face wash, moisturizer, and hair oil, is made from natural ingredients. These products have gained a loyal following due to their superior quality and effectiveness. The startups’ commitment to using organic ingredients has resonated with consumers who are increasingly concerned about the impact of synthetic chemicals on their health and the environment. The startups are standing by their promise by providing natural products and gaining customer trust. This in turn prompts them to use innovative business models, such as subscription-based services, to hook and engage the customer for the long term.

Startups have catalyzed the shift in customer perception from fancy products to organic products and raised awareness of the negative impact of chemical-laden products. This has sparked a revolution in the personal care industry, forcing other brands to follow suit and offer products containing natural and organic ingredients.

As consumers show more interest in organic products, the market share of many well-known businesses selling items with chemical bases has been affected and is anticipated to shrink. By merely educating consumers about the advantages of organic products, startups are successfully gaining market share. To gain further insight, we have evaluated customers' testimonials for a specific organic branding startup versus the most chemical-based popular and established brands. Certain themes emerged through our research.

Differentiating themes from the customer’s perspective:

1. Natural ingredients – Consumers prefer hair products that have no harmful chemicals such as parabens, sulfates, mineral oil, and synthetic fragrances. They also would like the products to be dermatologically tested and safe for all skin types. They believe established brands contain strong chemicals that cause headaches as well as dry, brittle, and frizzy hair. Similarly, customers state that face creams loaded with heavy chemicals result in oily skin, acne, or skin damage.

The startup has performed well in this criterion as it has proven its claim of selling toxin-free and organic products such as onion-based ones. Its hair care products have also received positive reviews from customers, as these contain only natural ingredients and no harmful chemicals. The company’s face creams are also known to be gentle and beneficial for the skin. The startup claims all its products have been dermatologically tested on different skin types.

2. Value for money – Hair and face products available on offline and online platforms are costly. Customers believe that established brands are both affordable and give value for money, but they appreciate the pricing and offers by the startup. The startup offer of discounts or free products when paid through digital wallets also incentivizes customers. In addition, they provide many such subscription-based models that help create a connection with the customers.

3. Daily use – Very few established brands have found favor with customers for their daily shampoo or face cream. Most users have reported a negative impact on their hair or skin due to the harshness of the products. The startup has lived up to its promise of offering toxin-free and organic products. The company has received positive reviews for their daily shampoo and face cream, leading to its popularity.

4. Fragrance – Shampoos and creams with a strong smell are mostly likely to have higher chemical content, as perfumes and artificial ingredients are added to enhance fragrance.

Customers prefer shampoos and creams that have a subtle, soothing fragrance. The startup, which has a very mild smell in all its products, has received a thumbs up from customers and is gaining goodwill in that area.

While customers consider various parameters when buying products online, we have considered those most relevant for hair products. Our finding revealed that the organic startup brand we investigated has gained momentum due to its use of natural ingredients and environment-friendly image. Modern customers have awareness and are health and environment conscious. They prefer using natural and organic ingredients over chemicals. New-age personal care brands have designed their products to meet this demand and are thus capturing the market share of more established brands.

This is not a short-term trend but a long-term effect that would continue to impact the market. Modern customers are digital natives that rely on social media platforms and peer reviews to make purchasing decisions. These are the key marketing platforms for new-age startups. Moreover, customers today are looking for organic options rather than chemical-based products. Hence, their preference for natural ingredients would continue for the time to come. Therefore, startups are likely to eat into the market share of FMCG brands. Can the old players join the game and catch up?

In the past few years, changing weather patterns and an increase in natural disasters became evident as the climate change impact intensified. With the global temperature increasing and ice mass melting, sea levels have risen, which will soon prove to be cataclysmic for the planet. Technology experts and modern entrepreneurs are devising innovative solutions to combat climate change, such as reducing carbon emissions, harnessing renewable energy, and creating sustainable solutions, thereby changing the way of life. Will they be able to reverse the negative effect of environmental degradation and reset the delicate ecological balance?

Climate change is an existential threat to our planet, with environmental degradation and rapidly changing weather patterns posing severe risks to our very survival. In recent years, the urgency of the situation has prompted a surge in innovation and investment in climate tech, a field of technological solutions aimed at mitigating the impact of climate change and reducing its cause. Following are few notable innovators and entrepreneurs designing sustainable solutions:

1. CarbonCure Technologies – A Canadian startup, CarbonCure was founded by Robert Niven. As the name suggests, the company aims to reduce carbon dioxide (CO₂) from the atmosphere. It has developed a technology that captures CO₂ emissions from industrial sources, like cement plants, and injects them into concrete during manufacturing. CO₂ reacts with the calcium in the cement to form calcium carbonate, which becomes permanently embedded in the concrete. Apart from reducing CO₂, this process helps strengthen concrete, making it more durable. The process is cost-effective and can be easily integrated into existing concrete production facilities. CarbonCure's technology has been adopted by concrete producers across North America, Europe, and Asia. The company estimates that its technology has saved over 258,462 metric tons of CO₂ emissions.
2. Orbital Marine Power - Founded by Barry Johnston in 2002, Orbital Marine Power is a Scottish company that develops tidal energy technology. The technology is centered around the company’s proprietary floating tidal turbine, known as Orbital O2. This turbine can produce up to 2 MW electricity, making it one of the most powerful tidal turbines worldwide. The Orbital O2 turbine consists of a floating platform that supports two 1-MW turbines mounted on retractable legs. The turbine blades are made from carbon fiber and designed to maximize energy capture, while minimizing drag and turbulence. The platform is also equipped with a control system that enables the turbine to automatically orient itself to face the incoming tide, maximizing energy capture. 
   The company uses a range of advanced technologies, including sophisticated sensors and monitoring systems to optimize turbine performance and ensure efficient operation of its tidal energy projects. Orbital is harnessing a renewable energy form to reduce the pressure on fossil fuels and carbon emissions.
3. Ather Energy - Ather Energy is an Indian electric vehicle (EV) company founded by Swapnil Jain and Tarun Mehta in 2013. The company's goal is to develop and promote the use of EVs in India. Ather Energy's technology is focused on creating an intelligent and connected EV ecosystem, which includes not just the vehicles themselves but also charging infrastructure, mobile apps, and other related services. The company's flagship product is the Ather 450X, an electric scooter that comes equipped with various features such as a touchscreen dashboard, mobile app connectivity, and fast charging.
4. FTXT Energy Technology - FTXT is a Chinese climate tech company founded in 2019 by three entrepreneurs: Wang Wei, Chen Jianqiang, and Zhang Shuai. The company's mission is to develop cutting-edge technologies to help combat climate change and promote sustainable development. The company’s focus area is Hydrogen fuel cell system R&D, manufacturing, and sales. The global research and development network of FTXT is developing fuel cell power systems and components at the vehicle level. The primary offerings include fuel cell engines, stacks, on-board hydrogen systems with a 35 MPa/70 MPa pressure rating, on tank valves, pressure regulators, and more.
5. Ampaire – A US-based startup Ampaire was founded by Kevin Noertker and Cory Combs in 2016. The company has developed technology for hybrid-electric aircraft. It has created sustainable aviation solutions by retrofitting existing aircraft with electric propulsion systems. Ampaire's electric flight technology is based on a combination of modern electric motor, battery, and control systems.
6. Energy Vault - Energy Vault is a Swiss startup founded in 2017 by Robert Piconi, Bill Gross, and Andrea Pedretti. The core technology used by Energy Vault is based on the principles of gravity and potential energy. The company established a proprietary system that can store immense energy as mechanical potential energy, which can be harnessed to generate electricity on demand.

Conclusion

The global temperature has risen by 1.1°C since 1901 due to increased greenhouse gas emissions. Scientists believe that if the average temperature climbs by more than 1.5°C, the world will reach the point of no return. Therefore, in the Paris Agreement 2015, most nations have committed to diminishing their GHG emissions by 45% until 2030 and finally achieving the desirable net zero by 2050.

Climate tech companies can help achieve this objective by developing cutting-edge technology to create sustainable solutions. From offering solutions for carbon capture, to increasing the use of renewable energy, these companies are bringing about a revolution. Reversing the environmental damage done will be difficult; however, with the support of climate tech startups we have a fighting chance.

According to Accenture's projections, the implementation of AI applications can reduce annual healthcare costs by USD 150 billion in the US by 2026. AI Chatbots, which are gaining popularity, can do more than just chat. They can potentially combine language skills with image and video recognition. Consequently, the next generation of large language models (LLMs), such as GPT-4, trained in multiple modalities, can become versatile AI capable of performing various tasks. The year 2023 has already brought exciting developments in healthcare AI, and the future promises technological interventions that will revolutionize the healthcare and life sciences industries. 

ChatGPT – An introduction

ChatGPT is a new AI tool developed by OpenAI, launched in November 2022. It is an LLM designed to mimic human-like conversation and generate responses based on natural language process inputs. It offers intelligent, computer-generated conversations in response to user queries. OpenAI has released its advanced language model, GPT-4, for public use, but it can only be accessed by users who upgrade to ChatGPT Plus for a monthly fee of USD 20. The new model claims to be secure and more accurate than its predecessor, GPT-3.5, as it has been trained on larger datasets and comes with notable updates. The tool has gained widespread attention since its launch due to its impressive computing power and ability to offer interaction in a seemingly “intelligent” human-like conversation.

ChatGPT in Healthcare

Although Chat GPT has certain challenges, such as obtaining precise and current data as well as privacy and security concerns, it has the potential for numerous future applications in healthcare. Its application to enhance patient care and the healthcare system's efficacy in the future will be intriguing.

1. Personalized Treatment Planning: Healthcare providers can utilize GPT technology to develop personalized treatment plans for patients by examining their medical history, existing symptoms, and other relevant information. The GPT-powered system can analyze the data and create a unique treatment plan that considers the patient's specific requirements and preferences. This approach can be valuable for patients with complex or unusual illnesses that necessitate specialized attention. For example, the GPT system can propose a unique medication or therapy combination that is most likely to be beneficial for a particular patient based on their medical history and other factors. This strategy can aid in lowering the chances of adverse reactions or complications and ensuring that patients receive the most appropriate treatment for their individual needs.
2. Healthcare Process Automation: GPT technology has the potential to assist healthcare practitioners with routine responsibilities such as transcribing medical records and generating reports. It can be programmed to be precise and fast in this task. Healthcare professionals can automate these tasks and concentrate on more critical duties, such as patient care and treatments. This can also assist in minimizing errors in medical records, which can have severe consequences for patients.
3. Virtual Patient Assistant: GPT has shown promise in the field of medicine by facilitating the development of virtual assistants that can cater to individual patients' needs. These assistants leverage patients' medical history, present symptoms, and other pertinent factors to offer tailored recommendations and guidance. For instance, a virtual assistant may propose home remedies or nonprescription medications to alleviate a patient's flu symptoms or provide insights into managing chronic illnesses like diabetes. Additionally, GPT-driven chatbots could offer mental health support, generate personalized nutrition, and exercise plans for patients based on their unique goals and requirements. Patients can access these virtual assistants through various channels, such as apps, websites, or voice assistants like Amazon's Alexa or Google Assistant. It can be valuable for individuals who reside in rural areas or face obstacles in obtaining healthcare. This allows them to receive personalized advice without requiring an in-person consultation with a healthcare professional.

ChatGPT Substitutes

1. Google: Google has responded to Open AI's ChatGPT by launching MultiMedQA, which is specifically designed to answer medical queries. Google Research and DeepMind have also launched MedPaLM at the end of last year, an open-sourced LLM for medical purposes . MedPaLM includes datasets that cover a range of clinical topics, including a new dataset called HealthSearchQA, which features in frequently searched medical inquiries curated to improve its performance. The latest version MedPaLM 2 achieved an 85% accuracy rate in answering medical exam questions, an improvement of 18% over the previous version of Med-PaLM. Last month, Google introduced its Generative AI System, Bard which also has the potential to transform healthcare.
2. Meta: Meta AI combined natural language processing and strategic reasoning to create CICERO, which is the first AI agent capable of performing at a human level in the complex natural language game "Diplomacy." When pitted against humans on the website, the AI agent demonstrated its state-of-the-art performance by outscoring all other players' average scores by more than two to one. Moreover, it was ranked among the top 10% of players who participated in multiple games.
3. Microsoft: Prior to Google and Meta's entry into the AI-driven healthcare solutions, Microsoft has also been collaborating with the OpenAI to utilize GPT-3 in enhancing the efficiency of healthcare teams by facilitating collaboration among employees and clinicians. Moreover, Microsoft has collaborated with Novo Nordisk to develop an AI-based Chinese-speaking chatbot for patients with diabetes.

ChatGPT Limitations

The accuracy of GPT responses depends on the quality of prompts entered. Hence, though they are designed to "feel correct to humans," they may not always be right. If the user lacks knowledge in a specific area, the answer may be incorrect, and they may not realize it. Biased data used to train GPT can result in inaccurate responses. In some fields, such as medicine, data may be limited, and GPT may be unable to answer a few questions. Additionally, GPT's data is only accurate up to September 2021, and it does not use the internet.

The use of GPT in healthcare presents a potential challenge - the need for precise and current data. To offer dependable treatment plans and recommendations, GPT must have access to up-to-date and accurate medical information. To address this challenge, the data that GPT uses should be updated regularly and obtained from trustworthy sources. Privacy and security concerns should also be considered when utilizing GPT in healthcare due to the involvement of sensitive medical information. Measures such as secure data storage and encryption will be crucial to protect patient privacy and guarantee medical data security.

Despite these limitations, GPT has the potential to revolutionize medicine and healthcare and has already been applied in various areas.

Incorporation of nanoclay in polymer is an emerging technology for optimizing food packaging material that can meet the stringent regulations imposed on packaging industry. However, a few challenges are associated with its use in food packaging industry. If these challenges can be successfully overcome, nanoclay technology will be widely adopted.

The world is facing an existential crisis due to environmental degradation and large-scale pollution. Plastic is a major pollutant choking the planet. Intense use of plastic across all sectors has led to this situation. One of the main users of this material is the food packaging industry. The high demand for minimally processed food, such as ready-to-eat and ready-to-cook options, has compelled food producers to come up with innovative alternatives for packing food that preserve nutrition and are simultaneously cost effective.

The Rise of Nanoclay Technology

Polymer-based packaging technology is most accepted in food packaging industry. For preserving food, the packaging must have barrier resistance, long shelf life, heat resistance, flexibility, and antimicrobial properties. To enhance these properties, nanoclay is embedded into the polyolefins (polypropylene/polyethylene) as tiny particles used in packaging. Nanoclay is a nano agent used to prepare nanocomposites for food packaging.

The incorporation of inorganic material in the organic polymer matrix led to the discovery of nanocomposites. Nanocomposites have optimized packaging and significantly improved the properties of biodegradable polymers.

Polyolefins are known for their nonpolar, hydrophobic, beneficial mechanical, and barrier properties making it suitable for bottles, wraps, sachets, and films. Due to their grease resistance and gas barrier properties, nanoclays, such as montmorillonite (MMT) or organophilic MMT, are incorporated into the polymer. MMT nanoclay also exhibits antimicrobial function against gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria. Studies show that antimicrobial property of low-density polyethylene/Ag/titanium dioxide nanocomposites prepared using sol–gel and melt-mixing methods could be increased against pathogens such as E. coli, S. aureus, C. albicans, and A. niger.

Challenges

Various challenges are associated with the use of nanoclay:

• A possible risk is involved with their use in the food packaging industry; aluminum in most of the clays is a concern due to its neurotoxic effects, and the use of synthetic additives in nanoclay pose a high risk. There is a possibility of contamination due to migration of nanoparticles into the food components. 
  
• Furthermore, the use of synthetic organic modifiers applied in producing certain nanocomposites have cytotoxic effects.
  

Inductively coupled plasma (ICP), graphite furnace atomic absorption spectrometry (GFAAS), and high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) are few of the various experimental techniques to identify the migration of nanoclay to nanocomposites.

Leaching of nanoclay can be identified through technologies, such as scanning and/or transmission electron microscopies (SEM and/or TEM) with X-ray energy dispersive spectroscopy (EDS). These tests can help ensure that food remains safe and edible once the packaging is removed.

Regulations

Several regulations have been implemented on the use of nanoclay in food packaging industry in regions such as the US and Europe. For instance, EU Regulation No 10/2011 gives authorization based on the size of the additive in the food contact material and the surfactants used for the modification of nanoclay. Further, EU regulates that the nanocomposites must comply with a total migration limit of 10 mg dm⁻². While in the US, the use of bentonite and kaolin fall under “generally recognized as safe” (GRAS) category.

Conclusion

The rising need for novel packaging technology that complies with the regulation and caters consumer demand will support the growth of nanoclay technology. The optimal conditions used to produce clay nanocomposites and food contact regulations would help resolve the concerns associated with quality of food. Nanoclay could become an important ingredient in food packaging material.

To save the planet from climate change, countries and organizations are working toward achieving net-zero emissions. Capture, utilization, and storage of carbon emerged as a leading strategy for limiting the global temperature rise. However, these technologies are expensive to implement in factories and manufacturing facilities. In addition, each technology comes with its set of limitations. If these obstacles can be surmounted, carbon capture can be widely implemented and contribute to a positive environmental impact.

Our planet is facing an existential crisis due to climate change. Carbon dioxide (CO₂) emissions significantly damaged the atmosphere and are a major cause of global warming. Countries have united to tackle this crisis, and innovations and technologies to reduce carbon emissions are undergoing testing. To reduce the global temperature by 2°C by 2050, CO₂ emissions must be reduced by 50% of the current levels.

Any industry that uses fossil fuels produces CO₂. Power plants are the world’s largest carbon emitters. Additionally, the production of steel and cement generates massive CO₂ emissions. Until now, most technologies focused on finding carbon capture utilization and storage (CCUS) solutions for power plants. However, companies and startups are refocusing their efforts on finding alternative methods to reduce emissions in other industries.

Carbon-Capture Strategies:

The CCUS field has essentially two types of carbon capture techniques, namely post-combustion and pre-combustion.

• Post-combustion carbon capture: Post-combustion carbon capture is the process of removing CO₂ from the exhaust gases once the fuel is completely burned.

Following are some techniques for post-combustion capture: 

• Solvent absorption
• Adsorption
  
• Membrane technology 
  
• Cryogenic separation

Solvent absorption is the most prevalent technology used to separate CO₂ from waste gas streams as it is cost-effective compared to other technologies in the domain. This method is applied in various industries, such as fuel production, ethylene oxide production, power plants, cement, and iron & steel manufacturing.

A sub-technique under post-combustion capture is oxy-fuel combustion. Oxy-fuel combustion is a carbon capture strategy in which the fuel is burned with nearly pure oxygen instead of air. The flue gas produced is high in CO₂ and devoid of nitrogen and its components, such as nitrogen oxides (NO_x). This eliminates the need for chemicals or other methods to separate CO₂ from flue gas. However, oxygen is costly, and its production has significant negative environmental effects, including high CO₂ emissions.

It can only be used in processes involving oxy-rich combustion, such as the production of cement, iron and steel, and electricity in fossil-fuel-powered plants.

• Pre-combustion carbon capture: The process of removing CO₂ from the source before the completion of the combustion process is known as pre-combustion carbon capture.

Following are few methods or techniques involved in pre-combustion carbon capture:

• Solvent absorption
• Adsorption
• Chemical looping gasification

Currently, pre-combustion carbon capture approach is applied to integrated coal gasification combined cycle (IGCC) power plants. Research and development are underway to commercialize the methods under this strategy.

Technology Comparison:

For various methods in both combustion strategies, the values for the following parameters shown in the table below vary with several factors such as working temperature, pressure, CO₂ concentration in the flue gas, project or plant scale, environmental impacts, etc. Therefore, we have provided approximate information based on research and reviews conducted by several researchers. 

Cost Analysis:

To install a carbon capture setup in any industry, economic feasibility is a high priority parameter. The cost analysis is conducted based on cost incurred in capturing 1 ton of CO₂. Based on International Energy Agency (IEA) analysis, global cost of carbon capture per ton CO₂ in various industries identified is shown below:

To achieve the lowest cost per ton of CO₂ captured, most CO₂ capture systems are designed to catch about 85–90% of the CO₂ from the point source. Higher capture rates - reaching 100% - will be required in a net-zero energy system. According to recent analyses, this is technically and economically feasible.

Use Cases:

Post-Combustion Capture

1. Absorption method – Steel industry: Tata Steel became the first steel business in India to use such a carbon-capture technology and achieve circular economy when a 5 ton per day (TPD) carbon capture unit was put into operation at its Jamshedpur (India) Works. Using an amine-based technique, this carbon-capture and utilization (CCU) facility takes CO₂ right out of the blast furnace gas. The captured CO₂ is then made available for reuse on-site. This project was conducted with the assistance of Carbon Clean, a world leader in low-cost CO₂ capture technology.            
2. Membrane technology – Limestone factory: The Norwegian company Aqualung Carbon Capture won a contract to supply a membrane-based carbon capture and storage (CCS) system to a lime plant in Scandinavia owned by Nordkalk. According to the supplier, each Aqualung Carbon Capture unit can remove 25% of an average Nordkalk lime kiln’s CO₂ emissions. The project will commence in the beginning of 2023.
3. Cryogenic CO₂ capture – Power plants & Cement plants: Sustainable Energy Solutions (SES) scaled this innovative technology with the largest being the skid system, which captures approximately 1 ton of CO₂ per day. In field tests, this system captured 95–99% of CO₂ with over 99% purity and initial concentrations ranging from 4% to 28% in the flue gas. SES now attempts to scale the system to merchant levels (10–80 tons of CO₂ per day).

   

4. Bio fixation – Power plant: Mannvit installed an algaennovation facility at Hellisheidi power plant where it uses CO₂, hot water, and electricity from the plant, to sustainably turn waste to valuable product.

Pre-Combustion Capture

1. Adsorption method – Hydrogen production: Xebec Adsorption Inc., a global provider of sustainable gas technologies, signed a contract to provide its proprietary pressure swing adsorption technology to support the deployment of Haffner Energy’s HYNOCA® solution. By thermolyzing biomass, HYNOCA®, a novel and cost-effective technology, can decarbonize and produce green carbon-negative hydrogen and renewable gases.
2. Sorbent Enhanced Steam Reforming – Hydrogen production: A novel hydrogen generator technique developed by GTI Energy uses sorbent enhanced steam reforming (SER) to make hydrogen from natural gas while automatically capturing any CO₂ produced in the process. Currently, two active demonstrations of this technology are taking place, one in the UK with assistance from the Department of Business, Energy & Industrial Strategy (BEIS) of the UK government and Cranfield University, and the other in Des Plaines, Illinois, US.

Takeaways:

Every industry has different requirements and operational methods; thus, the following factors must be evaluated before selecting the most viable CCUS technology.

1. Retrofitting – As the industries needing this technology are well-established, techniques that can be retrofitted to existing industrial plants have more potential than other independently operating carbon-capture plants.
2. Cost per unit capture – Establishing the capture method that makes capturing CO₂ economically feasible.
3. Carbon-capture rate – The method must be capable of capturing a significant amount of carbon from emissions.
4. Purity – Carbon captured by any method must be of a high purity. The greater the impurities, the less efficient the carbon-based fuel that is produced during the utilization of captured carbon.
5. CO₂ concentration – CO₂ concentration in flue gases also affects the efficiency of a given method.

Conclusion:

Numerous efforts are made to commercialize carbon-capture methods, but obstacles such as economic viability, emission of secondary pollutants, and high energy requirements continue to obstruct the path to net-zero emissions. Therefore, industries, particularly power, cement, and steel, must focus on methods or techniques feasible for their existing plants and reduce their carbon emissions as a high-priority metric, as opposed to directly implementing new technologies that are incompatible with their existing plants.

Stay tuned for the upcoming decarbonization articles in multiple industries such as cement, iron & steel, power generation, gas processing, and oil refineries.

The new phenomenon ChatGPT unveiled by OpenAI is set to revolutionize processes and operation across industries. Although it is still in the testing phase, it has gained widespread popularity given its potential application fields. One such area that could be leveraged by companies is in an Industrial 4.0 setting. Can ChatGPT bring about further evolution in the industrial landscape and enhance efficiency and productivity?

The fourth industrial revolution is underway and it is changing the way organizations and industries work. Also known as Industry 4.0, it has been instrumental in reshaping production processes, allowing humans and machines to collaborate. With the recent advancements in Artificial Intelligence (AI) and NLP algorithms, OpenAI has launched its latest product, ChatGPT, which is already creating a buzz in the market, with over 100 million users and 13 million daily active individual users (as of January 2023). OpenAI estimates that the tool would generate approximately USD200 million in revenue by the end of 2023. 

Given its capabilities, there could be several potential use cases of ChatGPT that industries could explore, some of which are given below.

• Guidance and Training:  Based on the insights generated by the industrial AI-based analytics tools within the premises, ChatGPT could provide real-time guidance and training to on-ground personnels. It could suggest corrective or preventive actions in case of any potential machinery failures. It can also help train new recruits and assist them in troubleshooting.
  
• Scheduling: From an operations standpoint, ChatGPT could help generate task lists and schedules for workers and factory managers to ensure optimal utilization of resources. 
  
• Simplifying data: ChatGPT can be used to further analyze data obtained from automated dashboards at factories to generate summaries that could be incorporated into the organization’s annual reports. This could be achieved by translating tabulated data into easily comprehendible text format. This would aid the decision-makers in getting a broader understanding of the productivity levels of the plants across geographies in a lucid manner.
  
• Customer feedback: To obtain precise and customer-centric feedback on the industrial output, organizations can incorporate ChatGPT across numerous channels (such as social media pages, and company websites). Specific feedback can help companies tweak their products and manufacturing processes.
  
• Research: With the advancements in Reinforcement Learning from Human Feedback (RLHF) models, ChatGPT could eventually assist companies in research activities. It could generate various permutations and combinations for product compositions, suggesting innovative process-related improvements, or come up with state-of-the-art product features that could be incorporated into future product launches. 
  

ChatGPT could potentially witness widespread adoption across industries and companies. Industrial production and manufacturing may also stand to benefit from it. ChatGPT can change the way businesses operate. It may alter how time and resources are allocated because of its capacity to automate repetitive operations, provide real-time data analysis, support many languages, and enhance data accuracy.

However, there are certain legal and ethical limitations that could act as a hurdle to its implementation. It is easy to manipulate this tool to malign an organization’s reputation. It can also be used to sway public opinion toward or against a product. As adoption of ChatGPT increases, industrial regulatory authorities would have to set up the necessary laws to minimize legal issues and challenges that could negatively impact companies. 

High pressure processing (HPP) technology is witnessing rapid growth in the food and beverage industry. Consumer demand for fresh, minimally processed foods with longer shelf life; the need for safer and healthier food products; and the rise of HPP-processed functional foods are driving the HPP market.

HPP is a modern food preservation method that uses high hydrostatic pressure to extend the shelf life of perishable food products. The process subjects packaged food products to extremely high pressures (up to 600 MPa or 87,000 psi) using water or a water-based solution. HPP has been effective in eliminating a wide range of microorganisms, including bacteria, viruses, yeasts, and molds. HPP extends the shelf life of a variety of products, including fruit juices, deli meats, and seafood.

The global market for HPP foods is expected to expand significantly on increasing consumer demand for convenient, healthy, and minimally processed foods. According to a recent market research report, the global HPP foods market is expected to rise at a CAGR of 8.80% to US$ 5224.6 million during 2023–28.

North America, Europe, and Asia are expected to be the key markets for HPP foods, partly due to the growing number of health-conscious consumers in these regions. Increasing popularity of plant-based and organic products is also driving growth of this market.

The other drivers are:

Food safety: HPP is an effective method for inactivating a wide range of microorganisms in food, making it a useful tool to improve food safety.

Quality: The technology can extend the shelf life of perishable products, such as fruits and vegetables, without compromising their sensory or nutritional qualities.

Sustainability: HPP can help reduce food waste by extending the shelf life of products, which is a key concern in the food industry. Additionally, HPP is a non-thermal preservation method, which means it does not generate the same level of greenhouse gas emissions as thermal processing methods.

Consumer demand: There is increasing demand from consumers for minimally processed and "fresh” products. HPP can help provide this.

Technological advancements: The significant technological advancements in the field of HPP in recent years have made the process more efficient and cost-effective. This has increased its adoption in the food industry.

Type of companies involved in HPP:

1. Equipment manufacturers: These companies design and build the high-pressure processing equipment used in the food industry. Companies in this category include Avure Technologies, Hiperbaric, and Multivac.
2. Service providers: These companies provide HPP services to food manufacturers by using their own equipment and facilities to process food products for customers. Such companies include HPP Food Services, Longfresh and Preshafood.
3. Food manufacturers: Some food manufacturers use HPP as part of their production process to increase the shelf life of their products. Examples of food manufacturers in this category include Hain Celestial Group, Hormel Foods, and Ohly.

Examples of HPP equipment manufacturers:

HPP service providers:

1. HPP Food Services: Based in the US, HPP Food Services is a contract processor which has HPP equipment and facilities to process food products on behalf of customers. It provides a range of HPP services, including food preservation, pasteurization, and sterilization.
2. High Pressure Processing Nordic: The company has a network of HPP facilities in Denmark and Sweden and offers a range of services, including process development, product testing, and technical support.
3. Preshafoods: It is an Australian company, which provides HPP as well as a range of other services such as food safety, quality assurance, and logistics. It works with companies of all sizes and across food categories such as fruits, vegetables, meat, seafood, and juices.

Food manufacturers:

1. Hain Celestial Group: Hain Celestial Group is a natural and organic food company that produces a wide range of products, including plant-based foods, snacks, and beverages. The Hain Celestial Group produces a range of HPP-treated products, including soups, dips, and salsas. These products are sold under several brand names such as Celestial Seasonings, Earth's Best, and Terra Chips.
2. Ohly is a food ingredients company that produces a range of ingredients for a variety of food and beverage products using HPP. Examples of Ohly's HPP-treated ingredients include: 
   Ohly XtrO: It is a range of highly soluble and stable maltodextrin ingredients that are produced using HPP. They are used in a variety of applications, including sports and nutrition products, dairy products, and beverages. Ohly CinO: This is a range of natural flavor and color ingredients produced using HPP. They are used in a variety of applications such as beverages, confectionery, and dairy products. Ohly NutriO: This is a range of ingredients produced using HPP and are designed to improve the nutritional profile of food and beverage products. They are used in a variety of applications, such as sports and nutrition products, dairy products, and beverages.
3. Green Cuisine: This is a UK-based company that produces a range of frozen plant-based meals using HPP. The company's products are designed to be convenient and easy to prepare, and are made using high-quality, natural ingredients. Green Cuisine offers a variety of meals, including soups, stews, and curries, as well as plant-based alternatives to traditional meat products, such as burgers and sausages.
4. Hormel Foods: It is a global food company that uses HPP to extend the shelf life of its products. The company produces a range of HPP-treated products, including deli meats, bacon, and sausages. These products are sold under several brand names such as Hormel, Applegate, and Skippy.
5. Dole Packaged Foods: This company is a leading provider of fruit and vegetable products, including frozen, canned, and packaged products. Dole Packaged Foods uses HPP as part of its production process to extend the shelf life of its offerings.

Outlook:

The outlook for HPP is positive, as it offers several benefits over traditional thermal processing methods.

Various food companies such as juice manufacturers, guacamole producers, seafood processors, meat processors, and manufacturers of ready-to-eat products use HPP.

HPP also has the potential to reduce food waste by extending the shelf life of perishable products, such as fruits and vegetables. This is especially important considering the increasing concerns about food security and the need to reduce waste in the food supply chain.

Overall, HPP is likely to continue being an important technology in the food processing industry in the coming years, as it offers several benefits in terms of food safety, quality, and sustainability.

Chimeric antigen receptor (CAR) T-cell therapy has come to fore as a breakthrough in cancer treatment, specifically for blood cancer. Several companies have invested in it and many treatments have already received FDA approval. Although there are certain limitations to this therapy, they can be overcome via research. The CAR T-cell therapy can not only become a revolutionary treatment for cancer but also cure autoimmune diseases and viral infections.

Modern medicines and therapies based on technological advancement in medicine are helping fight critical diseases such as cancer. CAR T-cell Therapy, a cancer immunotherapy treatment, is a method that has proven successful. It uses altered immune cells (T cells) enabling them to locate and destroy cancer cells more effectively.

In their original form, T cells are white blood cells in human body and maintain the body’s immunity. Each T cell contains a receptor that can identify antigens, which are components of foreign entity, that the immune system can identify and destroy. However, at times, cancer cells have ambiguous antigens that are difficult to identify. Hence, the immune system may not send T cells to fight them. This is where CAR T-cell therapy has an advantage. The cells are engineered and given a new receptor that can bind to specific cancer cells and attack them.

Though still in a nascent stage, the CAR T-cell therapy global market size is expected to rise from USD 1–2 billion in 2020–21 to USD 15 billion in 2027–28. Currently, many treatments in this field received approvals in Europe, China, Australia, Singapore, and the UK. Main players in this market are Novartis AG, Kite Pharma, Bluebird, Celgene, and Pfizer. Some key start-ups that have entered the fray are Cabaletta Bio, Be Bio, ImmPACT Bio, and Allogene Therapeutics.

Following are some notable collaborations encouraging the development of CAR T-cell therapy:

• In December 2022, Kite entered a strategic collaboration with Arcellx and acquired Tmunity Therapeutics to pursue CAR T-cell therapy advancements.
• In November 2022, AstraZeneca acquired Neogene to create more cancer-fighting cell therapies. Neogene specializes in discovering, developing, and manufacturing next-generation T-cell receptor therapies (TCR-Ts) to cure solid tumors.

Structure

The CAR T-cells have an ectodomain that includes antigen-binding and spacer domains. There is a transmembrane domain acting as an anchor to T cell membrane and endodomain or intracellular domain that triggers the signaling cascade. Currently, four generations of CAR-T cells exist, and fifth-generation CARs is under active development depending upon the organization of their intracellular signaling domain.

Process

CAR T-cell therapy is a complex process and takes a few weeks to be completed. The process includes collecting T cells from blood, engineering them in the lab, multiplying them and once sufficient, infusing them back in the body.

CAR T-cell therapy is an intricate cell engineering process. The T cells need to be modified so that they focus on the harmful substance (cancer cells) present in the body. To achieve this, a protein, CAR, is added to the cell’s surface. CAR is a combination of three proteins; one protein that identifies antigens present on cancer cells and attaches itself to it and two proteins that signal the T cell to attack.

Activated CAR T-cells multiply and alert other immune system components to travel to the cancer cell's location. The signaling proteins are called cytokines. Following considerable inflammation concentrated on the cancer cell brought on by these cytokines and activated T cells, the cancer cell eventually perishes. The cancer may go into remission, which indicates that it has either temporarily or permanently disappeared, if all cancer cells are eliminated.

Side Effects and Limitations

There are certain side effects of CAR T-cell therapy. Cytokine release syndrome (CRS) is a serious complication, in which CAR T-cells may trigger release excessive cytokines. High levels of cytokines can cause the immune system to become overactive, resulting in inflammation and a wide range of other undesirable symptoms.

Apart from this, the therapy may damage the nervous system and cause the following:

• Tremors or seizures
• Mind confusion
• Loss of consciousness
• Balance issues
• Trouble in speaking

CAR T-cell therapy specialists are usually able to handle the side-effects successfully.

The treatment has other limitations:

• Exhaustion of T cells
• Limited CAR T-cell persistence
• Bottlenecks in the manufacturing of autologous products

However, with CRISPR-Cas9-based gene editing, overcoming some of these shortcomings is possible. Other drawbacks of this therapy are high cost and limited skilled professional.

On-market CAR T-cell therapies

Currently, CAR T-cell therapy has received FDA-approval for treatment of certain hematological malignancies such leukemia, lymphoma, multiple myeloma. The companies and their treatments with the launch price for one-time treatment are listed below:

1. Kymriah (tisagenlecleucel), Novartis Pharmaceuticals, $475,000
2. Yescarta (axicabtagene ciloleucel), Kite Pharma, $373,000
3. Tecartus (brexucabtagene autoleucel), Kite Pharma, $373,000
4. Breyanzi (lisocabtagene maraleucel), Bristol Myers Squibb, $410,300
5. Abecma (idecabtagene vicleucel), Bristol Myers Squibb, $419,500
6. Carvykti™ (ciltacabtagene autoleucel), Janssen Biotech, $465,000

While FDA has approved these treatments, it is limited for patients who received at least one traditional therapy earlier due to the serious side effects around CRS and ICANS.

Future Potential

CAR T-cell therapy currently focuses on certain types of cancer and has the potential for wide scale applications:

• Research groups in this area suggest that it could be effective in treating autoimmune diseases such as Lupus. This could be achieved with monoclonal antibodies. 
  
• The onset of COVID-19 prompted investment and research to check the effectiveness of T-cell therapies in viral infection treatment. Diseases such as COVID-19 and HIV are being targeted by cell therapies, and certain therapies, such as anti-HIV CAR-T cell therapy, are in the clinical trial stage while others, such as HBV and HCV, are in preclinical development.
  
• Health researchers from US Davis are researching ways to use CAR T cells and control the HIV by targeting HIV cells without medication. Researchers from University of California San Francisco (UCSF) are conducting a clinical trial in therapies, which modify the patient’s immune cells to treat and eliminate HIV.

Conclusion:

Like every new technology, CAR T-cell therapy has faced doubts and skepticism. However, its soaring success rate has attracted investments in this segment and pushed the regulatory bodies to develop suitable frameworks. Due to innovations and increasing scale of applications, this industry is expected to grow. T cell therapy has the potential to eliminate several types of cancers and represents a significant breakthrough in medical science.

Gamification in the food industry refers to using game-like elements and techniques in the design and marketing of food products and experiences. It is a popular trend in the food industry, as it can be an effective way to engage and motivate consumers and to create a sense of fun and excitement around food. Some brands have used it to increase their sales revenue by creating the right games, and through these, a loyal customer base. 

Gamification provides a new avenue for increasing customer interaction and engagement across industries and sectors. The food and beverage industry, which has concentrated on the traditional modes of marketing till now, is also opening to the benefits of gamification and integrating it into food apps or even in-store challenges. Though gamification symbolizes fun, it also drives motivation by imparting a sense of accomplishment, creativity, ownership, possession, social influence, responsibility, etc. In some cases, customers can also be a part of a global mission or initiative and make a change. Emerging technologies such as AR and VR can be integrated with these games to create immersive and interactive food experiences designed to be fun and educational. The key to creating successful gaming ideas is to ensure that the ideas are complementary to the brand and will engage the target audience through infinite customization possibilities and unraveling their creativity. 

Why gamification?

Apart from attracting new customers and retaining the existing ones, some social benefits of gamification in the food industry are as follows:

Marketing/promotions – Gamification helps food brands create easy promotions either through online notifications or offline, on-the-spot promotions at outlets. The marketing examples include the following three initiatives.

1. Pizza Hero by Domino’s – The pizza brand launched its app in 2011. It invited users to become a pizza maker and create their own perfect pizza from scratch. They could then order this pizza from the nearest outlet. Winners also had a chance to get a job at Domino’s. Therefore, the company not only promoted brand awareness but also integrated gaming in its hiring process. The app had more than 300,000 downloads, and over 7 million pizzas had been created in the launch year. It increased Domino’s sales revenue by 30% in that period.
2. KFC Shrimp Attack – A Japanese KFC outlet used gamification to market its newest line of shrimp products. Developed in collaboration with Nintendo, “Shrimp Attack” encouraged users to slice as many shrimps as possible to protect a KFC fortress. The game was free to play on the KFC website, and users could collect reward coins and use them for discounted meal combos at the nearest KFC location. This promotion increased KFC’s overall sales revenue by 106% at that point of time.
3. Panera’s MyPanera rewards program – Panera used gamification to create a loyalty program rewarding customers for making purchases at its restaurants. Customers who enrolled in the program received rewards for every purchase they made, which could be redeemed for free menu items or other perks.

Encourage healthy eating habits – Brands can create socially responsible games that motivate and reward customers for making healthy food choices. The health initiative examples include the following two gamification ideas.

1. Chipotle’s The Scarecrow – The US-based restaurant chain Chipotle used a free game and animation movie “The Scarecrow” as a gamifying element. The Scarecrow markets the company’s mission wisely by disclosing harmful processing and agricultural methods associated with food. The game also emphasizes how Chipotle uses antibiotic-free meat and better food-processing methods than others, giving its users a sense of doing something good by making the right food choices. This Scarecrow effort gained considerable social appreciation, and Chipotle became the top fast-food brand in the US replacing Taco Bell, and it also won the Cannes Lions award in 2014.
2. Healthy Diet Food Cooking Game – Developed by Crazyplex LLC, this game is available on Google Play. The game helps users make healthy choices and stick to their diets, leading to weight loss and control over appetite.

Educate customers – Gamification can also help home cooks or young chefs learn new recipes or special ingredients. It can help educate small children by having games such as “feed yourself.” Brands are also designing games to entice slightly older kids as well and promote healthy habits in them. The food designing examples include the following two gamification initiatives.

1. 4 Food – Being a socially responsible and networked fast-food chain, 4 Food triggers customers’ creativity and imagination to make infinite burger combinations without any menu. Motivating users to create their own burger combinations lets them enjoy the process of creating food with long-term motivation and fulfillment.
2. Can I Eat It – Designed for kindergarten and preschoolers, this game helps kids identify edible and nonedible items. 

Create social connections – Gamification can help create a sense of community and social connection around food, especially when it is used in a group setting. The social gaming examples include the following initiative.

1. Game nights – A restaurant may host a group game night. This can create a sense of camaraderie and encourage customers to come back for more.

Technological development

Gamification companies use various new-age technologies to ensure that their games are smart, interactive, and engaging and make users come back. Some of the hooks being used are shown below.

Regulatory framework

The regulations for online games differ from country to country. In India, while there are regulations for games that involve online gambling or betting, the law is ambiguous in case of online games created by brands.

However, there are draft rules being designed to regulate all online games. As per these rules, all games will have to register with a self-regulatory body, and only those cleared by the body will be allowed to legally operate in India. Online gaming companies will not be allowed to engage in betting or gambling on the outcome of games, as per the proposed rules.

Conclusion

We live in a generation where most customers are digital natives. The millennials and Gen-Z customers are net-savvy and spend most of their time online. Therefore, gamification ensures that you get their attention and keep them engaged. The younger, urban population is attracted to online games and will prefer brands that give them a novel and changing experience.

Overall, gamification is a powerful tool and successful business model in the food industry, and it is likely to improve sales and transform the way in which food companies engage and motivate customers in the future. Whether through traditional challenges and competitions or using emerging technologies, gamification has the potential to create exciting and engaging food experiences that will keep consumers coming back for more.

Real estate is rapidly developing in metaverse as more and more corporations are buying land in the virtual world. The main real estate companies in this segment are witnessing exponential growth and have potential for further development. Land prices in metaverse are connected to the experiences that can be created within this space. Therefore, corporations, retailers, hospitality companies, and banks are marking their territory in the virtual world and vying to create the most interesting experiences.

Real estate prices are skyrocketing in metaverse. Virtual parcels of land are going for millions and being snapped up by some of the world’s largest businesses. The value of digital real estate increased when Facebook announced that it would change its name to Meta in June 2022, indicating that it was interested in the metaverse. According to recent market data, this value is expected to record a CAGR of additional 31% from 2022 to 2028.

A 116-parcel digital land in Decentraland was recently sold for a record amount of bitcoin in 2021: €2.49 million. To mark the company's entry into the digital-fashion industry, Tokens.com purchased a property in the Fashion Street neighborhood of Decentraland.

Features of Metaverse Real Estate:

1. Location: Just like the real world, metaverse areas in high-profile locations are more expensive than those in other locations. These prime areas will have restaurants, casinos, and well-known retail shops. There are also less expensive plots and vacation islands that individuals can buy for personal use.
2. Experience: The cost of metaverse real estate is related to the experiences that can be built on a computer screen. The virtual land can be designed to allow entertainment, marketing, socializing, and advertising. Currently, companies are building corporate headquarters, billboards, retail stores, and casinos. The cost is also affected by factors like collectability, platform popularity, and market sentiment.
3. Return on investment (ROI): The ROI of land in the metaverse is considerably higher than that of the real world. Some of them provide returns of up to 1000% in a relatively short period.
4. Transactions: As metaverse transactions are limited to cryptocurrency, they can be done globally. Actual cash transactions are not required for this. They are built on the Ethereum blockchain.
5. Options: Digital lands have the same benefits as real lands and can be leased, flipped, or developed. Furthermore, it allows investors various options to monetize, and therefore, is a lucrative investment.

How to purchase land in the Metaverse?

Companies and individuals need to follow a certain procedure to buy land in the metaverse:

• Open an account: As cryptocurrency is used for metaverse real estate transactions, an exchange account must be opened. Some well-known names in this segment are Binance, Gemini, Kucoin, and Coinbase.
• Digital wallet: A digital wallet needs to be created to conduct metaverse real estate transactions. The crypto is sent from the exchange to the wallet.
• Research the land: As a metaverse land deal is expensive, a potential buyer must do in-depth research on the land before investing. Just as in physical real estate, buyers must check the neighborhood, companies and shops in the nearby area, the expected value increase, etc.
• Marketplace account: Buyers have to create a marketplace account to buy real estate NFTs. Platforms like OpenSEA.io are a good choice for this.

Metaverse real estate investors

The metaverse is being picked up by celebrities, companies, and even countries. Following are some investors in metaverse real estate:

1. PwC, consulting firm
2. Electronics company Samsung, electronics company
3. JP Morgan, investment bank and financial services firm
4. Barbados, a sovereign state                                                                                
5. Snoop Dog, US celebrity 

The main platforms dealing in metaverse real estate are Sandbox, Decentraland, Cryptovoxels, and Somnium. To maintain the demand for digital real estate, the supply has been limited. The main four platforms hold a total of 268,645 parcels of land. Among these, Sandbox is the largest real estate dealer with 166,464 plots, accounting for 62% of the total.

Experience creation

Individuals, companies, and countries are buying land in metaverse to create unique experiences.

• Barbados has purchased land to build its embassy.
• JP Morgan has opened a bank branch called Onyx Lounge. Customers can visit this lounge to attend events and explore services.
• US celebrity, Snoop Dogg, has recreated a mansion for exclusive parties and a music venue for concerts.

Conclusion

Metaverse real estate is a growing market. With the immense potential to create new exciting experiences, companies and individuals alike are entering this market. This has led to skyrocketing costs. However, metaverse is yet to become mainstream in many industries, and most companies are still researching ways to use it to their advantage. As the concept is more widely adopted, it will become difficult for companies to ignore this space.

Gamification has been used in online and offline (at store) formats of retail to attract, engage, and influence customer decision. It is used to promote products and create brand awareness through games and puzzles and engage retailers or shop owners by transforming the conventional marketing ideas into a game. Games are designed based on the product, and target audience interactions are tagged with prizes ranging from free coupons or vouchers to expensive cars. Retail industry can enhance the use of multidimensional gamification to derive maximum benefit and develop a loyal customer base by retaining existing clients and enticing new leads.

Gamification is being used across industries to build customer loyalty, enhance sales, educate employees, and generate brand awareness. In retail, it has been used to drive customer engagement by understanding the motivation behind every customer touchpoint and creating deals to retain them. Gamification can be incorporated in both digital and physical formats and strategized to trigger the inherent human elements of curiosity, competition, and wins.

A global research report on the impact of gamification in retail and e-commerce shows the following:

• Between 2020 and 2025, the global gamification market is estimated to expand 25%, and retail is expected to hold the largest share.
• Customer acquisition have risen almost 700% for companies that have leveraged gamification.
• Engagement and loyalty have experienced a 30% rise for brands such as eBay, and Walgreens.

Gamification generates reliable data of each customer allowing brands to personalize their shopping experience and customize offerings, leading to happy customers. This involves simplifying the shopping process and steps and designing enjoyable browsing sessions. Therefore, customer lifecycle is increased and can be made more profitable by upselling to them.

Some smart retail brands that have successfully used gamification are listed below:

• Pepsi – In 2020, Pepsi launched a promotional campaign based on augmented reality (AR) platform and featuring international football players. The customers had to get special edition Pepsi cans with a scannable QR code to download the game and participate in virtual kick up games with these sports stars. They even had the option to share their scores on social media platforms. This initiative helped Pepsi gain brand recognition and increased customer interaction.

• T.J. Maxx – A department store chain, T.J. Maxx, undertook a gamification initiative to increase brand awareness. It installed pop-ups in different locations in New York and Los Angeles with a selection of products, chosen by celebrities and influencers. Guests at the installations had to guess the price of all items and post their guesses on a social media platform, hashtagging the brand. It was an effective and impactful activity that helped the brand get many social media likes.

• Subway – To engage its customers, Subway designed an interesting game called “sink a sub,” based on the game of Battleships, in its outlets in Australia and New Zealand. It interested the gamers enough to make them revisit often. The prizes ranged from free drinks to USD 10,000 in cash, which attracted many to try their luck.
• Wolt – A food delivery app, Wolt, integrated a game in their app. When a user taps delivery timer, the game is revealed for them to play. The winners can get Wolt coupons as prizes. It has helped the brand deliver interesting customer experience.
• Ikea- Furniture designer and manufacturer encouraged their consumers to assemble their own furniture like building blocks and promoting a sense of uniqueness and involvement. With the help of virtual reality experience, users personalize the interior designing process by previewing the style, arrangement, and color of the furniture. 

Gamification Methods

Many retailers opt to create loyalty programs on their apps, which encourages shoppers to purchase and earn points. A set of points can help shoppers get a free giveaway/discount coupons from the brand. 

• Offering loyalty points: Stamp cards and points systems are used to elevate a customer to a VIP status and make him or her feel more valuable. VIPs get early access to new products, exclusive discounts, and event invitations motivating them to maintain their status and inspire others to strive for VIP status. Starbucks has excelled in this and created a brilliant loyalty plan.
  The coffee shop redesigned its loyalty program to add gamification in it. Every purchase earns collectible stars that may be accumulated and redeemed for discounts, free meals, and other benefits. With the help of the purchase and preference information it gathered, the Starbucks Rewards app tailored its promotions to each individual client. The software also gives users tasks to perform, such giving away free drinks to those who purchase a certain volume of a particular product in a week. It has helped the brand develop a loyal customer base.
• Increase in-store time: Retailers can also opt for in-store gamification. They can create activity stations, or interesting engagements that helps to connect with customers. The shoe company Stride Rite's initiative to get children to try on shoes is an example of in-store gamification. Customers would pick out a pair of shoes in the store, try them on, and duplicate the dancing motions being shown on a screen as closely as they could. Every child would receive a score at the conclusion of each game, which they may post online. Children and their parents spent more time in the store, which not only increased sales conversion rates but also increased customer satisfaction with the shoes they tried.
• Promotion: Another option for retailers is to design games specific to their brands and sell it via app stores. A promotion of the series – The Witcher is an interesting example of this. GameStop collaborated with Warner Brothers Interactive Entertainment, Google Maps, and other companies to develop a promotional game that required players to locate monsters from the “Witcher” video game series to enter a drawing for one of one hundred $50 GameStop gift cards. The Witcher 3 release was promoted by the game, which also made use of Google Street View and GameStop's social media networks to provide hints.

Conclusion

Gamification succeeds in retail because it encourages brand interaction with consumers. Shoppers are led to feel that the more they buy, the more they stand to win, thanks to game dynamics. Gamification offers insight into how people interact with the brand while having the power to attract new and recurring customers to business.

To summarize, indulging the millennials and shoppers deeply into the retail shopping experience through games and puzzle shows promising results in terms of revenue and brand value by compelling repeat purchases and shopping sessions.

3D printing in dentistry is seeing increased adoption due to its many advantages, but certain associated challenges hinder the wide-scale implementation of the technology. However, solutions are being developed to overcome these challenges and enable 3D to transform dentistry and help people get a beautiful smile.

3D printing is an innovative manufacturing approach that creates an object by building it one layer at a time and adding multiple layers to complete the structure. It is also known as additive manufacturing and rapid prototyping. This technology has disrupted various industries such as aerospace, automotive, robotics, manufacturing, and education. The medical industry, including dentistry, is leveraging 3D imaging technologies as inputs to enable 3D printing.

Though 3D printing was introduced three decades ago, its application in dentistry has expanded only in recent years. The growing need for customized dental products is facilitating greater commercialization of printing systems and further boosting their demand. Consequently, the 3D printed dental product market is estimated to touch USD930 million by the end of 2025.

Some of the possible applications of 3D printing in dentistry are as follows:

1. Dental implants – 3D printing can be used to create accurate crowns and replacements faster and cost effectively. It shortens turnaround time and enables patients to get good quality prosthetics that fit perfectly. These are also called digital dentures.
2. Personal protective equipment (PPE) – Dentists need PPE to protect against infection while performing dental procedures. The PPE kit usually consists of face masks, gloves, face shields, and protective clothing (e.g., reusable or disposable lab coats, gowns, and jackets). Dentists can also elect to create their own PPE if supply is limited or a customized output is desired.
3. Surgical guide – Dental surgeries are conducted for issues related to the tooth, mucosa, and bone. With 3D printing, surgical guides for these processes can be quickly created at minimal material cost.

Challenges

1. Liquid resin – High-quality liquid resin is used to make dentistry products. The US needs the local health authority’s approval stamp, which may not be available in all regions and thus restrict resin availability. However, this issue can be addressed by building a strong global supply chain network for resins, ensuring these meet the quality specifications and requirements of the local health authority.

Research is also underway on alternatives that can provide the same quality and strength as liquid resin but are more readily available. For instance, polymers are emerging as a strong alternative material. Chemical company Evonik has introduced an implant-grade PEEK filament that fulfills dental surgical implant specifications. Andaltec, a Spanish research center, is also developing active polymers for use in the 3D printing of medical devices.

2. Unclear regulations – Regulations on 3D printing differ across countries. In the US, the FDA regulates the materials used for 3D printing but not the printers. Hence, there is a need for clear-cut, standard regulations to monitor treatments undertaken via this process. This would help establish certain guidelines and protocols.

As 3D printing in dentistry would fall under treatment at a point of care (PoC) facility, it may not be covered under the already existing FDA regulations. The FDA remains undecided about the best way to regulate PoC printing centers, although it has started collaborating with stakeholders to develop a regulatory framework. This can act as a foundation for other regions to devise the most appropriate regulations for ensuring the correct use of technology to benefit those in need without misusing it. Moreover, government bodies must coordinate with doctors and medical device manufacturers to understand the requirement and set guidelines.

3. Unskilled staff – Though 3D printing has been around for three decades, it is constantly evolving. The printers have become more sophisticated. Therefore, users need to upskill to properly handle the equipment and materials and prep the patients. Investing in scaling up the staff's technical skill set is always a smart idea. It can also improve the quality of patient care and help staff adapt to newer technological advancements faster. Training firms can also be employed to provide the necessary training.

Several consortia could be established in select geographies, which would help educate the dentist as well as the technical and administrative staff. In addition, 3D printing companies can raise awareness about popular technologies through mass media and advertising, and gradually make them more individualized.

4. Dentist/patient confidence – Another factor obstructing large-scale adoption is doctors’ low level of confidence in 3D printing. While the technique is slowly gaining acceptance, not all dentists are convinced of its various advantages and are hesitant to use it. Their lack of faith is reflected in their patients as well. This can only be overcome by spreading knowledge about the process and encouraging referrals to dentists using this technique. Patient testimonials should also be circulated to raise awareness.

5. Supply chain modifications – Dental products were traditionally manufactured by dental organizations, which would then be distributed to end-users such as dentists, patients, and dental laboratories. The incorporation of 3D printing techniques has led to modifications in the flow of the products and raw materials, and may result in a more distributed or decentralized production. Clinics and laboratories would now have the flexibility to print products such as dental prosthetics. Although this may increase the cost per dental unit produced, storage or stocking would be reduced as the products are supplied in real-time. As a result, the overall cost of inventory management and supply chain would be decreased. In terms of decentralization, labs can ensure their 3D printed products go through stringent quality checks and other quality control procedures to guarantee the highest quality of services to customers.

3D printing is here to stay. While there are challenges linked to it, solutions are already being developed to tackle them.

The metaverse will soon become a parallel universe, which cannot be ignored. Various industries have recognized its relevance and are exploring its immense potential. The hospitality industry, which includes hotels, restaurants, and eateries, has also taken steps in this direction. Some well-known hotel brands are designing their presence in the virtual world, while restaurants and eateries are integrating related technologies in their services. However, as the metaverse develops, numerous opportunities will be available for the hospitality industry.

The metaverse may prove to be an exciting new avenue for the hospitality industry (hotels, eateries, and restaurants) to serve customers. While the technology is still in its nascent stages, it has immense potential. Recognizing this, hotel brands are signing up to create their digital twins in the virtual world. Restaurants are also integrating technology in their services to ensure smooth transition to the metaverse. 

Current Scenario

While the metaverse is still in nascent stages, companies across industries are aware of its potential, and the hospitality industry is not different. 

Some brands already applying the metaverse-related concepts are as follows:

• Atlantis, The Palm in Dubai offers its customers a 360-degree VR video of the hotel’s surrounding views. The hotel showcases its key features. Potential guests have a chance to check out the biggest suite in hotel, i.e., Royal Bridge; unique underwater suites; the well-known Nobu restaurant; the pool, aquarium and waterpark; and stroll around the beautiful gardens. Hence, the hotel is already on the road to transition toward the metaverse.
• TUI Group of hotels is exploring the metaverse to train employees.
• Disney patented a new metaverse technology for its theme parks through which visitors can project their own 3D personalized images. The park is also exploring ways to bring in augmented-reality-like setting without a headset. The company received a patent for its “virtual-world simulator.” This technology can project 3D images and interesting virtual effects onto physical spaces.
• Brands such as Marriott, Atlantis, Movenpick, and Anantara are building their digital twins in the metaverse. The metaverse platform RendezVerse is helping them in this initiative. 

These hotels can offer the following:

• Virtual venues for the corporate meetings, incentives, conferences, and events industry. 
• Virtual nightclubs, providing music, dancing, and socializing. Hotels can monetize the experience by giving users options to enhance their avatars and listen to new music.
• Casinos can also run in a similar environment, allowing patrons interact and experience realistic recreations of the real experience while playing virtual games.
• Concerts held in the metaverse will place users in a realistic virtual recreation of a music venue or concert in video-game settings.

Opportunities for Hospitality Industry

With the metaverse, the hospitality industry can make the entire customer journey, right from booking to departure, both interesting and innovative. Some examples are as follows:

Hotels

• Hotels can provide guests a complete virtual tour of their offerings. 
• They can showcase different room types and amenities such as gyms, spas, and swimming pools.
• They can offer virtual rooms for meetings, conferences, trainings, and events.
• Hotels can redesign loyalty programs to benefit from their metaverse versions. It may help them convert virtual tourists into real-world ones.

Restaurants

• Restaurants can give guests a view of their kitchen to show how their food is prepared.
• Coffee shops can enable customers to virtually order their coffee even before they enter the shop.
• Restaurants can offer interactive activities in the metaverse, such as "cook with the chef."

The hospitality industry can seize digital-marketing opportunities, such as running product placements and hosting virtual events. They can create brand’s non-fungible tokens as loyalty points for offering discounts to their guests.

A big opportunity for most hotels and restaurants will be to create their digital twins. These twins will provide a platform to digital avatars, with the same features as those offered by the real ones. The information generated through such check-ins will help hotels customize offers for guests in the real world as well.

Conclusion

As the metaverse develops and matures, numerous opportunities will be available for the hospitality industry to connect and interact with their existing and potential customers on this platform. Hoteliers and restaurant owners can use new marketing opportunities to attract clients and create a buzz around their brand. The key will be to understand the various options present and use them efficiently. 

Gamification allows service industries to improve customer interaction and access to invaluable data. Telcos understand this need and some have already invested in integrating gamification in their platforms to increase customer loyalty. Using emerging technologies such as AI, metaverse, and AR/VR, the telecom industry can help create a personalized experience for customers, encourage brand involvement, establish a strong connection, and generate a new revenue stream for businesses.

Technology is making inroads in every sphere of life, with the latest technologies such as AI, ML, VR, and AR seeing wide-scale adoption. This has increased customers’ expectations about the experience they would like to have while purchasing or availing of any service. Given stiff competition, businesses are looking to identify new revenue streams and engage customers via technology.

One of the ways to enhance customer experience is through gamification. It helps a brand boost user activity, drive engagement, and gain loyalty.

The various ways in which telecom companies can leverage gamification and stay relevant in the market are:

1. Games-as-a-service: Also known as games-as-an-offer, telecom companies can use this service to gain customer loyalty.
2. Customer engagement: Telecos can get customers interested in their services and use the interaction to generate data that can be used for:
   • Gathering marketing insights to understand customer requirements on product, price, place, and promotion
   • Creating a new revenue stream where telcos can sell customer data such as their spending pattern, purchasing choice, behavioral preference, and political preference to marketing or sales teams
3. Advertising/branding: Telecom companies can use games to self-advertise and promote new services or products.
4. Employee engagement: Companies use games for employee engagement as these are interactive and have built-in rewards and recognition, which helps to:
   • Increase efficacy of internal training
   • Accelerate employee onboarding process and increase employee involvement

At an organizational level, gamification can assist in gathering valuable insights pertaining to the user base by analyzing permissions-based data shared by customers. Users consent to sharing this data while engaging in various interactive tasks such as trivia and QnA. The user data analysis helps organizations customize their products to serve users better and deliver messages related to specific marketing campaigns.

Use cases

1. Verizon – The US telecommunication provider was experiencing low user engagement. It decided to launch an interactive app, the Verizon insider web portal, which has gamification. The portal hosts events, competitions, and other interesting social initiatives. Users can attend events, play games, or write reviews and earn points, with which they can receive badges and join public leaderboards to win exclusive promotions. Verizon also personalized user experiences based on interests and location and allowed users to log in with their social accounts. This led to increased user presence on the platform.
2. Vodafone – Telecom giant Vodafone has successfully integrated gamification into its platform and introduced various initiatives that have improved customer interaction. It has tied up with Sony Pictures and would help millions of young aspiring people identify their skills and get a job that matches them. The Future Jobs Finder, a gamified digital platform, has been launched in 20 countries. Apart from enhancing its brand image, Vodafone would have access to the young working population’s data about their demographics, behavioral patterns, and preferences, which enable the company to customize its offerings.
3. AT&T – With presence in the US and Canada, AT&T has invested USD3.8 million for its gamification initiative known as AT&T Aspire. The platform provides grants to schools and non-profit organizations and supports research. It uses interactive gamification solutions to solve complex problems in the educational system. Therefore, AT&T was able to showcase itself as a brand that cares.
4. Airtel – India-based Airtel always has an interactive game on its platforms. During a cricket match season, it launched a highly interactive gaming experience called Airtel TV Free Hit, an in-app quiz-based game. The company offered daily cash prizes as well as a grand prize, which led to the number of users on the platform increasing exponentially.
5. Optus – Australia-based Optus created a gaming platform specifically for training its staff. The employees were encouraged to put up their posts and incentivized to comment on others’ posts; this proved an effective learning tool.

How Gamification Can Help Telecom Companies

Gamification works at different levels for customers, enticing them come back for more. Winning at games makes a user feel recognized and rewarded, which makes them more responsive to the platform hosting this particular game. For instance, instead of sending customers a general payment reminder, the telecom operator could send them a game embedded in the message, allowing them to discount their payment. Companies can also leverage gamification to personalize messages and games that fulfill customer needs.

Telcos can offer gamified anonymized insights and interesting information such as the number of people with similar interests in the vicinity, top scores, or top 10 game leaders. Such data might be beneficial to some people and delight them.

Conclusion

Gamification offers many advantages to telcos. The large amount of data helps them understand customers better and improve their product, price, distribution channels, and promotion plans. The telecom industry can also monetize this data by selling it to a third party, creating a new revenue source. Moreover, games can serve as a platform on which these companies can advertise their products and services. As mentioned earlier, companies are using games for internal training as well. Hence, telecom companies should view gamification as a smart marketing strategy and integrate it into their platforms.

Gamification is gaining importance as an interesting way to interact with customers, keep them engaged with brands, personalize offerings, and collect relevant data in the process. The healthcare industry has recognized the value of incorporating rewards and recognition to entice patients to participate in a health regimen. There has been an influx of fitness apps and devices using gamification in novel ways to attract and retain users. Some companies have done this successfully and reaped its benefits.

The main objective of gamification in any industry is to increase interaction, gather information, and establish brand loyalty. In the healthcare industry, gamification is used to improve clinical outcomes of physical and mental diseases by reinforcing healthy habits, disease prevention, and adherence to medical advice. The core objective is to personalize the healthcare journey of patients, thereby improving patient engagement.

Some well-known wearable health device makers that have penetrated the market and have regular users are Fitbit, Apple, Withing, and Ava.

Gamification in healthcare helps in the following:

• Engage mentally ill patients (such as those suffering from Alzheimer’s) to perform certain tasks and improve dexterity.
• Using bars and charts, users can track their progress in developing healthy habits.
• Share progress in fitness with other users or friends.

Completing certain milestones creates a sense of competition and feeling of achievement within the users. Games can also be designed for specific ailments, such as back pain or mobility impairments, encouraging users to perform specific exercises.

Healthcare providers benefit from the massive amount of data generated by healthcare devices and apps. They get valuable insights that help them in treating, developing and improving therapies, and increasing engagement with patients.

Gamification can help in various aspects of healthcare:

1. Fitness
   • Fitbit: It is a well-known name in the fitness industry. Its devices help users track their exercise regime and show real-time data on their heart rate, blood pressure, and calorie loss. Games can be set up in the Fitbit community to create competition and enhance gym performance.
   • Cafewell: A mobile app that helps users eat better, reduce stress, and incorporate exercise into their lives, Cafewell’s personalized games motivate users to develop healthy habits.
2. Chronic disease management
   • MangoHealth: A smartphone application that encourages users to take their medication on time and has built-in rewards such as gift cards and discount coupons. The app also gives information regarding the side effects of drugs or medicines.
   • mySugr: An Austrian startup with a gamified solution for diabetes management in adults and children.
3.  Physical therapy
   • GestureTek Health: It is a Canadian company that has developed a gaming app to specifically address disability and rehabilitation. Using virtual reality (VR), it offers interesting exercise programs that enhance physical and cognitive capabilities.
   • MindtureMaze: This is a healthcare company offering gamification devices using new gaming technologies and VR for brain stroke victims to help them retrain their brains. Moreover, it has solutions for patients with amputations and spinal-cord injuries.
4.  Mental health
   • MindMate: Designed specifically for those suffering from Alzheimer’s and dementia, MindMate offers brain games and workouts. It helps users improve their attention span, memory, and cognitive speed.
   • Lumosity: A brain-training app with over 100 million users, Lumosity has fun, challenging, and easy-to-learn brain games. It is popular with patients who have had brain strokes or suffer from Alzheimer’s disease or dementia.

Gaming apps also cater to those suffering from anxiety, Down’s syndrome, and dyslexia.

Moreover, companies have developed healthcare apps for emotional and mental wellness, with some specifically designed for child healthcare.

Features of Gamification Apps

Most healthcare gamification apps are aimed at enabling users to make healthy choices and manage their illnesses. However, modern apps have enhanced features to make them fun, thereby increasing user interest and interaction. Some of these features are as follows:

• Reward badges: Various healthcare apps have different names for reward badges. These badges allow users to set personal milestones and improve themselves to achieve health-oriented goals.

• Reward points: Some apps have reward points that are given after completing defined levels. These points act as major motivational tools and proof of progress. They may have intrinsic value and can be exchanged for other in-game benefits.

• Leaderboards: Through leaderboards, users can share their progress with friends and other users, which encourages competition.

Why Gamification?

COVID-19 has intensified concerns regarding health and wellness. With gamification, health apps can further entice health-centric consumers to maintain their healthy habits and leverage the data they receive in the process. The motivational factors that reward and recognition bring in can encourage consumers to get more involved in their health regime and benefit from it. The immense data gathered is helpful in the research and development of therapies and medicines. With advancements in augmented reality and VR technologies, gamification is likely to gain prominence and distinction.

To improve your understanding regarding the gaming apps available for healthcare and new innovations in this industry, connect with us at Aranca. We have the expertise and ability to give you a complete outlook on this segment. Along with mainstream treatments with drugs and therapeutic devices, gamification is expected to become an adjuvant treatment regimen in the future and a separate field in medical academics.

CRISPR technology has been gaining growing acceptance and popularity in the healthcare sector. Its varied applications in medical science has fostered innovations, with many startups entering the fray. However, CRISPR is a complex concept, and the technology is still at the nascent stage of development. Many new applications are under trials and await approval for launch. Moreover, the technology is marred with some underlying ethical issues. A strong regulatory framework will ensure the appropriate use of CRISPR.

CRISPR is an acronym for Clustered, Regularly Interspaced, Short Palindromic Repeats. Also known as the CRISPR-Cas9 system, it is a genome editing technology developed from a bacterial adaptive immune system. It revises, removes, and replaces target DNA. CRISPR is a dynamic and versatile technology that facilitates editing of nearly any location in the genome, and has the potential to help develop a cure for a wide variety of diseases.

The CRISPR-Cas9 system comprises a Cas9 endonuclease that can be programmed to target the genomic locus of interest with just a short guide RNA (sgRNA). The system has potential to cure disease-related genes or modify cells.

In 2021, the global CRISPR technology market was estimated to be valued at approximately USD2,251 million. The market is forecast to expand at a CAGR of 19% over 2022–27 to reach USD6,453 million by 2027. Major market drivers are:

• Increasing interest and investments by government and private investors
• Demand and adoption in various fields
• Technological advancements

The technology is also making waves in biotechnology and agriculture industries.

That said, healthcare applications have helped CRISPR grow into a niche segment.

CRISPR Applications in Healthcare

• Gene Editing – The CRISPR-Cas 9 system introduced a new era in biological science by allowing scientists to make target genetic sequence changes. The right combination of nuclease and guide RNA can help achieve high levels of specificity. The SpCas-9 system is preferred in gene editing applications. This system fuels continual search for different types of Cas proteins from other archaeal and bacterial species. The results have been positive, with an increasing number of variants differing in altered protospacer adjacent motif (PAM) requirements, target nucleic acid (DNA/RNA), nature of cutting, size, etc., being reported. Cas proteins are categorized into two classes, with six types and 33 subtypes. Only a few variants have potential gene editing applications. Specific characteristics of the following Cas proteins render them particularly attractive for gene editing applications.
  • Cas 12 – Makes a staggered cut in dsDNA
  • Cas 13 – Targets RNA
  • Cas 14 – Targets ssDNA
  • SaCas 9 – Compact size enables in-vivo gene editing
• Creating Cell and Animal Models – CRISPR genome editing has aided the rapid progress in research of a cure for fatal diseases, including cancer and mental illness. It allows scientists to quickly create cell and animal models and conduct genome-wide screening to map essential genes in a biological process.
• Multiplex Genome Editing – Though in nascent stages, the use of CRISPR in combination with other elements like non-pathogenic virus has shown promising results in treating neurodegenerative diseases. Merging CRISPR-Cas9 with multiple guide RNAs will enable single-step editing of several genes.
• Xenotransplantation – The technique has been plagued with ethical and moral issues. Despite this, xenotransplantation or creating human organs in animals is a potential lifesaver for patients on an ever-growing organ transplant list. CRISPR/Cas9 gene editing technology can help create organs with required immune and regulatory profiles, as evidenced by the creation of genetically modified pigs with human organs.
• Modulating Antibiotics – In the past decade, CRISPR technology has proved to be a potent antimicrobial modality, owing to its programmable sequence-specific nature. This can not only remove specific bacteria or virulence traits from the population but also leave the microbiota intact, a characteristic that antibiotics lack. CRISPR antimicrobials have proved to be lethal to microbes when injected via different biological carriers, such as phages and plasmids, and directed to the chromosome. These can also eliminate plasmids harboring antibiotic-resistant genes and sensitize bacteria to antibiotics.
• Diagnostics – CRISPR systems are varied. Currently, six types and 22 subtypes have been discovered and explored. Among these, types II, V, and VI find use in diagnostics. Illnesses from virus or bacteria and critical diseases, such as cancer, can be diagnosed using CRISPR enzymes. Researchers have already designed diagnostic tests using Cas12 and Cas13 enzymes to detect the SARS-CoV-2 virus. In addition, CRISPR diagnostic tests can reduce lab and patient costs, as these can be performed using simple reagents and paper-based lateral flow assays.

Through gene editing, scientists have discovered a new method to produce complex antibiotics. The technique can be used to combat antimicrobial resistance, treat neglected diseases, and prevent pandemics. CRISPR-cas9 gene editing is being used to create new non-ribosomal peptide synthetase (NRPS) enzymes that deliver clinically important antibiotics. Until now, it has been difficult to manipulate complex enzymes to make new antibiotics. They are prolific producers of natural antibiotics, such as penicillin.

Emerging Innovative Players in the Market

The CRISPR technology ecosystem has attracted an influx of startups. It has encouraged innovations across industries, while startups are contributing phenomenally. A few startups that entered the ecosystem are described below.

• NTrans – Founded in 2015 by Marco De Boer, NTrans developed a proprietary platform technology for the intercellular delivery of bioactive molecules. It pioneered a cellular uptake mechanism, which aids in delivering CRISPR components for therapeutic purposes. The startup is working on genome engineering to ensure the platform’s compatibility with all cell types.
• Mammoth Biosciences – Jennifer Doudna, Janice Chen, Lukas Harrington, and Trevor Martin founded Mammoth Biosciences in 2017. The company created a multi-analyte diagnostic platform and developed a SARs-CoV-2 detection platform.
• eGenesis – George Church and Luhan Yang founded eGenesis in 2014. The company focuses on CRISPR-based xenotransplantation. It aims to develop safe xeno (pig) organs for transplantation in humans.
• Caribou Biosciences – Founded in 2011 by Jennifer A. Doudna, James Berger, Rachel E. Haurwitz and Martin Jinek, Caribou Biosciences is using CRISPR genome editing technology to develop novel therapeutic candidates to treat patients with intractable malignancies.
• CRISPR Therapeutics – In 2014, Rodger Novak, Emmanuelle Charpentier, and Shaun Patrick Foy founded CRISPR Therapeutics. The company focuses on designing gene therapies for hereditary disorders, such as thalassemia.

CRISPR-based Clinical Therapies

Significant advances have been made recently in CRISPR-based therapeutics.

• Regeneron and Intellia Therapeutics’ NTLA-2001 gene therapy candidate for hereditary transthyretin amyloidosis is undergoing phase I trials.
• Editas Medicine’s gene-edited cell therapy EDIT-301 received IND clearance from FDA for phase I/II trials.
• Excision BioTherapeutics received IND clearance from FDA for initiating phase I/II trials for their CRISPR-based HIV treatment.

Outlook

While CRISPR technology is being rapidly adopted, ethical issues hinder its use, which must be addressed. Ensuring compassionate use of this technology will call for: (a) addressing issues of accessibility and cost; (b) appropriate and impartial review of clinical trials; and (c) stringent regulatory policies.

Despite developmental and ethical challenges, the technology has a bright future ahead. CRISPR is a scientific breakthrough that can prove to be a cure for diseases, such as cancer and infectious disorders. Researchers will have to devise simple yet effective ways to track its efficacy. CRISPR also has potential applications in therapeutic treatments, and thus, revolutionize this space. Though in nascent stages, CRISPR’s varied features will aid in addressing many healthcare issues.

Companies are gearing up to integrate metaverse into their processes and systems. Supply chain management, one of the most important functions of an organization, would also see its effects. The metaverse would enable companies to predict market changes and identify supply chain-related risks before they occur. This would help in making smarter, better decisions and have a positive impact on profitability and sustainability.

The metaverse can allow companies to view the supply chain in its entirety, which could help them create a more robust and seamless supply chain framework. The metaverse would create a virtual supply chain that would imitate the most minute variables across inventory points, subcontractors, suppliers, products, buffers, customers, ships, and trucks. Thus, companies would be able spot potential issues, disruptions, and shortages before they can occur and take corrective action in advance. A virtual supply chain can be created by designing its digital twin.

Some of the features that would differentiate metaverse-powered supply chain from its current version are as follows:

1. Collective collaboration over silos – Using the metaverse, various stakeholders in the supply chain can meet in a virtual room and review production plans, sales forecasts, and supplier limitations. The metaverse can offer an immersive supply chain network map that pinpoints the exact location of inventory and facilitates a virtual walk-through of key ports to check logistics. This would enable companies to have counteractive plans in place for seamless movement of goods.
2. Programmable replenishment and routing over manual ordering – If a brand is aware of its location and inventory, it can use technology to perform automatic replenishment and routing. The metaverse offers the advantages of seamless digital and physical navigation that can aid brands to make such decisions.
3. Perfect data over discrete – In the metaverse, AI would create perfect synthetic data that does not have any historical context. A perfect example of this is the lack of reliable data to forecast during the pandemic. As it was an unprecedented event, there was no historical data to help in forecasting. Synthetic data would not be encumbered by such issues.
4. Real-time balancing of supply and demand – The metaverse can bend the time and space continuum so the gap between supply chain planning and execution can be eradicated. Supply- demand balance can be achieved in real time as the entire supply chain network can be viewed continuously. Having such a feature is imperative to leverage the metaverse’s ability to generate increasingly granular customer and supplier data.
5. Data transparency – Customers and stakeholders demand more transparency of the supply chain to understand where the raw materials are sourced from, where they were manufactured, and how the components are put together. The metaverse can provide these details to stakeholders by giving them a virtual tour of the supply chain route.

The metaverse is still at a nascent stage. As edge technologies develop, the technology would evolve and new approaches would emerge. The metaverse has the potential to be at the center of executive supply chain leadership decisions and facilitate speed to market for future products.

The metaverse is slowly gaining recognition and acceptance. By 2030, the metaverse market is projected to reach approximately USD824.53 billion, and most industries, including traditional ones such as manufacturing and production, would have digital twins in virtual reality. However, it would be a while before the concept gains acceptance in industrial production on a large scale.

The rapid pace of digitalization suggests that in future, we believe that factories may well be set up in the metaverse. While the concept of metaverse is already witnessing traction in the gaming and entertainment sectors, its implementation in more traditional sectors such as industrial production seems faraway. The manufacturing sector is also undergoing digital evolution, though at a slower rate.

Industrial production can reap considerable benefits by venturing into the metaverse, which is mainly governed by digital twin technology. Some of the ways industrial production can explore this space are:

• Remote training – The metaverse can be used to check the safety environment for workers. A simulated factory environment can help inexperienced and new workers understand processes and handle equipment safely.
• New process checks – The metaverse would open a new avenue for industrial production companies that can implement ideas and technologies for testing without the bottlenecks and costs associated with the real world.
• Contract manufacturers – With the aid of the metaverse, contract manufacturers can provide a complete virtual experience to clients that want to check production lines and product creation. They can offer online review progress on orders and get intel to manage their demand-supply planning.
• Industrial design – The metaverse can facilitate collaboration in areas such as industrial design, where distributed teams use interactive and immersive experiences. Designers as well as suppliers can meet in the virtual space to discuss ideas and explore 3D representations of their design or integration of components.

Technologies

The term “industrial metaverse” denotes digital technologies deployed for industrial applications. It currently includes IIoT, AR, and VR for industrial use and digital twins. The metaverse would enhance these digital technologies further, allowing manufacturing units to function in the virtual world and generate valuable data.

Digital twin technology can help to improve efficiency. Employees would use their digital avatars in the digital twin factory and run through the entire lifecycle of the production process. Robots and IoT would be added digital factors, and actual physical world schematics and data would be incorporated to understand the final results.

Many quality issues can be resolved in the initial stages using the metaverse, as the technology makes it possible to simulate various possibilities of errors, machine failures, or technological hurdles before the actual production.

The Game Changers

1. Nextech AR – Innovative company Nextech has launched Toggle3D, a SaaS product that can transform the manufacturing and design industry. The platform provides a viable solution to convert large CAD files into lightweight 3D models at affordable prices and at scale.
2. Hadean – A pioneer in the metaverse industry, Hadean employs Web 3.0 to create a distributed, spatial, and scalable computing. This cloud-native platform enables security, and interoperability.
3. NVIDIA – The company can help create simulated environments and digital twins of factories.
4. Varjo Technologies – The company focuses on building enterprise hardware and software for electronics as well as for manufacturing and delivering true-to-life, real-time 3D rendering with some of the most advanced VR/XR headsets available in the market.

Conclusion

Currently, digital transformation in industrial production and manufacturing is focused on increased automation. AI adoption has assisted in embedding data analytics in processes to achieve greater efficiencies.

However, to reach higher levels of operational efficiencies and productivity, something more is needed. This is where the industrial metaverse comes into play. Sharing data would be crucial for the greater good and help companies become more agile and resilient. Presence on the metaverse would soon become vital and companies would not be able to survive without it.

Today, the new brands entering the market are not only designing innovative products but also devising enticing ways to market them. Business innovation involves implementing new ideas and thoughts to help a company achieve its objectives and boost its bottom line. A series of new startups has adopted this concept and are making their mark in the industry.

Innovation has the power to disrupt the environment and help create new ways of doing things. Though the term innovation is usually associated with technology, it is not limited to it. Many startups and small businesses that have entered the market are utilizing innovative methods of operating business that have helped them become cost-effective and successful. In short, they have adopted business innovation, i.e., a business model incorporating new ideas, methodologies, workflows, and processes.

These companies have an understanding of what new-age consumers expect and ensure their product designing, marketing, packaging, and distribution are carried out with the aim of fulfilling such expectation. Customers nowadays are more inclined toward products having the following characteristics:

• Environment-friendly
• Plastic-free
• Vegan
• Organic
• Health benefits
• Technologically advanced
• Toxin- and chemical-free
• Digitally available across country
• Subscription-based benefits

Consumers are willing to pay a premium for brands that meet the above criteria.

Startups are cognizant of these consumer preferences and are creating innovative business models that can satisfy customer needs. Some of these companies are mentioned below:

These startups are a threat to established players that had so far been enjoying monopoly and customer loyalty.

The Evolution

Majority of today’s population consists of digital natives who value convenience and ease the most. Modern startups understand the temperament of such customers and have therefore designed not only their products but also their entire marketing and distribution process to cater to the needs of these customers. Online platforms are expected to gain more prominence and be the key retail market for all products and services in the near future.

In this technology-driven world, centralization has enabled billions of people to become familiar with the world wide web or the internet, making way for the advent of many emerging technologies such as AI, blockchain, and machine learning. The increasing implementation of blockchain has necessitated the interoperability and seamless integration of blockchain platforms. Web3 embraces decentralization and gives more power to individuals than corporate giants, thus providing interesting use cases.

Introduction

Web 3.0, or simply Web3, is the latest iteration of the internet as we know it. At its core, Web3 relies on the principles of decentralization as well as a few others such as being trustless, offering native payments, and being permissionless, i.e., each participant has equal access. What highlights Web3 is that it allows direct ownership of digital assets in the form of non-fungible tokens (NFTs). No one has the power to take away this ownership right, and the user has the freedom to trade these NFTs online.

Another value addition of Web3 is that it offers immunity against censorship, as data generated by the user continues to exist on a blockchain network. Upon removal or deletion of a platform, they can use the same data onto another platform or service, thereby keeping it intact.

Application Areas

Given its potential, Web3 has already started garnering interest among the tech community. While existing Web3 applications may be insubstantial when it comes to industries, public applications, benefitting individuals, are gaining traction in various aspects:

• Fintech
• Gamification
• Retail 
• Metaverse

Let us look at each of the applications.

1. Fintech – So far, developments surrounding fintech have only profited major VCs, corporates, and banks. However, some decentralized finance (DeFi) protocols, such as Aave and MakerDAO, are offering users lending and borrowing services that are managed by smart contracts.Though it would bring in a certain degree of risk, such use cases would eliminate big third-party entities, enabling higher yields and returns.
2. Gamification – Play-to-earn games that utilize NFTs are becoming a popular means for individual users to gain income.
   Non-profit organizations, such as NFT Scholarship, have leveraged Web3 to use the money generated through gaming to fund education for the underprivileged. The concept is at an early adoption stage and has services in countries including Venezuela, Nepal, Thailand, the Philippines, and Sri Lanka.
3. Retail – Web3 allows retailers and owners to remain in sync with their brand identities and reach out to their target audience in unique ways. For example, in April 2022, Hong Kong shopping mall K11 Musea collaborated with HSBC and Visa to showcase over 200 NFT-based art pieces at its art exhibition called Metavision.
   
4. Metaverse – The metaverse is an increasingly popular application of Web3. It allows users to explore a seemingly endless virtual world through digital avatars, offering them an immersive experience. The element of decentralization can be observed here, as the metaverse offers open access to anyone who participates in the “meta” world, providing complete control to the users.
   Microsoft’s workplace metaverse in MS Teams facilitates collaboration in a virtual workplace by having meetings, discussions, and other interactive activities. In May 2022, Venue, a live entertainment companion firm, through virtual reality collaborated with Meta’s (formerly Facebook) Horizon Worlds to integrate a rock concert on the platform.

Conclusion

Web3 is at a nascent stage and is undergoing an evolutionary phase. It may take a while before we see large-scale adoption of the ecosystem. There has been a steady increase in use cases by big tech firms, among others. Companies could focus on technologies such as edge computing to enable high performance in peer-to-peer, assured data deliveries by applications running on Web3, since the existing infrastructure was created to accommodate centralized infrastructure with cloud backups and data centers that would face performance challenges.

Cybersecurity is another crucial aspect that companies would have to consider in order to enable content-based platforms such as the metaverse. This could be achieved in the near future by implementing hyper-automated and AI/ML-enabled zero-trust architectures and helping organizations in the transition to Web3.

Hence, Web3 would not only become a platform of new revenue streams for individuals but also enable smaller businesses to expand their customer base beyond the geographical location.

The retail industry was the earliest adopter of the metaverse. The industry’s substantial investments in the AR/VR ecosystem helped attract a large number of users to virtual spaces. Strategies built around the metaverse will help retailers develop a more immersive and inclusive experience of online shopping.

Currently, the metaverse is still in its nascent stages. Meta and Google lead the charge with huge investments to develop this space. The underlying infrastructure of the metaverse is Web3.0, which is hailed as the future of the internet and helps in creating governance models, economies, and even societal norms.

Present Scenario

Currently, the retail industry intends to use the metaverse for three important tasks:

• Conduct research on their stores by creating visual simulations
• Use it as a marketing tool by creating virtual pop-up stores
• Set up virtual stores for the masses

The retail industry has seen a drastic shift in the way customers interact and buy products since the rise of e-commerce. Thus, the industry shifted its strategy to more technology-driven aspects. This was further aided by the COVID-19 pandemic. Traditional retailers, for instance, Walmart, Gucci, and Zara, launched their e-commerce sites and adopted AR/VR technologies to enhance shopping experience. 

Retailers

• In 2022, Walmart launched its AR-based virtual trials solution.
• Ikea has set up kiosks at different locations to help potential customers access its virtual stores.

Product Manufacturers

• Calvin Klein and Kimberly Clark have been using virtual simulators to study their stores, conduct research on different product placements, and analyze user experience. 

First-user Advantage

The retailer industry is likely to face the least challenges among other industries owing to the early adoption of virtual setups. Prominent retailers have created virtual stores, where customers can interact with the products and experience unique features. The following brands are making in-roads:

1. Scuti is a startup that facilitates companies to sell and ship products to online gaming players.
2. Nike created a micro-metaverse space called Nikeland on the Roblox platform. Users can try out virtual products on Nikeland while playing games.
3. Gucci launched non-fungible token (NFT) projects, namely, New Tokyo and Gucci Grail, which offer digital accessories for virtual avatars.
4. L’Oréal created a complete line of virtual cosmetics. 

Digital natives comprising Generation Z and millennials seek a robust virtual market. They are excited to experience the significant impact of the metaverse on many facets of their lives, including shopping. By 2025, interactions in the metaverse are expected to account for more than half of all daily activities.

Future Outlook

As the metaverse experience becomes more streamlined and immersive, customers will spend more time on such platforms. Therefore, retailers must claim their space on this “virtual land” and prepare for structural changes in their businesses.

The metaverse will aid customers in using their digital avatars to try on clothes, interact with store assistants, and connect with other shoppers, just like in the real world. Furthermore, metaverse aggregating platforms may be an exciting prospect, as these will help customers move from one virtual space to another.

Retailers must prepare customers for the metaverse experience by gradually introducing them to what the future holds. The following few measures would simply the customer journey:

• Personalize the customer journey and offer multiple options of products
• Ensure the website content is available in the local language in every region
• Create user-friendly designs and a simple shopping experience

Many retailers are creating futuristic websites based on the principles of microservices, API-first, cloud-native, and headless (MACH).

Sensory Experiences

These play a major role in retail. Sight, sound, smell, and texture are vital to a complete retail experience. While the metaverse has potential to provide engaging sights and sounds, it may not be able to deliver on the other senses. This may limit customer experience, and likely discourage them from shopping in virtual spaces.

Growth Drivers

Latest technologies such as blockchain (underlying technology for cryptocurrency and NFTs) are enabling the growth of the metaverse. Furthermore, businesses are embracing Web 3.0, which is suitable for 3D, VR, and AR. These advancements will aid in closing the gap between a consumer’s virtual and real-world experience.

It is estimated that soon companies will have invested tenfold in the metaverse through digital assets or unique and non-exchangeable tokens. As a result, the metaverse is forecast to be worth USD800 million by 2024.

Feasibility and Benefits

Retailers are expected to leverage metaverse for various use-cases such as:

1. Virtual shopping experience: Many retail companies started opening shops in the metaverse to offer a virtual shopping experience to customers.
2. Design crowdsourcing: The metaverse is gradually becoming a platform for crowdsourcing design ideas. Users will be able to share their designs with brands for future products.
3. New product launch: The metaverse would act as a platform to launch an NFT version of any new product by a brand (e.g., Gucci offers digital NFT-based accessories).
4. Advertising: Interactive ads on the metaverse would become an effective tool to attract customers.

That said, metaverse adoption is still in its nascent stages. Experts believe it will take at least a decade for the metaverse to offer a seamless retail experience. However, ongoing investments and involvement of companies such as Nvidia and Qualcomm are expected to accelerate the development.

Retailers typically struggle with high costs and non-uniform user experience involved in operating physical stores. Hence, the metaverse may help retailers adopt a virtual environment to smoothly operate their business.

Currently, high-end luxury brands are invested in the metaverse. The trend is expected to change with the increase in adoption of VR headsets. The metaverse in retail is expected to take about 10 years to transition from niche to mass offering.

While the term ‘Metaverse’ is getting a lot of publicity, the concept is still in its infancy. User experience in Metaverse is still developing and is expected to reach phenomenal heights in future. The online world has gone beyond purchasing licenses or setting up software on computers. Nowadays, businesses do not even own or manage their gear; everything from software to document storage to infrastructure hardware is offered "as a service". Therefore, MaaS, or metaverse-as-a-service, is the logical next step. MaaS offers a platform to pilot early concepts by enabling the use of metaverse for branding and marketing.

What is MaaS?

To support collaboration, business operations, investments, cryptocurrencies, and other relevant use cases, MaaS is described as an enterprise solution that enables businesses to grow and strengthen their presence in the 3D virtual environment. MaaS will not assist businesses in creating their own Metaverse to rival Decentraland or Roblox but allows them to profit from the current Metaverse infrastructure, just like Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) does.

What is Web 3.0?

Web 3.0 aims to overcome some of the primary drawbacks and flaws of the present internet era (Web 2.0) by addressing the crucial concerns of data ownership and control. Decentralized protocols like blockchain, which is the technology behind bitcoin transactions, are used in Web 3.0. Today, a sizable segment of the global populace substantially relies on internet-related services offered by major technological firms. In contrast to Google, Apple and Amazon, these businesses put up barriers between their customers and the services they seek. Web 3.0 does not require authorization and runs on a decentralized network. In other words, internet service companies lack the legal right to dictate who uses their services. Additionally, they do not act as a middleman between users and their requirements. In the context of Ethereum, decentralized apps that operate on blockchain are referred to as Web 3.0. Personal information is not commercialized and participation in these applications is free.

Why MaaS?

Metaverse is ideal for the gaming industry. However, to succeed as a social and professional tool, there should be some level of value or incentives that keep people engaged. Due to blockchain technology, a host of other features such as nonfungible tokens (NFTs), extended reality (XR), artificial intelligence (AI) capabilities have come up. Web 3.0 powered technology has enabled these and played a vital role in advancing the concept and notion of Metaverse. The next logical step is MaaS. The biggest benefit from a MaaS offering will be that certain functions such as speaking to the target market and industry and creating new virtual interaction channels will all be on metaverse. The new internet will be built on this technology, which will let users design their own virtual cities.

ByLines (Opinion):Web 3.0 is the underlying platform for Metaverse (as it is blockchain-based and interactive). There are now MaaS firms that are encouraging other businesses to use Metaverse. As a result, more companies will initiate operations in Metaverse. At the same time, it will raise the bar for Web 3.0 and promote its utilization.

What are the Key Properties of MaaS?

01. Customizability

MaaS platforms will allow users to customize their own platform on a fundamental foundation created by technical professionals and subject-matter specialists as per branding and strategy. Depending on the sector and the level of user participation each Metaverse is trying to activate, there will be differences in requirements. Therefore, the branding across Metaverse will need to change with the requirements. The more customizable it is, the more companies will decide to extend their community involvement initiatives into Metaverse.

02. Interoperability

The capacity to interchange knowledge and goods between different Metaverses is made possible through interoperability, which prevents any Metaverse from turning into a virtual island. Thus, whether a token, an avatar, an NFT, or other digital assets, each component must be developed with interoperability in mind as any Web 3.0 powered solution must function in every Metaverse. Thus, Metaverse will become open, interconnected, and accessible to all if architecture is designed with interoperability in mind. In other sectors, borderless solutions have seen great success, but in the digital sphere, the same idea must hold true. Avatars in an e-sports Metaverse, for instance, have access to the Metaverse of their preferred clothing retailer, enabling them to make purchases there.

Who are investing on/offering MaaS?

As extended reality platforms provide companies the ability to offer new experiences and distribute information in novel ways, Metaverse platforms have the potential to revolutionize the how, when, and where organizations connect with their consumers. Creators and visual designers will have new options to create immersive art experiences due to Metaverse's 3D capabilities, freeing them from the need to hunt for exhibition and art gallery opportunities.

• Recently, Jupiter Meta, a Web 3.0 advisory and Metaverse, established Rent-A-Meta, a multi-utility space offering MaaS. This MaaS will assist companies begin their Metaverse journey by serving as a Web 3.0 adviser and integrated solutions architect.
• Cryptocurrency and NFT platform Lovelace announced a MaaS product in October 2021. The business already runs its own cryptocurrency token called LACE and plans to provide MaaS services to speed up adoption of Metaverse.
• Propel announced it will provide MaaS solutions for decentralized finance (DeFi), smart contracts, and NFT utilities. It will provide end-to-end tech stacks to create apps based on well-known blockchain protocols like Ethereum, Polkadot, and Binance Smart Chain (BSC).
• At the Consumer Electronics Show (CES) 2022, Touchcast debuted its MaaS product, MCity, powered by NVIDIA AI, Epic Games' Unreal Engine, Microsoft's Azure, and Accenture's services. MCity is presently in beta stage. Companies may register for a “Metaverse” domain, which will provide a safe virtual reality environment in which to create Metaverse campuses.
• A MaaS company called MetaverseBooks provides resources to manage decentralized applications (dApps), NFTs, and developing VR worlds. Businesses can use the solution to increase their visibility on the XBOX Metaverse, iOS, Android, and any Unity-based VR environments.

What are the concerns?

Commercialization of data, at times unknown to the users, has long raised privacy concerns on the internet. The fact that Meta is paving the way for the new Metaverse just increases these worries. Changing the name does not solve the user privacy issues. The drawback is that businesses run the danger of becoming vendor lock-in. It will become harder to move MaaS investments to another platform if needed as Metaverse develops, especially if the business lacks the essential digital capabilities. Although a level of vendor lock-in maturity is still years away, MaaS is currently a promising choice for businesses looking to enter Metaverse.

Conclusion

Instead of replacing the actual world, Metaverse should be a layer of interaction that enriches experiences there. The blockchain professionals who created them are more than just responsible for determining how Metaverses will appear as they continue to take off. The creator economy will flourish thanks to MaaS, which will also be the next crucial step. Without individuals who began constructing on the internet when it first appeared back in the 1980s, it would never have developed into what it is now. Early adopters will lay the groundwork for how and what Metaverse will evolve into. Only when MaaS makes it possible for users who are not crypto natives to begin building their own Metaverses, opening the door for the iteration of the digital ecosystem, can Metaverse be widely adopted.

The metaverse is growing exponentially as various industries are showing interest in its potential. However, the virtual world must be comprehensive and authentic to entice users and be of use, which requires advanced software platforms and supportive hardware such as VR headsets, lenses, sensory gloves, and earphones. The metaverse can be totally immersive if it can engage maximum user senses and provide a holistic experience. Companies looking to foray into this space are investing in the development of smart platforms and innovative products as well as research on new platforms that add value to users. This article lists interesting hardware innovations that will enable metaverse into reality.

The metaverse, or the parallel digital universe, is slowly paving its way into the world, overlapping with reality. While it has been mainly used in the gaming industry so far, it has found potential application in other sectors such as healthcare, education, and entertainment. To enjoy greater success, the metaverse needs the support of smart software and innovative hardware products.

With the help of electronics, such as VR headsets and earphones, users can have an immersive experience. However, there is sufficient room to develop products that allow them to touch and feel, which would enhance the whole experience.

Companies are addressing the metaverse’s hardware requirements and are working at creating new and interesting technologies and devices that can accelerate the growth of digital reality, such as:

Technological Intervention

Technology can help accurately monitor and combat malnutrition. A few relevant innovations are described below:

• Smart lens – Tech company InWith Corporation has developed the world’s first soft electronic contact lens. The AR-embedded futuristic lens displays different kinds of information through electronic circuits. These lenses allow the user to view all the information on a smartphone within their range of vision. Such smart lens can also improve the vision of individuals with weak eyesight.
• Haptic gloves – Meta Inc is one of the companies significantly investing in the metaverse. It is developing high-tech haptic gloves that enable users to touch and feel sensations within the metaverse, which would amplify the immersive experience.
• VR headsets – To experience the metaverse, users need VR headsets that allow them to see virtual reality. However, as existing headsets are cumbersome, Metaquest has designed smart, wireless, and sleek headsets that are easy to use.
• Scanning sensors – Research is ongoing to develop full-body scanning sensors that would enable users to completely become part of the virtual world. Users would be able to participate in boxing competitions, and even sports training sessions.
• AR glasses – Apple is designing AR glasses that would be launched in 2024. The company has already patented a technology for its VR/AR headset, where the device can sense finger gestures using gloves or Apple Watch. This feature could make its way to Apple Glasses as well.

Companies are investing in the metaverse's software aspects as well, such as better graphics, to provide users a more realistic experience.

1. High-speed camera – The metaverse needs multiple high-resolution, high-frame-rate cameras that capture video for software reconstruction. Emergent Vision Technologies has developed 10, 25, 50, and 100GigE cameras ranging from 0.5 MP to 100 MP, with speeds of up to 1,594 fps. These cameras are compact and lightweight with advanced features and an adjustable cable length. This is important as indoor rigs can be as large as 50 m in diameter and clutter the server rooms.
2. Graphic accelerator cards – Hardware manufacturer Nvidia is developing innovative hardware such as graphic accelerator cards and graphic processors to enable realistic graphics in the metaverse.

Some companies have already developed metaverse platforms to offer customers value-added services that simplify their life. For instance, at the International Consumer Electronics Show 2022, consumer goods company Samsung unveiled a new service My House that is built on Naver Z’s Zepeto metaverse. The platform aims to improve customer experience on Samsung’s 18+ product lines. My House allows users to customize the arrangement of furniture and home appliances.

International retail giant Walmart is creating a virtual shopping experience for its customers; it has filed three trademarks: Verse to Home, Verse to Curb, and Verse to Store. Though its plans are yet to finalize, the supermarket would sell virtual goods, including home appliances, electronics, toys, sporting equipment, apparel, and home décor, through the metaverse.

These are just some of the innovations being developed to draw users to the metaverse universe. As the metaverse expands with the entrance of more tech players, new trends and technologies are expected to emerge. Software is growing at a faster pace than hardware, creating a gap. Hence, the consumer electronics sector must evolve quickly to keep up with metaverse growth, but it is only a matter of time before the metaverse becomes a live parallel world coexisting with the real one.

Malnutrition is a serious global issue, especially in emerging countries, with India being no exception. The number of malnourished children in the country is rising at an alarming rate, leading to high mortality among children under 5 years of age. To fight this situation effectively, it is imperative to precisely identify the affected population and suggest initiatives to distribute dietary supplements. Many new and innovative technologies are being researched and developed to address malnutrition.

Introduction

Globally, the malnutrition count has been growing steadily due to a combination of factors – rising population, lack of fertile land, and logistical issues. As per a UN report, the global hunger numbers increased to 828 million in 2021, 46 million more than in 2020 and accounting for ~9.8% of the world’s population.

India has been combating malnutrition, especially among children, for decades. An enquiry under the Right to Information Act revealed over 33 lakh children in the country are malnourished and more than half of these fall under the severely malnourished category. Due to their low levels of immunity, these children are at a greater risk of infections, have less energy, and are unable to reach their full human potential. Moreover, inexperienced or untrained ground staff are at times unable to correctly measure and input data on malnourished children. This leads to inaccurate estimates, due to which many affected children do not receive help.

Technological Intervention

Technology can help accurately monitor and combat malnutrition. A few relevant innovations are described below:

1. Child Growth Monitor – Welthungerhilfe, a German autonomous non-profit relief organization, developed Child Growth Monitor, a cloud-based smartphone app that facilitates Hyperspectral Sensor Imaging (HSI). The app takes 3D measurements of a child's height, body volume, weight ratio, and head and upper arm circumference down to the millimeter using a small 3D infrared sensor; then, the data is scanned by the app. Using artificial intelligence (AI) solutions, the software tool assesses the nutritional status and gaps to categorize the child as malnourished or healthy.
2. NutriPhone – Dr. Saurabh Mehta and his team are developing NutriPhone, a mobile device-based diagnostic tool that can assess the content of nutrients in blood from a single finger prick. Currently under research, this technology on commercialization will greatly benefit community health workers for rapid and accurate analyses. Nutrition International is supporting this development through its Innovation Agenda. The app can check for levels of various micro and macro nutrients, including Vitamin A, iron, and C-reactive protein.
3. AI-enabled app for elderly care - The University of Waterloo, Schlegel-UW Research Institute for Aging, and the University Health Network collaborated to create an AI-enabled smartphone software tool for long-term care facilities to prevent malnutrition in the elderly population. After residents finish their meals, the app checks the color, depth, and other aspects of the plates of food to determine the amount of each type of food eaten and estimate the nutritional consumption. This helps ensure the elderly residents meet their daily nutrition requirements.
4. MERON-based smart image app – A Kenyan firm, Kimetrica, created an AI-based software tool equipped with Methods for Extremely Rapid Observation of Nutritional Status (MERON) technology. The tool can gather critical information by analyzing a child's nutritional requirements on scanning a single picture. The software uses a library of images to detect malnutrition by identifying facial characteristics, such as round cheeks. Based on the data collected from the image, the tool can classify the child as healthy, underweight, or highly underweight.
   
5. Microparticle platform – MIT researchers are creating a novel microparticle platform with funding from the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation. The platform can fortify food with vital micronutrients. The scientists created a new method of encapsulating nutrients to conveniently fortify meals by encasing them in a biocompatible polymer compound (BMC), which stops the degradation of the nutrients during storage or cooking. Using this platform, the team successfully encapsulated 11 micronutrients and co-encapsulated up to four nutrients.
6. Paper-based diagnostic tool – In 2019, a student in India developed an ultra-low-cost paper-based sensor to detect pre-symptomatic Protein-Energy Malnutrition (PEM). The tool can detect protein biomarkers from a child’s saliva samples. The resulting change in color of the paper indicates nutrient deficiency. On scanning through a mobile app, the nutrient percentage and extent of malnutrition can be monitored. The sensor is a breakthrough owing to its low cost (INR2 per strip), rapid detectability (<2 minutes), and minimal biomedical waste generation.
7. NIR-based screening – A team at the University of Sydney developed a low-cost malnutrition screening device based on near-infrared (NIR) technology. The device assesses an infant’s body composition and measures the amount of fat beneath the skin without requiring a scanner or skin pinch test. Moreover, the device does not require measuring physical attributes such as height or weight (which are difficult to measure in agitated infants). The tool works well with limited electricity supply and technical expertise. As low-fat diet is a risk factor for high mortality and morbidity in children, early detection can help prevent malnutrition. 

Conclusion

India ranks 94th among 107 nations in the world according to the Global Hunger Index (2020), which is determined by factoring in child stunting, wasting, death rates, and overall population undernourishment. Therefore, it is critical to combat this challenge. Technological intervention can facilitate rapid identification and treatment of malnourishment and potentially aid in creating smart solutions.

In women, estrogen and progesterone play opposite roles and influence every pivotal aspect of their life cycle, from puberty, menstruation, pregnancy, and childbirth to menopause. Moreover, these hormones also play a vital role in regulating bone health, body weight, cardiovascular and cognitive functions, and metabolism of glucose and cholesterol. Their imbalance (estrogen dominance or progesterone degradation) can often lead to serious health issues such as cancer. Thus, monitoring and maintaining their levels is crucial. Compared to traditional blood-based methods, the new non-invasive methods available in the market enable easy detection of hormone imbalances at home.

What are Estrogen and Progesterone?

Estrogen and progesterone are steroid hormones essential for proper development of a female body. They are present in males as well. The natural shift in estrogen and progesterone levels mainly occurs due to chronic life stress, poor diet, obesity, unhealthy lifestyle, aging, usage of cosmetic products, and buildup of environmental toxins such as heavy metals, industrial byproducts, pesticides, and BPA in the body. Estrogen dominance over a prolonged period can increase the risk of endometriosis, miscarriage, PMS, fibroids or cysts, cancers (breast, uterine, and cervical), irregular menstruation, infertility, insulin resistance, etc. In harmony, progesterone balances out the estrogen effects and maintains essential bodily functions. Maintaining a healthy progesterone-to-estradiol ratio of 100–500 is crucial to keeping the functions on track and reducing cancer risks.

Estrogen appears in different forms such as estrone (a weaker form of estrogen commonly found in women after menopause), estradiol (a gender-neutral estrogen commonly found in women during their reproductive years), and estriol (peaks in pregnancy as it prepares the body for baby delivery) with individual functions. Estradiol levels are present and are crucial in men too for sexual development and fertility. Their imbalance can act as a risk factor for cancer and diabetes.

Why is Their Balance Critical?

At the right levels, estrogen and progesterone complement each other very well across all functions; however, their imbalance can negatively impact the functions. In layman’s terms: “estrogen helps the grass grow high and progesterone cuts and maintains the grass, preventing the lawn from going out of control.” Estrogen prepares the body before ovulation and fertilization with the help of follicular stimulating hormone (FSH), while progesterone maintains pregnancy in the uterus and fetal development after fertilization with the help of luteinizing hormone (LH).

Production of inappropriate amounts of progesterone by the body causes a condition called unopposed estrogen, also known as estrogen dominance. It makes estrogen work overtime and leads to the overgrowth of cells (e.g., tumors) in the uterine lining. The risks associated with the imbalance can be prevented by managing stress, following a vitamin- and zinc-rich diet and a healthy lifestyle, undergoing hormonal replacement therapies, etc. 

How can Imbalance be Prevented?

Estrogen–progesterone imbalance could be prevented through:

• Constant or periodic monitoring
• Medication
• Adjuvant therapies (Yoga, meditation, balanced diet, stress buster exercises, healthy lifestyle)

Who Invests in Estrogen and Progesterone Monitoring?

Estrogen and progesterone levels rise and fall throughout a woman’s life, and accordingly, their threshold changes. However, the hormones should be produced and maintained in the right amount for the proper functioning of the body. Several at-home tests which help detect their levels accurately at a fast pace are available in the market, including minimally invasive technological solutions, as given below.

1. Clearblue® Fertility Monitor, a commercial device launched recently, features a touch screen monitor and can predict ovulation and track and store the daily fertility status. Clearblue Advanced Digital Ovulation Test (urine-based) can monitor the fertile window of the menstrual cycle and track the levels of two key fertility hormones: estrogen (E3G) and LH.
2. Inito Fertility Monitor works well with irregular cycle variations and provides accurate measures of LH and estrogen. Their smartphone-connected platform allows users to test for diabetes, cholesterol, vitamins, infections, STDs, etc. on a single device.
3. While most ovulation test kits measure LH levels, Mira’s Fertility Kit and Ovulation Tracker measure the levels of E3G (the urinary metabolite of estrogen) and LH. The digital fertility analyzer provides the exact hormone concentration (instead of qualitative test color change).
4. Another urine-based predict-and-confirm kit developed by Proov detects pregnanediol glucuronide (PdG), the urine metabolite of progesterone, along with LH.
5. Saliva-based estradiol enzymatic immunoassays developed by Salimetrics help research and biomedical laboratories standardize the detection of fluctuating estradiol levels.
6. Others include:
   • LetsGetChecked at-home progesterone test checks progesterone levels in the blood on the 21^st day of the menstrual cycle and predicts ovulation.
   • Everlywell at-home women’s health test features a comprehensive panel to monitor the key female hormones – estradiol, progesterone, LH, FSH, DHEA, Cortisol, testosterone, and thyroid hormones – using saliva and blood.
   • Rocky Mountain Analytical provides a convenient salivary hormone test, One Day Hormone Check, to measure the unbound, bioavailable hormone (estradiol, progesterone, and progesterone/estradiol ratio) levels and their shifts in both men and women.
   • myLAB Box tests measure FSH, estradiol, and progesterone levels for perimenopause screening using saliva and blood, helping ensure fertility.
   • Modern Fertility also provides at-home test options for tracking ovulation, fertility, and pregnancy.
   • Saliva-based tests for measuring the free estrogen and progesterone levels by Cerascreen® and Walk-In-Lab give an account of deficiency or dominance of estrogen and progesterone.

Conclusion

Estrogen and progesterone are vital hormones balancing each other. Numerous new-age technologies have been developed to monitor their levels, and thereby, detect their deficiency or excess. This, in turn, can help diagnose a variety of conditions caused by these hormones’ imbalance, as well as track women’s ovulation and fertility, and the fetus and placenta’s health status during pregnancy. Estrogen testing is also performed for men in case of any abnormal puberty-related issues.

The metaverse is essentially a futuristic virtual universe that will impact every aspect of our lives. It is also expected to change the current education system, making it more interactive, interesting, and experiential. Education technology (EdTech) companies and learning and development (L&D) platforms are gearing up for the change the metaverse will bring forth. By removing physical barriers, the metaverse will likely ensure that all individuals, even in the least accessible parts of the world, may avail quality education.

The metaverse is the future of the Internet – an attempt to overlap the digital world with reality. This new concept is changing every facet of our lives and has now entered the education sector. The pandemic accelerated the adoption of online education, and consequently, online video sessions, pre-recorded lessons, and online exams became the norm. However, the metaverse targets to redefine the entire education experience. 

Relevance of the Metaverse in EdTech 

School children seek to learn or develop the latest skills suiting their interests and hobbies in addition to the standard syllabus. Meanwhile, most parents also wish their kids would quickly develop basic skills during pre-school.

The metaverse aims to introduce modern technologies, particularly virtual simulations, into the classroom to make learning immersive, engaging, and participatory. A few of its benefits are elaborated below:

• Collaborative Learning- In future, as different classrooms open in the metaverse, children could virtually visit and learn from peers in classrooms located globally.
• Gamification – Educating children through games and interesting contests is not a new idea, but the metaverse would certainly make these more exciting. Children could go on virtual field trips and answer questions to win rare items or score high.
• Expedited and Effective Learning – With the help of non-fungible tokens (NFTs), the metaverse would help pre-school kids rapidly develop basic skills such as gross and fine motor, linguistic, cognitive, socio-emotional, and math.
• Building Skills and Gaining Knowledge – Metaverse could not only help to gain knowledge, but through gamification and virtual simulations of various use-cases, it would also help learners to build skills of applying the gained knowledge.

Which Technologies will Enable the Metaverse?

The following two technologies will likely be mainly used to enable the metaverse in EdTech.

• Mixed Reality (MR) Headsets and Physical Simulators – MR can help students access the metaverse by integrating virtual reality (VR) and augmented reality (AR) using headsets and physical simulators. As a result, MR would enable immersive learning. Through MR, students can virtually interact with historical buildings, pick up and study artifacts, develop craft, perform virtual surgeries, or even fix a car engine.
• Artificial Intelligence (AI) – AI bots or digital avatars could be trained to respond to a student’s queries, thus freeing up a teacher’s time to focus on more nuanced lessons. As AI would interact with different students and expand its database, it could serve as background support in classrooms.

Professional L&D platforms

The metaverse may help the Gen Z workforce entering the professional world to experience and learn new skills virtually rather than gain bookish knowledge. It may also help employers expedite the development of job-specific skills through spatial training, especially for tasks that are dangerous, inconvenient, or simply expensive to practice in real life. Furthermore, the metaverse can facilitate the simulation of scenarios for stressful workplace situations, abnormal operations, emergency response, and other critical events in a safe and controlled environment, enabling employees to learn to deal with these appropriately.

Who are Investing in the Metaverse?

Schools and universities are being prepped for the metaverse via innovative learning technologies. EdTech companies are now leveraging the advantages of the metaverse in education, enabling them to eliminate distance and physical barriers from learning.

Many new EdTech companies are investing in the metaverse to transform the sector.

1. In the Spatial metaverse, an educational section was created by an Australian teacher for high school students. This metaverse has 14 worlds, including “Nautius,” which helps students discover the secrets of the Great Barrier Reef, and “Da Vinci’s Forces Gallery,” where students can experience Da Vinci’s inventions and its workings.  
2. The popular gaming company that launched Roblox announced a USD10 million fund  in 2021 to incentivize creators to develop online learning experiences in the Roblox universe.  
3. Learning platform, Scaler, announced the launch of new learning programs in the US to build skilled communities for the future of work. The platform already has a USD700 million valuation with over four million people accessing its content.
4. Edverse announced  a partnership with Polygon to develop a unique education metaverse that aims to decentralize and democratize education using blockchain technology.
5. The Arizona State University announced its foray into the metaverse through its initiative, Dreamscape Immersive. The University of Nicosia  launched the Open Metaverse Initiative to enter this space.

 Conclusion

The metaverse is still in its nascent stage, but its adoption is anticipated to grow significantly in future. Digital natives are willing to adapt to this new way of life. The metaverse will be the future of education for classrooms, universities, and professional L&D platforms. Undoubtedly, it will act as a parallel universe with the help of the latest technologies to create boundless opportunities for reimagining education.

The metaverse is slowly changing the world, creating a virtual reality, which is set to become a parallel universe soon. It is an interconnected world with virtual communities, where digital avatars of individuals can connect, work, or play using smart devices such as virtual reality headsets, smartphone apps, and augmented reality glasses, to name a few. This concept has immense possibilities in the entertainment industry and will be able to offer a completely immersive experience and greater entertainment value to viewers. This article discusses under-research and potential use cases of the metaverse in the entertainment industry.

The last major disruptive technology in the entertainment industry was the over-the-top (OTT) platform. It revolutionized the entertainment industry, enabling viewers to watch what they wanted on any device at their convenience. The metaverse has the potential to enhance this experience further. It allows users freedom to create exclusive content and conduct live shows in a virtual world while providing them with a new revenue channel. The metaverse is expected to transform the entertainment industry through the following:

1. Virtual concerts – Metaverse will give an opportunity to young and budding singers to present immersive concerts, which would be more interactive than current ones. It would be an enriching experience where the musician would be able to observe the audience’s response and engage with them. Furthermore, non-fungible tokens (NFTs) will allow musicians to sell their songs online, make copies of their new albums, and explore other ways to monetize their skills.
2. Enhanced sports game – Metaverse will not only allow viewers to watch a sports game live from another location using VR headsets but also participate in it by moving around the field. This immersive experience would allow the viewer to watch the game from the middle of the field, or even from the players’ point of view in real time.
3. Immersive storytelling – Metaverse would allow audience to interact with performers in real time. Fans would be able to communicate with the entertainers while they perform by sending messages, making comments, and receiving responses. The next stage could very well include the audience interacting with performers on stage. Wearable technologies embedded with sensors could enhance this experience by allowing fans to shake hands with performers or get an autograph.
4. MILEs – Through metaverse, collaborative content can become a reality. For instance, Massively Interactive Live Events (MILEs), designed by the US company Genvid, offer a mix between a movie and a multiplayer video game. MILEs allow people across the globe to play together without affecting the basic theme of characters. Recently, the company launched the Pac-Man community, which gathered two million viewers and participants within two months. Massive multiplayer applications will require the features of edge computing and high-speed processing.

Will TV Disappear?

As online entertainment transforms with the metaverse, television, in its current form, may disappear. To stay relevant, broadcasters will have to bring in characters and brands onto the metaverse platform. Moreover, their offerings will have to become interactive and social to catch the younger generation’s attention. The metaverse is likely to hit broadcasters’ main revenue stream – advertisement. The metaverse will provide brands with various options to connect with customers and sell their products, affecting broadcasters and entertainment channels.

Movie Experience

Soon, the metaverse will transform movie watching in theatres. Enterprise host collaboration platform Spatial recently conducted the first-ever screening of the documentary GameStop – Rise of the Players in the metaverse.

South Korea’s CJ CGV created history by opening the first cinema hall, Zepeto CGV World, in the metaverse. It is a multiplex and includes a concession stand, photo zone, lobby with a box office, and theatre auditorium. As per the instructional video, virtual patrons can pick the movie they wish to watch in the lobby, print out a virtual movie ticket, and buy popcorn and drinks from a kiosk.

Hence, the metaverse is slowly transforming how people watch content, play games, and attend concerts. The experience would enable the audience to become a part of a new world, which will soon become a parallel universe. This would impact the kind of content being created and the entire development process. The main advantage for spectators and performers will be becoming a part of a specialist community. Developers of platforms to enable the above use cases could find new business opportunities through the metaverse.

As a feel-good hormone, serotonin plays a key role in regulating moods, forming memories, and processing rewards, excitement, and happiness. Serotonin is an integral part of the human neurotransmission pathways and can directly impact mental and psychological well-being. Any disturbance in the level of this hormone in the blood can affect regular functions such as sleep, digestion, blood coagulation, and bone health, and cause anxiety or depression. Hence, tracking the level of serotonin through innovative new-age technologies can help with early prognosis and address the underlying issue.

Serotonin (5-hydroxytryptamine) is a complex, multi-faceted, monoamine neurotransmitter. It transmits signals between the nerve terminals and primarily connects the brain to the rest of the body – the systems governing digestion, immunity, etc. Serotonin cannot directly cross the blood-brain barrier. Thus, for brain-controlled functions, 10% of this hormone is secreted in the neurons of the raphe nuclei (located in the midline of the brainstem) from essential amino acids (tryptophan). The remaining 90% is produced in the intestinal tract from the diet and gut bacteria, released into the bloodstream, and absorbed by platelets. Produced at different body sites, the hormone tends to cause opposite effects for the same function. For example, while serotonin secreted in the brain enhances bone formation, the same hormone when secreted peripherally limits bone accrual or deposition.

Like other “happy chemicals” (dopamine, oxytocin, and endorphins), serotonin influences a person’s mood and helps them be cheerful, emotional, gratified, resilient, and agreeable. It is a vital element that regulates and helps propagate important body functions such as those mentioned here.

• Mental health – Low levels of serotonin could trigger issues such as major depressive disorder, seasonal affective disorder, episodes of bipolar disorder, epilepsy, and anxiety disorders. These would also include phobias, generalized anxiety disorder, suicidal thoughts, obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), schizophrenia, and panic attacks.
• Digestion – Serotonin helps regulate the appetite, protect the gut, and the proper functioning of the bowel. Its release helps eliminate toxic waste by aiding digestion and intestinal absorption.
  
• Sleep – Serotonin combined with dopamine can ensure good-quality sleep. As a precursor of melatonin, it regulates the body’s sleep-wake cycle and, hence, is tracked while treating insomnia and sleep disorders.
• Healing – By managing blood coagulation and bleeding, serotonin helps heal wounds and creates blood clots by platelet aggregation. A decreased amount of serotonin increases the risk of abnormal bleeding or hemorrhage.
• Bone health – The hormone regulates the body’s bone formation, maintaining their density and deposition. Unregulated serotonin secretion could lead to bone breaks, weakness, osteoporosis, and fibromyalgia.

As discussed, an imbalance in serotonin levels in the body can cause various health disorders. If left untreated for long, the condition impairs the individual’s physical and psychological stability.

Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) are anti-depressants used to increase the level of serotonin neurotransmitters in the brain by inhibiting its re-uptake or re-absorption into neurons. This potentially helps manage symptoms associated with serotonin fluctuation by enabling the hormone to perform its excitatory and inhibitory roles. Too much SSRI intake can be addictive and may lead to minor symptoms like dizziness and nausea, or at times to serious implications as listed.

• Serotonin syndrome – The brain is flooded with serotonin if SSRIs are combined with recreational drugs or other potent medication. Severe serotonin syndrome can cause high fever, seizures, loss of consciousness, coma, and even death, if not treated in time.
• Hyponatremia – In elderly people, SSRI can lead to a drop in sodium levels and build-up of fluid inside body cells. Serious hyponatremia can induce a coma.

Serotonin-monitoring technologies

Advancement in technology is leading to the emergence of smart detection devices that can help monitor serotonin levels and detect an imbalance at the early stages.

1. Ongoing research, partially funded by NIH’s Brain Research through Advancing Innovative Neurotechnologies (BRAIN), aims to create a sensor powered by machine learning to detect fluctuating serotonin levels in the brain. The preclinical experiments, conducted on mice, proved the sensor was able to measure slight, real-time changes in brain serotonin during fear, sleep, and social interactions.
2. Another emerging method to monitor neurotransmitters like serotonin is the positron emission tomography (PET) neuroimaging technology. However, research is still underway on making this method more accurate and reliable.
   
3. NeuroScience, Inc. and Pharmasan Labs announced a non-invasive serotonin assay through urinalysis. This technology can help detect the onset of depression and ensure early help.
   
4. NeuroSensor 715 (NS715) is a molecular imaging tool that provides for the direct visualization of serotonin. It uses a turn-on near-infrared fluorescence response toward serotonin.
5. The Mayo Clinic is developing a wireless instantaneous neurotransmitter concentration system (WINCS) that can measure neurotransmitter levels such as dopamine and serotonin. The system deploys a technology called fast-scan cyclic voltammetry, an electrochemical method of measuring real-time serotonin levels in the living brain.
   
6. Labrix, ZRT Laboratory, and Lab Me have launched at-home neurohormone or neurotransmitter test kits for checking serotonin levels.

The traditional blood test remains the commonest method of detecting serotonin levels. However, with the advent of new technologies and further advancement in medical science, there are many modern smart devices that can simplify the diagnosis and monitoring of serotonin levels.

Regular tracking and maintaining serotonin levels through accurate monitoring, a tryptophan-rich diet, and an active lifestyle would serve to keep us happy and healthy.

Testosterone is a primary hormone commonly associated with men as their hormone levels are 20 times higher than females. As it regulates many vital bodily functions, its imbalance adversely affects health and day-to-day activities. With the rising infertility and psychological issues related to this hormonal imbalance, it is important to track testosterone levels using smart, easy, and quick new-age detection technologies.

In men, testosterone helps regulate muscle mass, fertility, red blood cell production and fat distribution. In women, it is secreted in the ovaries in small quantities and aids the growth, upkeep, and repair of their reproductive tissues and bone mass. It can also affect the behavioral and psychological mood patterns of individuals.

Men’s testosterone levels change with age, while it is rapidly converted into estrogen (by an enzyme called aromatase) in women. However, when an excessive amount of testosterone or other androgens is produced, the body is unable to continue the conversion at a fast pace. In women, excess androgen hormones can cause hirsutism, polycystic ovary syndrome, and congenital adrenal hyperplasia (CAH).

As in any other hormone, very high or very low levels of testosterone can affect an individual’s health and general well-being. The following table depicts the symptoms related to testosterone imbalance in men and women and maps their association with chronic disorders.

Mapping Testosterone and Chronic Disorders

Sensor technologies to screen testosterone level

Monitoring serum testosterone (T) levels is of utmost importance to track hypogonadism in men and excess androgen in women. Although steroid hormone assessment has advanced, there is considerable variation in determining the threshold of detection for both the genders. The major interfering factors while sensing include circadian rhythms, intra-individual variability, and transient stressors in men and the menstrual phase in women. 

Standard testosterone detection technologies include mass spectrometry (HPLC, GCMS, & LCMS), the gold-standard method for measurement. However, it is not widely adopted due to its cost and complexity. Moreover, most available immunoassays (ELISA & RIA) lack the required accuracy for both the genders. Thus, there is a significant need for new-age, non-invasive detection methods to measure testosterone levels at home or in a lab-based setting. In addition, non-invasive at-home test kits can be used for testing testosterone levels at home. In such cases, the collected samples can be sent to the lab for testing via post and results can be obtained in a week. Some of the commercial and minimally invasive at-home testosterone detection kits are tabulated below.

Testosterone levels can majorly impact health regardless of gender, as the associated symptom may be an indication of an underlying condition that needs to be treated. Therefore, it is advisable to track its values in blood or saliva using accurate technologies and seek professional advice at the right time. As screening testosterone is vital to having a balanced well-being, minimally invasive testing platforms could provide real-time data for early prognosis and management of associated chronic disorders.

Healthcare and medicine are in a constant state of evolution. Innovative technologies such as regenerative medicine are bringing about a paradigm shift in the healthcare industry. While the segment does raise some moral questions, it is witnessing huge capital infusion from pharmaceutical companies. Despite the major challenges associated with regenerative medicine, industry trends indicate that it is poised for growth.

Radical technological advances have accelerated the pace of innovation in medical science. Regenerative medicine is an emerging technology that is set to revolutionize healthcare. As the name suggests, regenerative medicine aims to develop processes and methods to regrow, regenerate or repair diseased or damaged cells, tissues, or organs. It includes the engineering of human or animal cells to restore their original functions. Some of the key regenerative medicine modalities are gene therapy, cell therapy (including stem cell therapy), tissue engineering, and artificial organ development.

Regenerative medicine and therapies are being tested for a broad range of indications such as cancer; neurological indications; cardiovascular disease; inflammatory and immune conditions; endocrine, genetic, and metabolic disorders; and musculoskeletal and ophthalmological conditions. There is considerable scope for regenerative medicine.

The field is in a nascent stage and the term "regenerative medicine" was coined by William Haseltine in 1999 to describe an emerging branch of medicine that focused on tissue engineering and stem cell biology. The field has now gained prominence, with a handful of cell and gene therapy products receiving FDA approvals in the last five years and with several regenerative therapies being assessed in preclinical and clinical settings.

Key trends driving this industry are as follows:

1. Gene therapy expansion – Gene therapy is gaining acceptance and some big pharmaceuticals have received regulatory approvals to launch their products. These therapies are usually very expensive, but the high cost is justified against a lifetime of treatment expenditure. In the US, medical insurance companies are ready to insure such treatments, albeit with some caveats. So far, the US FDA has approved only two commercially available gene therapy products (Novartis' Zolgensma and Spark Therapeutics' LUXTURNA). However, regulatory programs introduced by the FDA – such as the Regenerative Medicine Advanced Therapy designed to fast-track gene therapy product review – have witnessed 30–40 applications with ~30% grant rate in each of the last five years, indicating rapid growth in this space. Favorable regulatory frameworks and advances in delivery technology would spur growth in the domain, which is predicted to expand at a CAGR of ~26% over the next four years, to reach US$ 21.3 billion by 2026.
2. Accurate data requirement in cell therapy – Cell therapy has great potential to eradicate fatal diseases, especially cancer. Currently, FDA has approved Yescarta by Gilead and Kymriah by Novartis, which are chimeric antigen receptor T (CAR-T) cell therapies. Over 800 clinical trials are estimated to be ongoing for various cell therapies to treat cancer. However, recent evidence shows that these therapies have inherent side effects such as neurotoxicity and cytokine release syndrome (systemic immune storm) due to the chimeric antigen receptor, which is designed to bind cancer cells and generate a targeted and amplified immune response against them. At present, there is no long-term reliable data that can reflect the outcome over a period of time. However, the industry and academia are focusing on developing next-generation CAR-T cells that would generate the targeted immune response without triggering a cytokine storm.Another challenge in cell therapy is the manufacturing of the products. The most common approach is to use a patient's cells; however, to make it a usable product, it must be manipulated and expanded. Unfortunately, this does not result in the desired outcome every time. A lack of reproducible methodologies for providing autologous cell therapy is posing a major hurdle to growth in the segment.
3. Lack of acceptance – Traditional surgical interventions are still preferred over tissue repair solutions. However, in sports injuries, novel regenerative therapies are seeing growing acceptance. Research is underway to use stem cell therapies for Parkinson's disease and heart failures as well. Notably, Japan has conditionally approved Terumo's HeartSheet for medical use. This is a tissue-based and cellular product created specifically to treat severe heart failure due to chronic ischemic heart disease. In this treatment, skeletal myoblast sheets are created by culturing skeletal myoblasts enclosed in muscle tissue taken from the patient's thigh. These sheets are then transplanted onto the surface of the patient's heart.

The ethical debate

Progress in this field has been slow, as the process of deriving human embryonic stem cells from human embryos and manipulating the genetic material evokes a strong negative narrative of researchers playing god. The discovery of methods for inducing adult (differentiated) cells to de-differentiate and generate induced pluripotent stem cells was considered a solution. However, it has exacerbated the issue by democratizing the technology for generating stem cells, making the creation of embryos with a customized genetic material a more realistic possibility.

Organogenesis and tissue engineering are more evolved and nuanced applications but raise another ethical question. On the one hand, creating transgenic animals comprising human organs modified to mimic the human system’s biology could bridge the supply-demand gap of organs for transplant procedures. On the other, it could provide an impetus to the burgeoning back-alley market of organ trade. A more far-fetched possibility, as seen in science fiction, is the generation of chimaeras.

The final and biggest ethical challenge is the emergence of a huge market offering unproven "stem cell" treatments. Clinics have suddenly popped out in every obscure part of the world selling treatments they claim are based on stem cells. Most of these treatments have no scientific or clinical evidence and likely provide no benefits. Healthcare professional and researchers in the field have condemned such clinics and warned patients to stay away from unsubstantiated treatments. Unfortunately, such clinics have also negatively impacted the development of genuine therapies by diminishing public and investors' faith in the promising field of regenerative medicine.

Challenges

Some major challenges must be addressed before this segment can see further advancement. The main concern remains tight control over stem cells, induced or isolated from adult tissue to monitor their behavior for safety after transplantation. This can be done by creating microenvironments that provide specific cues and are modeled on various stem cell niches.

Secondly, technology is needed to create large, engineered replacement tissues that allow complete vascularized grafts to be anastomosed with host vessels at the time of transplant, facilitating graft survival.

Lastly, with studies that could better understand the immune system, therapies can create a pro regeneration environment within the patient that could positively affect the outcomes of regenerative medicine.

Outlook

Materials play an essential role in regenerative therapies. With advanced research, sophisticated grafts have been developed to exploit the properties of scaffolding materials. New cell manipulation technologies also modify cell behavior and repair tissue. Other innovative treatments are being researched to improve graft integration with the host vasculature and nervous system, e.g., controlled release of vascular cell seeding and growth factors. The body's healing response can be accelerated in various ways, including immune system modulation.

Regenerative medicine has significant potential to cure fatal and degenerative diseases. The human body is a complex machine; recreating the tissues and organs within this machine is complicated. Substantial research and study are required to make regenerative medicine a mainstream treatment option. Though VCs and pharmaceutical giants have shown interest in the field and are investing in it, the lack of awareness and high costs mean there is a long road to travel for regenerative medicine.

Hormonal imbalance due to thyroid dysfunction can lead to various health issues for both men and women. Quick and accurate diagnosis of this imbalance aids in early prognosis, treatment, and health management. There are many new-age detection devices as well as sensor technologies that can help in accurate assessment of this imbalance and aid caregivers in providing the right treatment.

Thyroid is a butterfly-shaped, ductless, endocrine gland located at the neck, with its cartilage extending to form the Adam's apple. Hormones such as T3 (triiodothyronine), T4 (thyroxine), and calcitonin secreted by the thyroid have a major impact on health, affecting metabolism, heart rate, body temperature, and blood pressure as well as leading to mood fluctuations. By influencing the metabolism, it regulates growth and development. Thyroid problems can aggravate from a harmless goiter or an enlarged thyroid gland to life-threatening thyroid cancer. If the thyroid gland malfunctions, it secretes too much or too little hormones, both of which is not good for health.

Hyperthyroidism

If the body’s thyroid gland is overactive and secretes excessive hormones, it can result in hyperthyroidism. This condition can be caused by an auto-immune disease known as Graves’ disease or due to inflammation of the thyroid glands.

Hypothyroidism

If the thyroid is underactive and secretes very little hormones, it can lead to hypothyroidism. One of its leading causes is the auto-immune condition called Hashimoto’s disease. It slows down the body’s functions, including metabolism, and creates health issues such as obesity. Hypothyroidism could also cause heavy menstrual cycles in women. If not treated in time, hypothyroidism can lead to heart trouble and decreased mental and cognitive functions.

There are other conditions that can impact the function of the thyroid, such as toxic adenomas or thyroid nodules (excess hormone secretion leading to chemical imbalance in the body), goiters, thyroiditis, thyroid swelling, and thyroid tumors as well as high exposure to lithium or iodide. A thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH) secreted by the pituitary gland regulates the function of the thyroid gland and the secretion of its hormones. Hence, a malfunctioning pituitary gland can also affect thyroid functions.

Thyroid hormone sensing technologies

Technological advancement has led to the launch of many modern devices that can assist in early detection of thyroid imbalance. These devices are classified under the category of non-invasive, minimally invasive, and invasive.

Non-invasive detection methods

Today’s digital natives are taking charge of their health and wellness. Non-invasive devices that are easy to use is well-suited for them. There are a few non-invasive quick check devices to track thyroid levels:

1. GE Vscan Air – This diagnostic ultrasound system has a dual probe technology that allows imaging of superficial and deeper parts of the body. It can be paired with an Android or iOS device via Bluetooth to display images in real-time. It is an ideal device for thyroid sonography and helps in early disease detection. The system is also compact, mobile, and robust.
2. Apple watch - As the Apple watch has the functionality to check heart rate, it serves as a smart non-invasive device to track thyroid. Since both hyperthyroidism and hypothyroidism cause heartbeat fluctuation, the watch can help track this symptom and warn the patient early on.
3. Smartphone apps
   • iOS app - Researchers from the University of Utah have developed a handy device that uses the iPhone’s LED flash and digital camera with collimating lens to optimize illumination and focusing. The app collects an image of a completed TSH assay to convert the image into quantitative values and check for hypothyroidism.

   Android apps-

   • Scientists at the University of California have developed an app that uses the near-infrared camera of a smartphone and tracks any changes in the eye to detect various diseases. Bulging or protruding eyes can be a sign of malfunctioning thyroid glands.
   • Thyroid-SPOT is a mobile application that helps to assess thyroid function tests and laboratory reports. The app uses the Thyroid-SPOT algorithm to compute and analyze the thyroid parameters for treatment.
   • BOOST Thyroid is used for Hashimoto’s and hypothyroid management.

Minimally invasive detection methods

Apart from the futuristic non-invasive devices, there are also some commercial, minimally invasive test kits that can help to detect and track thyroid levels.

Invasive methods to detect thyroid imbalance include blood test and biopsy. The results of these tests are highly accurate and can help administer the correct treatment.

Thyroid symptoms are fairly common and therefore it is difficult to detect the disease. Hence, there is a need for developing new-age detection devices that are reliable and easy to use for monitoring thyroid levels. Since thyroid is associated with many chronic disorders and affects crucial bodily functions, it is essential to monitor and start treatment on time.

Cortisol is an important steroid hormone secreted by the body to manage stress and several other biochemical functions. A slight imbalance in it can cause serious health problems and impact the individual psychological status by stimulating mood, anxiety, motivation, and fear. Similar to glucose and cholesterol, this stress marker should be monitored and kept in check to ensure health and well-being. Recently, alongside invasive blood tests, minimally invasive and non-invasive technologies are being developed to make life simpler for individuals and address this issue efficiently.

The hypothalamus and pituitary glands of the brain coordinate with the adrenal gland to fine-tune blood cortisol levels. In addition to handling stress, cortisol manages vital functions such as regulation of blood pressure and glucose, metabolism, sleep/wake cycle, inflammation check, fertility, and memory formulation. Due to its varied function, almost every cell in the human body has cortisol receptors, allowing them to use the hormone as required.

Blood cortisol levels are linked to daily activity patterns. It spikes during stress, which in turn stimulates the heart rate, blood pressure, and energy levels to help the body counter and neutralize it. In case of abnormal conditions, for example, a tumor in the adrenal gland, cortisol levels can get altered; too much cortisol leads to Cushing syndrome, while too little leads to Addison’s disease. Other symptoms associated with cortisol imbalance are shown in the table below.

Maintaining the right cortisol levels in the body is essential and if there is an imbalance, it should be quickly tracked and monitored. While blood tests are the most common method of checking cortisol levels, other novel, minimally invasive, and non-invasive methods have been developed commercially to address this imbalance.

Cortisol Sensing Technologies- Sweat- or Saliva-based Sensors

• A team of researchers from Caltech has reported a new wearable sensor that can monitor changes in cortisol levels directly from the sweat of the skin. Made of graphene and carbon, the sensor has pores that contain cortisol antibodies. Once the sweat reaches these antibodies, they bind to the cortisol, which sends an electronic signal.
• Researchers at Stanford University have designed a stretchy patch that can be applied directly to the skin to self-monitor cortisol levels. The sweat cortisol binds to the cortisol-sensitive membrane in the patch and inhibits the movement of potassium ions from sweat through it. Hence, this ionic movement through the membrane gives an indirect measure of sweat cortisol that can be measured electrochemically.
• The University of Texas, Dallas, has developed CortiWatch, a watch-based cortisol tracker for self-monitoring. The team has designed a potentiostat on a printed circuit board to perform electrochemical testing.
• Nanolabs and researchers from the University of Cincinnati have developed aptamer-based biosensors to detect cortisol levels in sweat and saliva, respectively. The aptamer carries a negative charge, and when it detects cortisol, the strands of the aptamer fold onto themselves, bringing the charge closer to the electrode surface. This biological conformation change creates a measurable electrical or colorimetric signal.
• The UCLA research team has also developed a smartwatch that assesses cortisol levels in sweat accurately, non-invasively, and in real-time.
• Skoltech researchers have developed implantable, invasive, fluorescent sensors for continuous cortisol detection. The free cortisol binds to antibodies and displaces labeled cortisol-BSA complexes in nanoscale gold “islands” on the sensor.
• A few other commercially available minimally invasive cortisol sensing kits are tabulated below.

The potential and expanding market for cortisol detection technologies is still largely unexplored. Though blood-based analysis is comparatively accurate, due to its limitations for continuous monitoring, other non-invasive approaches for analyzing cortisol in sweat, saliva, and urine are gaining popularity. As cortisol serves as a vital marker and is mapped with chronic diseases, such diagnosis platforms could provide real-time data for early prognosis and management of associated long-term disorders.

While space technologies are evolving and leading to the discovery of many facets of the universe, they are also creating space junk. Researchers, space engineers, and startups are deploying various technologies to remove these debris, since the materials floating around space can collide with a space station or satellite and damage it beyond repair. As space technologies continue to advance and increase space traffic, the process to monitor and clean space debris must become continuous and automatic.

Russia launched its first spacecraft Sputnik in 1957. Since then, other countries have been competing to send their manned and unmanned spacecrafts to space and other unexplored planets. Though this has resulted in a massive amount of information, it has also created space junk such as satellites, boosters, and defunct spacecrafts.

In 2021, NASA reported that a huge amount of debris was orbiting the earth. There are around 26,000 pieces of space junk roughly 10 cm in diameter orbiting at 17,500 mph and have the potential to destroy a satellite. Furthermore, there are 500,000 marble-sized pieces that could put an end to missions considering their ability to penetrate protective systems and critical infrastructure such as fuel tanks and spacecraft cabins. The much smaller debris are also dangerous as they can erode surface materials, penetrate fuel tanks, crack windows, and puncture a spacesuit.

Therefore, space engineers and researchers have come up with various solutions and technologies to clear up space debris. Some of the latest technologies are:

1. Spinnaker3 – Purdue University engineers have developed a drag sail called Spinnaker3 that helps deorbit its own launch vehicle. As per the US law, space vehicles are required to deorbit within 25 years of terminating operations. This is usually achieved by a spacecraft using its thrusters to put it into the disposal orbit. However, these thruster systems and the additional fuel required for the final course change increase the satellites’ mass, raise costs, and reduce their capabilities. The Spinnaker3 drag sail could be the answer to these issues. Spinnaker3 has four carbon-fiber booms, each three meters long, that unfurl from the exterior of the launch vehicle’s upper stage. The sail is 194 sq ft and is made of CP1, a fluorinated polyimide developed by NeXolve. Spinnaker3 shortens the vehicle’s deorbit process from 25 days to 15 days. Faster deorbiting prevents a spacecraft from turning into space debris. Spinnaker3 was launched from Vandenberg Space Force Base, California, in November 2021 on a Firefly Aerospace Alpha rocket.
2. ADR Services – OrbitGuardians is a US-based startup that provides active debris removal (ADR) services. It combines technologies such as computer vision, IoT, and AI for low-cost space debris removal. It acquires debris parameters and eliminates potentially dangerous targets by leveraging AI and IoT technologies. Low-cost ADR can clean up space debris smaller than 20 cm, thus making the space safer.
3.  Obruta (Tethered-Net Removal) – Novel methods such as tethered-net removal technology are being used to monitor debris. The net capture system depends on deployment masses that accelerate to push a net out of a container. This net then inflates while moving toward the target object. Once the object is captured, a tether line connection is established to the service spacecraft.
4. ClearSpace One – A spin-off of Swiss EPFL Space Centre, ClearSpace is a startup that develops space clean-up technologies. Its small satellite solution ClearSpace One identifies, captures, and removes man-made space debris. The system has a giant four-armed claw that grabs debris and sends it to a lower orbit, where it burns on entering the Earth’s atmosphere.

While some of these technologies have already been deployed, others are at the testing stage. Space debris is a major threat as it can damage crucial satellites that we require in our daily lives for applications such as weather forecasting, telecommunications, and GPS.

International space agencies are implementing guidelines to ensure aerospace corporations design spacecraft that can minimize and even pick up existing debris. To reduce space junk and keep the low-Earth orbit free, there is a need for collaborative and concerted efforts on multiple fronts to both remove existing space debris and prevent generation of future junk. It is also a potential opportunity for entrepreneurs that can think of newer, cheaper, and faster ways to solve this problem.

How can Aranca help?

Aranca's Technology and Research Advisory team has the expertise to identify emerging technologies across sectors. We can help our clients identify startups for partnership or acquisitions. From an investment perspective, we are also capable of recognizing technologies that are at the research stage and can become disruptive in this domain. Our actionable insights can help our clients understand evolving technologies in this sector and make informed decisions.

The global pandemic created a humanitarian and economic crisis; nonetheless, it accelerated technological innovation across industries. Healthcare, the most directly affected sector, had to quickly adopt and implement modern technologies to handle the crisis. Healthcare systems across the world were challenged due to the surge in demand and workload pressure. This led to a wave of technological transformations and accelerated the adoption of digital capabilities to enhance efficiency. With this, the process of health check evolved, undergoing several structural changes. 

The year 2020 will be marked in history as a dark year, with COVID-19 hitting the entire world and bringing it to a total standstill. However, during the year, almost all industries climbed on the digital bandwagon. Due to the highly infectious nature of the virus, the healthcare sector had to quickly make some changes to ensure that patients continued to receive the best treatment while containing the virus. 

For instance, German company BioNTech had been researching and optimizing the mRNA technology in cancer medicine for almost 20 years. After the outbreak of the pandemic, the company leveraged the technology and developed a vaccine for COVID-19, BNT162b2, in partnership with Pfizer.

Some of the other revolutionary innovations include the following:

1. Drones for medical supply delivery – Novant Health, based in North Carolina, and Zipline, specialized in delivering medical supplies to remote areas, partnered to create a drone for delivering COVID-19 diagnostic and therapeutic supplies in a fast and contactless manner. They were the first to receive Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) emergency clearance for drone delivery. The technology could be used in the future for delivering other medical supplies as well; this would help reduce the waiting time for patients.
2. Robotic workers – To minimize the risk for healthcare workers, researchers from Brigham and Women’s Hospital, MIT, and Boston Dynamics created a robot, Spot, for measuring patients’ vital signs. Spot’s modified version is equipped with four cameras that allow it to measure breathing rate, pulse rate, skin temperature, and blood oxygen saturation remotely. Robots were also used for disinfecting and sanitizing hospitals. They have now become a common feature across many hospitals.
3. Telehealth – As hospitals became red zones with only COVID-19 patients, those suffering from other chronic diseases were unable to obtain the required medical aid. Promptly, telehealth came to their assistance – remote technologies helped patients undertake regular consultations with doctors online. It was also a safe method to diagnose and treat those who had COVID-19 but did not require a hospital visit. Israeli startup MyHomeDoc developed a smartphone-based monitoring device for immediate and remote diagnosis of patients’ primary vitals. As per the World Economic Forum, the adoption of telehealth exploded from 11 % in 2019 to 46% in April 2020.
4. AI-powered patient monitoring – Isansys Lifecare, a UK-based digital healthcare company, launched Patient Status Engine (PSE), an advanced patient monitoring system. It uses sensors and clinical AI to automatically capture raw patient data and turn it into “real-time predictive clinical insight.” It also features in-built early warning scores that alert healthcare professionals about changes in patients’ health status and enable them to respond in a timely manner. 
5. Augmented reality (AR) and virtual reality (VR) for training – The continuous spread of coronavirus infections led to a huge inflow of patients in hospitals. Thus, hospitals had to quickly upskill their staff and train new doctors to handle this traffic. For instance, Cedars-Sinai Medical Centre deployed Virti, an ed-tech software platform which uses AR and VR, along with AI, to train healthcare and social workers across the globe during the COVID-19 crisis.
6. Chatbots – AI-powered chatbots came to the rescue of patients who were unable to connect with doctors for quick consultations during the pandemic. These AI-based chatbots could answer questions, check symptoms, provide recommended care options, and even take care of appointment booking and refilling of medication. Sutter Health in Sacramento, the US, which already had a chatbot, added COVID-19 details on the platform, helping many patients receive the required attention.
   
7. Wearable technology – The wearable technology, which had witnessed acceptance in the form of smart watches and glasses, found various new applications during the pandemic. The state-of-the-art wearable biosensor, VitalPatch assesses real-time physiological parameters such as body temperature, pulse rate, blood oxygen level, and respiratory rate for remote and ambulatory monitoring of COVID-19 patients. Wearables were also a boon for patients suffering from chronic diseases such as cancer, heart disease, and diabetes, as the devices enabled them to monitor their own vitals and connect with their doctors remotely for better disease management.

These are just a few innovations highlighting the changing face of the healthcare industry. Since the outbreak of the pandemic, several new digital solutions have emerged, helping caregivers improve their service, be more agile and compliant, and ensure the safety of both clinical staff and patients. Technological innovations have also offered solutions for AI-based clinical decision-making and predictive algorithms for improving medical prognosis and their outcomes. Moreover, to handle the pandemic, emerging nations adopted the principle of reverse innovation and introduced digital capabilities.

Although technological innovations emerged due to the pandemic, they are here to stay. These technologies have now become a way of life and will be implemented even if the virus disappears. The future of healthcare is transforming, retaining the patient and customization at the center of all innovations, and assuring the best possible care and treatment.

Hormonal imbalance can cause various health issues and diseases in women and children. It can also lead to abnormal growth in children. Hence, it is imperative that an imbalance is detected early on and treated. Earlier, the best way to detect this imbalance was either through a blood test or an ultrasound, and the results were not too reliable. With the advancement of technology, new non-invasive methods introduced in the market give accurate results within minutes. Moreover, various new methods are being tested for different hormones.

The human body is a complex machine. One of its key components is the endocrine system, which is defined as "a group of glands and organs that regulate and control various body functions by producing and secreting hormones.” Various organs make up this system and each of them have different and often unrelated functions. The major glands are hypothalamus, pituitary, thyroid, parathyroid, and adrenal. Each of these secretes a different hormone in the body.

Hormones can be described as chemical messengers of the body that carry vital information to the cells. There are different types of hormones that carry various functions in the human body. Hormones affect vital body processes such as metabolism, reproduction, growth, and emotional well-being.

The five most common hormones and their functions are as follows:

If these hormones are not produced at the appropriate levels, it can lead to hormonal imbalance. Women are known to suffer from it more acutely than men. While some life transitions such as puberty, menopause, and pregnancy cause hormonal imbalance, it can also occur in women due to the following reasons:

• Medications or hormone therapy
  
• Cancer treatments such as chemotherapy and tumors in the body
  
• Pituitary tumors
  
• Eating disorders such as anorexia
  
• Stress and unhealthy lifestyle
  
• Injury or trauma
  

Some common forms of hormonal imbalance in women are as follows:

The main symptoms of hormonal imbalance are as follows:

Hormonal imbalance in children

Hormones play a significant role in the growth and development of children. Hence, if any endocrine glands involved is functioning abnormally, it will produce either too much or too little of the hormone it is supposed to release. This could directly impact pubertal development. Unbalanced secretion of hormones can cause precocious puberty, when puberty occurs at a very early age in young children or is delayed.

New technologies for detection

Hormones and their functionalities in a human body are varied. Usually, there is no single way to detect hormonal imbalance. As its symptoms are also common, only a wide range of issues can indicate something is amiss. The most common methods to detect hormonal imbalance are blood tests and ultrasound. However, research is being conducted to develop and introduce easy-to-use, non-invasive methods to detect and monitor hormonal imbalance. Parents can also use these devices to test their kids in case they see symptoms of an imbalance.

Here are a few examples:

• Researchers at Imperial College London and The University of Hong Kong are working on a novel bio-sensor technology to efficiently measure luteinizing hormone (LH) pulse patterns linked to reproductive disorders.
• Saliva testing is becoming a popular method to measure the bioactive levels of hormones and other compounds, as it is non-invasive.
• Sputter Coated Model SCD 005 from BAL-TEC (USA) can be used to measure Human Follicle Stimulating Hormone (hFSH).

These are only a few modern technologies now entering the market to help detect and monitor hormonal imbalance. As there are different types of hormones, the methods to test them also vary.

Through subsequent articles, we will share some of the latest technologies being developed to non-invasively detect hormonal issues in women. 

While countries struggle with macroeconomic issues and geopolitical tension, companies need to revamp themselves to maintain business continuity. Businesses are already fighting to survive, with pressure from economic downturn, global inflation, supply chain disruptions due to war situations, and climate changes. Is there a game plan that can help them not only ride out this tough time but also thrive?

The world welcomed 2022 in with many more challenges than that last year, with the International Monetary Fund estimating the global growth rate to drop down to 4.4%. Currently, the world is plagued by economic downturn, and the war between Russia and Ukraine has made matters worse. With the spread of Omicron, the new variant of COVID-19, mobility was once again restricted at the start of the year, thus worsening the economic situation. Furthermore, the surge in global inflation will hamper GDP growth across industries.

Therefore, companies are compelled to rethink their strategies and probably change the steps they took in the initial stages of the pandemic. Many companies would instinctively pause their R&D efforts to save precious funds. However, although it is a cost-effective measure, paring down of R&D would lead to a company losing its competitive advantage. Moreover, with net zero emission to be achieved, companies have to consider new technologies to reduce their carbon footprint. As of now, companies have just two avenues to pursue: be aggressive and ramp up R&D efforts or remain passive and risk-averse, thus saving monetary resources for the future.

In such a scenario, deploying the process of REI – Revise, Evaluate, Implement – can help companies decide the path they wish to tread.

REVISE

Why is it important to re-design R&D strategies and investment plans?

Revising R&D strategy could help companies stay market relevant in face of changed customer needs: The onset of global recession in 2020 made customers cautious, both in terms of health and finances. The spending pattern and priorities underwent a huge change. Companies had to alter business models and re-design product offerings, in line with the evolving customer demand and market scenarios to stay relevant. Realigning the R&D strategy with the new requirements was essential for them to stay ahead of competitors and maintain their technological advantage. This is also true in the current scenario, as customer behavior is changing significantly due to the economic pressure created by the war.

Procurement and supply chain gaps continue to be an issue: While the pandemic disrupted the entire chain, the ongoing geo-political tensions are making it worse. To streamline the process and increase efficiency, digital capabilities should be built in procurement processes. Research and development must be done to understand which technologies can help in creating better processes and embed it within the procurement system. Collaboration, innovation and leveraging data will help companies create a robust procurement framework.

Climate change and environmental issues: Climate change is an ongoing threat due to which consumers prefer more environment-friendly and vegan products. They are also more health-conscious and seek fitness options. Therefore, the packaging industry needs to adapt and create more environment-friendly packaging, while the FMCG, food and, health industries must use R&D to better their offerings.

Supporting technologies rapidly, widely adopted – an unprecedented occurrence: Horizontal technologies (AI, AR/VR, drones, wearables) which was already on a rise saw widespread commercial adoption during the pandemic. Capacity build-up in these technologies could open up newer business avenues for multiple industries. Thus, revising R&D strategy by adopting incremental innovations around these scaled technologies could result in new revenue streams for the business.

History suggests steady investment in R&D pays off: Article on Revisiting Corporate R&D Spending During a Recession published by Sanjiv S. Dugal and Graham K. Morbey states a strong relationship between company profitability and R&D initiatives undertaken during the 1991 recession. Based on their findings, they reported that R&D expenditure greater than 5% of sales could ensure reasonable growth during a recession. After the dotcom bubble in 2000, funding flowed to companies with clear R&D plans and disciplined approaches, enabling them to emerge successfully from the dark. Companies such as Facebook, Twitter, and Uber took off during the period, continuing their performance later on too. The great recession caused by the housing bubble of 2008 was again devastating for some industries. This global economic meltdown took a toll on tech companies as well. Companies that pushed their R&D efforts further during this period got past the crisis. 

Which parameters should be considered for strategy revision?

Once a decision for revising R&D strategy is accepted, it is important to answer the following two questions.

1. Should the revision be tactical or strategic? The answer to this question, for a company, would depend on factors such as product and service offerings, industry type, position in value chain, company financials, and available assets (human resources, intellectual property, etc.).
2. On which fronts would revision be required? Revision in R&D strategy should typically be on the following four fronts: 

• People: In the current “great resignation era,” industries across the board are facing a high rate of attrition. It is, therefore, essential to boost the morale and encourage greater employee participation in innovation. If need be, companies should implement cultural changes to attract participation. Rewards, recognition, and encouraging team interactions are just a few ways to retain talent and maintain productivity.

• Process: Anticipating customer needs will play a greater role in defining the overall R&D portfolio and process. Evolving customer requirements can be understood through intelligence gathered from internal marketing and procurement teams, industry experts, and external consultants. An example is Starbucks; the company derives insights from past experience and starts off fresh ideas. During the 2008 crisis, it launched the “My Starbucks Idea” platform, through which 70,000 ideas were curated from users in the first year. This helped the company align its strategies and identify new development areas to grow the business.

• Portfolio: Retaining projects with good outcome certainties, or those nearing completion is necessary as companies expend much effort and resources on certain projects. It would be a good strategy to retain and continue work on existing projects that have good outcome certainties and are near completion. Modifications would only be needed if their relevance is compromised due to changed customer demand.

  For new undertakings, companies should focus on short-term and incremental ideas, which require relatively less R&D efforts, resources, and expenditure to improve the existing products and initiate new product development. Considering the constraints on most R&D budgets, it would be ideal to enhance existing products with better features and retain the loyal customer base. However, some products could become obsolete; in this case, companies should invest in developing new products to remain competitive and meet consumers’ needs.

• Architectural Front: Migrating to open innovation is another key step for companies trying to stay relevant. In modern research practices, companies mix internal research efforts with open innovation architecture to develop technologies. Open innovation can include funding start-ups and universities, paying IP royalties, or initiating cross-technology transfers.

  To stay cost-efficient yet innovative, companies should focus on open innovation and scout for already developed technologies, resources, and institutions (start-ups, universities) that can help them achieve their long-term objectives.

• Plans for R&D outsourcing: During favorable market conditions, companies focus on high-risk as well as low-risk innovations, irrespective of the industry type. To channelize R&D efforts for incremental or revolutionary ideas, companies should analyze crowdsourcing platforms and conduct consumer surveys to understand changes in behavior patterns.

It is advisable that companies continue to outsource these ground-level R&D activities to consultants at an early stage to gain perspective on new market scenarios. Overall, companies must view R&D outsourcing as a core part of strategy, not just for incremental innovation but also to drive revolutionary or fast-fail innovations, even during recessions.

EVALUATE

Upon revising R&D strategy, it is important for companies to consider stricter evaluation processes to ensure that the revised strategies yield the right results. Strategy could be tested on the following two scales to understand if it could be well adopted and remain sustainable.

Internal Acceptability: We believe the test of internal acceptability is the most important to learn if a strategy can result in the optimum utilization of all assets (such as man, machine, capital, or material) and reduce wastage at all levels.

Scalability: Companies should also try to scale up the strategy and evaluate how long and to what extent such scaling of strategy would yield diminishing returns.

What are certain tactical methods that companies could adopt to utilize existing resources to maintain or reduce research cost?

Smart portfolio management:

• Product portfolio management – As per this approach, R&D strategy should clearly define a product-line roadmap and determine the investment required. While maintaining profitability from existing product lines, companies should also create the desired next-generation products aligned to the evolving needs of customers.

• Intellectual property (IP) portfolio repurposing – Monitoring and managing IP is as important as possessing it. It would be wise to repurpose the available IP, discard non-essential IP, or seek out new R&D activity and innovations, if the budget permits. An in-depth analysis of existing IP, such as scouting for different applications or markets, and IP licensing, will help companies find ways to leverage their IP portfolio effectively.

Compare offerings with that of competitors

Companies could diversify and introduce new options in the markets where their offerings are poor revenue generators due to intense competition. Instead, they could concentrate their efforts on regions that are more profitable by marketing and positioning their products attractively. They could expand in regions that look promising.

IMPLEMENT

Revising R&D strategies, but failing to implement them at the right time, is a futile exercise. It is imperative to understand the ‘big picture’. Gaining insights on what is happening in the space of core technologies, emerging technologies impacting the markets, internal skills and capabilities, power to collaborate, contingency plans, and expert opinions can help companies strategize better, more accurately.

Timing is everything

At any point in time, investing in R&D and understanding trending technologies are highly recommended tasks. When the markets rebound, companies with aggressive R&D plans will stick to the rhythm in developing technologies (nearing launch) and innovations (at prototype stage).

Adaptability and an acceptance of change are the two essential attributes companies must possess to innovate effectively during a recession.

It’s time to get going now. Integrate, Invest, Innovate!

The adverse effect of climate change has become more widespread in recent years. One of the main solutions to control this disaster is to shift focus toward clean sources of energy such as hydrogen. While hydrogen is sustainable, renewable, and less polluting, there are challenges in storing it to ensure efficient usage, especially for transport. Research on developing ways to store hydrogen in a solid form to increase its usage in automotives is underway.

Hydrogen fuel economy can help countries achieve their net zero emission targets. It can replace the use of fossil fuels, especially in automotives, which are responsible for a significant amount of carbon emission in the atmosphere. However, there are severe hurdles in the storage and usage of hydrogen. It is typically stored in a compressed gas or liquid form, which requires a lot of space and temperature-controlled climate. Scientists are now researching ways to convert hydrogen to a solid state to address the needs of the transport and stationary energy supply sector for low-pressure, low-volume hydrogen storage.

Research is being conducted to find technologies that can transform hydrogen into a sufficiently compact and efficient form for transportation. The current set of hydrogen-powered vehicles require large, heavy cylindrical tanks to hold compressed hydrogen gas. The energy penalty to compress gas into such tanks is high and they take up considerable room in the car.

Hence, scientists are working on technologies that can help solid materials physically absorb the gas or chemically combine with it. Storing hydrogen in a solid material makes it dense. Due to this change, compact gas tanks suitable for automotive interiors can be designed. However, such a system must work at a reasonable temperature, absorb hydrogen quickly, and promptly release into the fuel cell as needed.

New Innovations

1. Absorption by using a combination of two solids (metal hydrides) – Researchers funded by the EU devised a technique to hold hydrogen in a benign solid form. They worked on the “Fluorine substituted high-capacity hydrides for hydrogen storage at low working temperatures” (FLYHY) project to develop novel materials and processes for hydrogen storage in solid state.
2. Adsorption by using Metal Organic Frameworks (MOFs) – The US Department of Energy (DoE) created a research consortium called HyMARC, which has five DoE national laboratories and external labs to work on methods to store hydrogen in solid state. They discovered metal hydrides and related materials can chemically bond with hydrogen. However, hydrogen steams off as porous absorbents such as MOFs are unable to bind hydrogen strongly enough to hold it. Therefore, the team is working on making hydrogen’s MOFs easy to adhere to by adding low-coordinate metal cation sites and resolving related issues. 

They discovered a combination of lithium amide/magnesium hydride and mixed-metal borohydrides as a new storage solution. It requires a modular hydrogen tank with tubes placed next to each other and filled with the two solids. Through the process of absorption, hydrogen is dissociated into H-atoms and incorporated into the solid lattice framework. Therefore, hydrogen gas can be stored in a small volume under pressure of 70 bar. This is much lesser than a conventional tank where hydrogen must be kept under pressure of more than 700 bar.

 Hydrogen energy has the potential to become a mainstream fuel and completely replace fossil fuels in the future. It has the advantages of being environment-friendly, efficient, renewable, and cost-effective. However, hydrogen’s extremely low volumetric density makes storage difficult. Researchers are exploring effective storage techniques that would play a key role in establishing a sustainable hydrogen economy. 

Global supply chains face many challenges, including high demand, shortage of capital and labor, and more recently, pandemic-related restrictions. Traditional manufacturing revolving around factory-based centralized production will not be able to address such challenges to keep up with demand in future. In the era of a smart world, everything we see or use – from the latest technologies to our daily-use gadgets – is becoming smaller. Manufacturing cannot be left behind, paving the way for a revolutionary concept – Factory in a Box (FIAB). FIAB has the potential to facilitate optimal, modular production at varied scale with the help of digitalization solutions, such as robotics and IIOT. This, in turn, will aid in decentralizing the supply chain. 

FIAB could be defined as a compact manufacturing system that can be rapidly deployed, remotely managed, and modulated as per consumer requirements. The FIAB concept has been extensively researched over the past two decades. Sweden was the first country to take the initiative, with the objective of scaling up industrial production in compact spaces. Typically, FIAB should serve three key purposes.

Portability/Mobility – Traditional factories comprise enormous manufacturing units that are: (i) spread across large land parcels and (ii) difficult and expensive to relocate. These are thus operated at one location, while the raw materials and output need to be transported to and from the facility, respectively. This is cost-intensive, as factories are typically located far from both raw material sources and target markets. FIAB systems are compact and can be containerized. Thus, they can be transported to both source and destination, resulting in overall cost reduction. 

Flexibility/Modularity – Generally observed in the tech sector, different sets of customers have varied requirements in terms of specifications. Conventional manufacturing units operate with fixed, programmed workflows. Hence, these may not be able to cater to such dynamic demand scenarios. In a FIAB system, components are usually detachable and can be quickly reprogrammed to address such requirements.

Agility – With increasing competition in all sectors, commodity industries are operating in a fast-paced environment. Rapid processing and delivery of products with the required specifications may not be achieved by run-of-the-mill setups. FIAB can be curated to achieve this purpose, especially for producing small batches of specialized products, such as drug formulations.

In addition to these objectives, FIAB is destined to achieve two key modern industrialization goals.

Decentralization – Being the key goal of FIAB, decentralization empowers machines to work independent of human interference. This can be achieved by deploying robotics and/or sensors connected to a network, through which FIAB systems will be capable of making automated decisions based on performance data.

Digitalization – Integration of technologies such as AI, robotics, and IIOT will aid FIAB in enhancing process optimization, accuracy, and productivity. Furthermore, digitalized FIAB systems can be operated remotely, serving many benefits, including safely dealing with hazardous materials and reducing supply chain length while ensuring product quality.

Key issues addressed by FIAB

Source: Aranca research

Depending on production requirements, FIAB solutions can be classified into three types:

1. Mobile and modular solutions – Equipment/machines are set up on trailers and can be easily assembled (plug-and-play model) on the ground for manufacturing the required products and dis-assembled once the scheduled production is completed.
2. Mobile trailer-based solutions – The entire factory is installed in one or more containers pre-fitted on trailer trucks. Such FIAB systems can be transported across locations, thus eliminating the need of assembling/disassembling production units on ground for manufacturing.
   
3. Containerized solutions – Manufacturing can take place in containerized FIAB systems while simultaneously transporting to the desired location. Thus, the target product will be ready at a reduced time overall. 

Current FIAB implementation scenario

Source: Aranca Research

Note – “Others” includes miscellaneous applications, research studies on general manufacturing, etc.

As shown in the infographic above, the FIAB concept has already been executed in various sectors, with primary focus on improving mobility, agility, modularity, and production without compromising on quality and safety. Majority of FIAB solutions have been identified for the beverage (~44%) and food (~12%) sectors. This is justified as these sectors will primarily rely on FIAB’s key benefits, particularly flexibility and agility. For the same reasons, adoption is likely to increase in the medical sector (currently at ~3%) in future. 

Over the past few years, many well-established global organizations across sectors have implemented the FIAB concept.

• Nokia demonstrated the FIAB 2.0 concept for manufacturing electronics equipment. This concept focuses on increasing agility and flexibility using digitalization solutions, such as cloud computing, robotics, and IoT.
• FIAB in defense helps reduce downtime and save critical time in remote crisis zones by delivering the parts on site in a few hours instead of a few weeks from a distant location. Defense agencies such as the U.S. Department of Defence, the U.S. Army's Rapid Equipping Force, and the European Defence Agency have already implemented the FIAB concept for flexible and reliable production of 3D-printed customized components.
• Manufacturing Technology Centre (MTC) runs an accelerator program, Smart Manufacturing Accelerator (SMA), which helps businesses in the UK to install FIAB demonstrators and rapidly scale their production capacity. 

• GE developed a FIAB for biopharmaceutical production. It is a scalable solution that can help companies expedite the production of viral vector-based therapeutics, such as cell therapies and vaccines. Its advantages include rapid time to market, reduced costs, tunable batch production, and flexibility for multiproduct manufacturing.
• Unilever has tested the FIAB concept for liquid bouillon manufacturing and plans to develop similar solutions for mayonnaise and ice creams. The company aims to design a suitable FIAB to facilitate the testing of new products and modulate as per consumer demand.
• Alvan Blanch and Kreuzmayr developed mobile fruit juice processing facilities that help small farmers reduce the time interval between harvesting and processing, ultimately decreasing loss due to wastage.
• Mobile canning and bottling services for alcoholic beverages are very popular in the US and Europe. FIAB units for such applications can help small breweries, wineries, etc., reduce their CAPEX, space, and time.
• Framecad has developed a mobile factory solution for a steel frame roll-forming production facility. The solution is easily transportable to any location, and can find applications in construction projects, disaster relief projects, etc.

With all its benefits, FIAB can help in reinventing the current supply chain scenario. FIAB units can be located closer to the market and consumers to achieve just-in-time (JIT) delivery. Hence, it bodes well for local economies as they can flourish by catering to local demand. Furthermore, FIAB can be considered the next level of smart manufacturing and may serve as the pioneer to Industry 4.0.

The pace of FIAB implementation is slow currently and the concept may pick up only gradually over the next few years. Major challenges include: (i) transformation of legacy systems at pace with the latest technologies; (ii) cybersecurity concerns stemming from digitalization, particularly to facilitate remote operations; and (iii) skill gap, especially in developing countries. Nevertheless, with the revamping of traditional manufacturing, FIAB will be the key to a globally decentralized supply chain.

Climate change is a reality, necessitating the quick adoption of low carbon and renewable sources of energy. Hydrogen is one such source of clean energy which has the potential to transform industries. Various technologies are currently being researched or have been developed to facilitate its wide-scale adoption. While there are certain challenges in its adoption, the gas is certainly needed to achieve clean energy.

Countries across the globe have taken the pledge to reduce their carbon footprint and achieve net-zero emission. To achieve this goal, they are looking at alternative and sustainable energy sources. Hydrogen is the frontrunner in this race. 

Types of hydrogen

The three main sub-types of hydrogen are:

1. Green hydrogen – It is generated from hydrocarbon-free renewable resources or via processes which do not use fossil fuels, such as electrolysis of water. It has very low carbon emissions.

2. Gray hydrogen – It is generated from hydrocarbon sources and produces significant carbon emissions. Currently, it is the most produced form of hydrogen globally.

3. Blue hydrogen – It is generated from captured or utilized carbon emissions.

Hydrogen has always been a source of energy—it was used to power the first internal combustion engine. Since it is light and produces no direct pollutants or greenhouse gases (GHGs), it can help in the transition to clean energy, and thereby, contribute to the decarbonization of sectors. There are many other advantages of moving toward a hydrogen economy.

Benefits of hydrogen:

• Versatile – Hydrogen can be produced from a wide variety of fuels. It is easy to store and transport. It has a range of uses and can be transformed into methane or electricity for power generation. It can also act as a fuel for cars, trucks, ships, and planes.
• Integrity Applications – Hydrogen can help in increasing the variable output from renewables such as solar and wind photovoltaics (PV). Furthermore, hydrogen and hydrogen-based fuels can enable easy transportation of energy from regions with abundant solar and wind resources.
• Wide application – Hydrogen is not used in energy-intensive sectors like transport, construction, and power generation. Given its suitability for these types of activities, there is ample scope for increasing its usage in these sectors which can significantly reduce overall carbon emissions.

Companies across the world are looking at alternate sources of energy to implement their decarbonization strategy. Governments are supporting this initiative by providing incentives and making favorable policies. It is the right time to invest in hydrogen which will boost industrial and technological development as well as create new skilled jobs.

Fuel cell technology

An emerging technology, fuel cells combine hydrogen and oxygen to create heat, water, and electricity. The various types of fuel cells are:

1. Proton exchange membrane fuel cell (PEMFC) – PEMFC is used for automobiles and portable power. It operates at around 80°C and has 60% efficiency. The main inputs are hydrogen and oxygen, and the cell has a power capacity in the range of 5–200 kW. It is small but high in performance.
2. Direct methanol fuel cell (DMFC) - Research is on for developing DMFC, which will use methanol as a fuel by converting it into hydrogen. As methanol serves as a safe source for the storage and transportation of hydrogen, it is a desirable innovation. DMFC will also be used in the transportation industry.
3. Alkaline fuel cell (AFC) – With a power generation efficiency of almost 70%, AFC uses potassium hydroxide as the electrolyte. It operates on pure hydrogen and oxygen, as potassium hydroxide is susceptible to carbon contamination. One of its applications was in the Apollo spacecraft where it was used to provide electricity and drinking water.
4. Solid oxide fuel cells – With a hard, non-porous ceramic compound being used as an electrolyte, these fuel cells operate at a very high temperature range. They are ideal not only for stationary applications but also auxiliary power units (APUs) to power electronics-based components used in vehicles.

Challenges

However, there are certain challenges hindering the progress of the hydrogen economy:

• Process – At present, most of the hydrogen is produced by burning fossil fuels, which increases carbon emissions, defeating its core purpose. Unless there are technological developments to capture and utilize the carbon emissions, it will be difficult to achieve clean energy.
• Cost – Production of green and blue hydrogen requires huge initial investments. Furthermore, due to production not happening on a largescale, companies do not have the advantage of economies of scale. However, by investing in right technologies, this cost can be reduced significantly.
• Policies – Government support is imperative for the successful adoption of hydrogen economy. However, stringent regulations in some countries pose a challenge to the successful adoption of this economy and deter investments.
• International cooperation – The hydrogen economy can be leveraged only if there is international cooperation to facilitate its growth. 

Political as well as business support for hydrogen is at an all-time high currently, with several policies and projects directed at expanding its usage globally. This is the time to scale up technologies to bring down costs and increase its adoption. Switching to hydrogen can help achieve the net-zero emission target and control the damage caused by climate change.

India has approximately an 18% child morbidity and mortality rate. One of the primary reasons is the non-detection of pediatric diseases at an early stage. Also, non-availability of cost-effective, non-invasive, and portable devices, especially in villages and primary health centers, to monitor the diseases among children hinders timely medical response. Early detection and smart monitoring can help in improving the overall health of children by facilitating corrective intervention (food, care, medicine, other) right from the early stages. Discovery of some low-cost, early-stage solutions, developed globally, for monitoring diseases, such as diabetes, jaundice, and ARI, can help achieve this.

According to a report by the United Nations (UN) in 2017, of all the under-15 child deaths globally, 18% occurred in India. Preventing diseases, treating them and investing in child health is, therefore, of immense importance in the country. Some of the main diseases that inflict children are:

• Juvenile diabetes – As of 2019, India had 95,600 existing cases of type 1 diabetes among children. In this type, the pancreas stops producing or cannot produce insulin, a hormone essential to dissolve glucose, or sugar, and transmit to the cells. This leads to excessive accumulation of sugar in the blood, which is harmful for the body.

• Jaundice – Neonatal jaundice is a common cause of morbidity in newborns. Approximately 60% of term babies and up to 80% of premature babies suffer from it. The illness, caused by the buildup of bilirubin in body, is called physiological jaundice. 

• Acute Respiratory Infection (ARI) – In 2018, ARI affected around 41,996,260 children and caused 3,740 deaths in India, as per a report by the National Health Portal of India in 2019. In children under the age of 5, it mainly affects the lower tract. Increasing air pollution, lack of proper vaccination and malnourishment are some of the key factors contributing to its wide prevalence across the country.

These diseases can be cured, provided they are diagnosed on time, monitored effectively and treated right from the early stage. However, the main deterrent is the limited availability of monitoring devices in the market for early stage, non-invasive diagnosis at affordable prices for the population below poverty lines (BPLs). 

A few low-cost, early-stage solutions, developed globally, for monitoring diabetes, jaundice and ARI are listed below.

Diabetes

Some companies have developed technologies to track diabetes and easily administer drugs to children:

1. GlucoModicum Ltd. – The company has designed a revolutionary, needle-free, and precise glucose monitoring device. This non-invasive, wearable monitor runs on their proprietary platform, the magnetohydrodynamic technology, and samples interstitial fluid, the body fluid between blood vessels and cells.
2. Integrity Applications – The company has developed a non-invasive glucose tracking device, GlucoTrack, based on its patented combination of ultrasonic, electromagnetic, and thermal technologies. It is more relevant for type 2 and pre-diabetic patients. The device has a small sensor that can be clipped to the ear lobe; it calculates the glucose level using a proprietary algorithm which is thereafter displayed on a handheld device, the size of a phone.

Jaundice

1. Delta Medical International (DMI) – The company has developed a non-invasive jaundice meter for reliable transcutaneous measurement of bilirubin levels to check the severeness of the disease in neonates. The unit is small, portable and suitable for use in a range of settings such as neonatal, maternity and pediatric wards.
2. Zyna Medtech - ZH-300, designed by Zyna Medtech, facilitates quick and convenient assessment of the risk of hyperbilirubinemia in neonates. It uses a specific wavelength of a safe light source, avoiding the trauma caused by the prick of a needle. Results can be obtained instantaneously, eliminating the long wait for lab test reports.
3. Mennen Medical – The BiliCare transcutaneous bilirubin meter, introduced by Mennen Medical, works by transmitting light at different wavelengths through the outer ear and using a customized algorithm to measure the amount of light absorbed by bilirubin. It provides accurate results.

ARI

1. GPX Medical – Neola, by GPZ Medical, uses laser spectroscopy to monitor changes in lung volume and measure the oxygen level in preterm infants. Apart from being safe and non-invasive, it provides data in real time. On-time detection, followed by the required treatment, prevents complications.
2. Masimo – The company introduced a breakthrough technology, Signal Extraction Technology (SET). It overcomes the restrictions associated with conventional pulse oximetry by measuring through motion and low perfusion. The device also has better sensitivity and specificity during induced conditions of low perfusion and motion.
3. Sentec – The company offers continuous, non-invasive, and accurate transcutaneous monitoring (TCM) services for improved ventilation titration and weaning support.

The neonatal period and the early stages of a child’s life are highly vulnerable, necessitating the best medical care possible. The devices mentioned above can help in on-time diagnosis through fast results, effective monitoring and apt treatment. Many deaths can be prevented. We also believe these innovations will successfully address the main challenge so far: availability of effective diagnostic procedures at affordable prices. Increasing affordability, resulting in higher adoption and use, would bode well for the overall health standards of the pediatric population. 

Chronic kidney disease (CKD) and associated risks can cause irreversible damages that could prove fatal for the patient. The rising incidences of CKD is not only affecting global health but also leading to adverse societal and economic consequences. However, timely and effective strategies can help in correct management of the disease and control its spread.

Introduction

According to Dr. Theo Vos, Professor of Health Metrics Sciences at the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation at the University of Washington School of Medicine, “Chronic kidney disease (CKD) is a global killer hidden in plain sight.” Approximately 700 million people around the world have been affected by CKD. “The evidence is clear,” he confirmed. “Many nations’ health systems cannot keep pace with the dialysis demand. Cases far exceed and are well beyond the ability of those systems to handle. The consequences, literally, are deadly.”

The statement is based on a scientific study on global, regional, and national burden of CKD, which showed that the need for dialysis has increased ~40% since 1990. Unfortunately, access to this life-saving treatment is challenging for the common people.

CKD at a glance

The kidney, an essential organ in the human body, filters excess fluid and waste products from the blood. If the kidney is unable to function normally, it is termed as CKD or chronic kidney failure. A few nonspecific signs and symptoms (e.g., nausea, vomiting, loss of appetite, fatigue and weakness, muscle cramps) crop up in the early stages of CKD. As the progression of kidney damage is slow, the actual symptoms develop over a long time period. When the kidney loses its ability to function properly, fluid begins to accumulate in the lungs, causing shortness of breath and chest pain. CKD is categorized into five stages based on the functioning of the kidney, where stage 1 indicates normal kidney function and stage 5 indicates kidney failure.

Associated risks

CKD is a silent disease that makes its detection difficult in the early stages as most of its symptoms are common. Due to late detection, issues associated with kidney failure reach towards the advance stage and progresses with irreversible damage. Lack of proper kidney function leads to the problems of fluid build-up, excess body waste, and electrolyte imbalance. Complications due to CKD includes gout (also known as hyperuricemia, which is caused by excess uric acid in the body), anemia (lack of red blood cells), metabolic acidosis (imbalanced quantity of acids), bone disease, hyperphosphatemia (elevated level of phosphate in the blood), hyperkalemia (high potassium level), and other similar health issues. As the body is unable to eliminate the excess fluid, chances of fluid overload increase, which can cause severe heart- and lung-related issues and even lead to congestive heart failure.

Impact of CKD on global health

A Global Burden of Disease study (published in 2017) includes the global, regional, and national estimation of morbidity and mortality related to CKD and impaired kidney function. CKD has 9.1% (697.5 million cases) of global prevalence, in which India and China top the list with 115.1 million and 132.3 million cases, respectively (nearly one-third of total). Moreover, there is a surge in the number of all-age global incidence of dialysis and kidney transplantation. In addition, the rate of dialysis and transplantation increased 43.1% and 34.4%, respectively, between 1990 and 2017, which also reveals the availability and accessibility of the therapies. CKD was responsible for causing 1.2 million deaths worldwide in 2017 (12^th leading cause), with another 1.4 million deaths attributed to cardiovascular disease (CVD) developed due to impaired kidney function. While the mortality rate of other chronic diseases (CVD, COPD) decreased from 1990 to 2017, the global all-age CKD mortality rate went up 41.5%, which is a matter of grave concern.

Societal and economic impact of CKD

The findings of the study emphasize the association between increased healthcare cost and reduced life quality with the progression and advancement of CKD stages. A linear increment emerges between the utilization of healthcare facilities and individual-level economic burden over the period of early to advanced stage CKD. Progressing to the point of no return of end-stage CKD, the increment of cost becomes high, based on the requirement of frequent dialysis and associated therapies. However, the early and moderate stages are becoming the most costly and important ones at the societal level, as the number of CKD patients is rising. Disease progression and patient survival mainly depend on effective management. This is a societal menace as, with growing elderly population, more patients would progress to advance, resource-intensive stages of CKD. Moreover, in low- and middle-income countries, lack of access to dialysis would increase premature mortality (younger people suffering from CKD), which would result in a diminished labor force and poverty.

Percentage-wise detection level of CKD with progressing stages

Three-step action plan

Despite the severity of its issues, CKD is not sufficiently prioritized in health policies worldwide. As per Global Kidney Health Atlas, national strategies are required to improve the condition of CKD care and management is still lacking in most countries. To reduce the mortality rate, including the associated risk of cardiovascular deaths, and the financial burden on health systems, effective strategies are required for early detection, prevention, and effective management to slow the progression of the disease in high-risk patients. The following three-step action can help with this:

• Empowerment of medical practitioners: There is a notable shortage of physicians with CKD care specialization across the world. Hence, more healthcare professionals should be empowered with resources to step up and for effective management of CKD. At the same time, multidisciplinary groups should be developed by encouraging and empowering primary care physicians with the necessary resources to alleviate the burden on hospitals and the health system.
  
• Early detection and prevention of CKD: With simple and inexpensive tests of blood (serum/ plasma) and urine, CKD can be easily detected. The tests calculate the estimated glomerular filtration rate and albumin to creatinine ratio for the early detection and staging of CKD. Current inventions have made the tests easily accessible to people at home or in clinics through point-of-care devices. Based on geography and considering the genetic risk factors and exposures, people with diabetes, hypertension, and heart disease are always at higher risk of developing CKD. As the chart above depicts, most of the CKD cases are diagnosed in the final stages even today. Hence, more focus should be given to early detection of the health status and prevention of the disease in early stages.
  
• Utilization of digital solutions for care management and delaying progression: For remote and specific rural areas, technological advancements and digital health solutions ease the strain of CKD by improving patient care accessibility while indirectly reducing the overload on healthcare infrastructure. Digital health inventions and continuous collaboration would form the backbone of the system, in which patients would take more control and play an active role in their health. In addition, innovative designs in urban healthcare systems with patient registries and health status indicators are highly essential to identify the accurate stages of CKD. This can be possible only by leveraging digital health solutions so progression can be further delayed with appropriate measures and medications.

Conclusion

CKD can be treated at lower cost and with better outcomes. One of the major drawbacks of the existing healthcare system is lack of early action, as clearly seen in CKD cases. Once CKD progression advances to kidney failure, patients are exposed to many severe health issues that break down the resilience of the system. Nation-wide strategies are needed to tackle CKD by developing early detection programs, enrolling high-risk patients, and monitoring their progress through effective care and management.

With climate change threatening the entire planet, it is essential to take decisive steps to stop environmental degradation. Governments across the globe are committed to reducing their carbon emission and invest in green energy, carbon capture (CC), and carbon capture and utilization (CCU). These technologies help modify captured carbon and reuse it, thereby reducing pollution and contributing to achieving net zero emission.

Climate change has created an existential crisis for the planet. With the global temperature rising, governments and corporations across the world are working toward decreasing their carbon footprint. The Paris Agreement led to many nations committing to reach net zero emission in the next few decades. Hence, research for new technologies and implementation of existing ones for carbon capture and utilization (CCU) processes have increased.

Carbon utilization can be defined as the different ways in which captured carbon oxides (CO2 and CO) can be recycled and reused to make other products or services. The new technologies are designed based on the uptake, conversion, and mineralization of CO2. 

The following processes are used to undertake carbon utilization:

Carbon Uptake – The various processes under this approach are based on the utilization of carbon to create algae that can then be reused to make other products. In this process, flue gas containing varying amounts of CO2 and other gases such as nitrogen oxide and sulfur oxide are fed directly to the algae, thus reducing or eliminating the need for CO2 capture systems.

Algae are efficient photosynthetic organisms. The algal systems produce biomass, which can be converted into products such as fuels, food for animals and humans, chemicals, and soil supplements.

Conversion Into Value-Added Products – This pathway focuses on the development of reactor designs and new catalyst materials that can aid in economic conversion of CO2 into useful chemicals. As CO2 is a low-energy molecule, its conversion requires huge energy inputs to activate it. It is also essential to have powerful catalysts to speed chemical reactions and create desired products.

The different conversion pathways include electrochemical, thermochemical, photochemical, and microbially-mediated methods. Through this process, carbon can be transformed into chemicals, synthetic fuel, plastic, and solid carbon products such as carbon fiber.  

Mineralization – This process is used to convert carbon to generate inorganic material. As CO2 and carbonates are low energy, thermal, chemical, or electrical energy has to be added for the process to be successful. The alkaline reactants mineralize CO2 to produce inorganic material such as aggregates, cement, bicarbonates, and chemicals. Carbonate materials are an effective long-term storage option for CO2 and represent a huge potential market.

Source - Carbon Utilization - A Vital and Effective Pathway for Decarbonization (Centre for Climate and Energy Solutions)

Startups in this industry

1. See O2 Energy – Based in Canada, this start-up has the technology to effectively obtain CO2 and convert it into a value-added product. It uses reversible fuel cell technology to develop reversible solid oxide fuel cells. Through this technology, water is converted into hydrogen and carbon dioxide into carbon monoxide. The resultant product known as syngas is a mixture of hydrogen and carbon monoxide. This solution enables effective capture and reuse of CO2 into fuel, power, heat, and oxygen.
2. Deep Branch Biotech – British startup Deep Branch Biotechnology creates carbon recycling technology that generates clean and sustainable single-cell protein directly from CO2 in industrial waste gas. This can be used by the feed industry as an alternative for soy of fishmeal. This technology is cost-effective as it requires minimal labor and land, uses microbes, and needs no sunlight.
3. MIRRECO – Startup MIRRECO is based out of Australia and developed a technology that combines non-synthetic advanced polymers and hemp to create hemp carbon asset storage technology, products that is copyrighted as CAST by them. This technology is used to produce high-performance construction products. MIRRECO also identified environmentally sustainable and biodegradable hemp plastic, another product of CAST.
4. Carbon-free Chemicals - US-based startup Carbonfree Chemicals has a proprietary technology that reduce carbon emission while producing hydrochloric acid, sodium bicarbonate, bleach, and caustic soda. These by-products are further used in the manufacture of PVC pipes and glass and cattle feed and in the oil and gas industry.
   
5. Blue Planet – US-based Blue Planet patented its mineralization technology that allows capturing and permanent sequestering of billions of tons of CO2. The process can use diluted CO2 from any source at any concentration and turn it into valuable building materials to enable carbon capture at a profit. 
   

These are just a few names in the industry that register rapid growth and make major investments. However, creating carbon-free atmosphere will require innovation, leadership, and collaboration.

Global deployment of CCU technologies is the need of the hour, but the initial cost of retrofitting plants can be a deterrent in achieving this objective. Furthermore, the skillset needed to manage these technologies is missing in the current workforce, and training is essential to develop these capabilities.

CCU technologies can have a massive positive impact on global temperatures and help attain ecological balance to a certain level.

Hepatitis is a common disease that has afflicted many in India. Currently, it can be diagnosed and monitored only via a blood test, which can at times give erroneous results. Hence, there is a huge potential for medical device firms to develop smart diagnostic and monitoring devices for hepatitis that can help caregivers in prescribing the correct treatment.

Hepatitis is a major communicable disease common in India that is caused by inflammation of the liver and can damage its functions. Hepatitis can be both long term (chronic) or short term (acute). As of 2019, around 40 million people in India suffered from hepatitis B and approximately 6 million people from hepatitis C. Furthermore, about 17,6000 people die annually due to complications cause by hepatitis B and C. The infection is also a leading cause of disability.

The signatories are required to:

• Viral hepatitis – It is caused by a virus and is further segregated into A, B, C, D, and E. This is the most common type of hepatitis in India.
• Toxic hepatitis – Certain medicines, poisons, chemicals, or health supplements can cause toxic hepatitis.
• Autoimmune hepatitis (AIH) – This is a chronic type of hepatitis that makes the immune system attack the liver. Though its cause is not known, genetics or the environment could cause this illness.
• Alcohol hepatitis – This type is caused due to excessive intake of alcohol.

There is potential in the market for non-invasive monitoring and detection devices of hepatitis. Traditionally, viral hepatitis is detected through liver biopsy, but the chances of error are high due to interobserver variability, sampling mistakes, and complications.

Other complications associated with invasive techniques include infection, air embolism, occlusion, thrombosis, scars, tissue injuries, bleeding, and pain.

Invasive technologies are not suitable for the neonatal/pediatric population, in particular, and hence there is a need for non-invasive technologies.

Some of the non-invasive technologies being explored:

1. Multianalyte serum assays with algorithmic analysis – This method has been proposed as an alternative to simple serum tests (ALT, AST, platelet count, prothrombin index). This method takes as input a combination of serum biochemical markers of liver function and age, height, weight, and sex. An algorithmic analysis is conducted to show the correlation between the patient and the type of liver disease.
2. Non-invasive imaging – Another alternative to liver biopsy is mapping the elastic properties of the soft tissue. The following are some of the imaging techniques under research:
   • Transient elastography (FibroScan) – This technique sends an elastic shear wave that spreads within the liver. The harder the tissue, the faster the shear propagates. When quantified, it helps to track the fibrosis stage.
   • Acoustic radiation force impulses – One of the products using this technique is Acuson S2000. It helps understand the extent of fibrosis by evaluating the stiffness of the liver in a small region.
   • Real-time tissue elastography – This technique uses ultrasound to display real-time elastography images.
   • Magnetic resonance elastography – This method combines sound waves with MRI and creates a visual map, also known as elastogram, that displays the stiffness of body tissues.
3. Multiparametric MRI – With this method, it is possible to detect pediatric AIH and track changes over time in response to therapy. Multiparametric MRI shows a 3D image of the affected organ and gives caregivers a whole picture of the impact of the treatment.
4. Shear wave elastography – This ultrasound method uses high-frequency sound waves to measure the stiffness of organs. It creates computer images and helps to monitor chronic liver diseases in order to assess the extent of liver fibrosis.
5. Serum fibrosis – This method uses serum chemistries to assess hepatic inflammation. Further research is being conducted on empirically identified markers using proteomic, genomic, and metabolomic technologies. Scientists are also trying to develop a targeted serum marker analysis to diagnose the onset of and predict the post-treatment outcome in pediatric liver diseases.

While there have been improvements in vaccines and treatments against hepatitis, it continues to plague many individuals. Hence, there is a need for strategic innovations and newer technologies that can aid caregivers. India is a large and unexplored market that presents opportunities for medical device companies to diagnose, monitor, and treat hepatitis.

The global semiconductor shortage has created an economic turmoil. The automobiles and electronics industries were the worst hit and incurred significant losses, as semiconductors are an integral raw material in these domains. Furthermore, the shift in demand to computers and IT has emphasized the need for these smart chips. However, automobile giant Tesla has managed to successfully maneuver through this crisis and outperform rivals.

Introduction

The ongoing pandemic has been indiscriminate in terms of its detrimental impact across industries worldwide. Some of the industries that were heavily dependent on semiconductors and were affected by their reduced supply were automotive and consumer electronics. Demand for semiconductors outpaced supply, leading to a corresponding increase in the prices of the smart chips. Amid this chaos, however, Tesla was able to sustain production and has had a profitable period.

Global Semiconductor Market Scenario

As the pandemic disrupted the regular way of life, many organizations worldwide had to quickly transition to the work-from-home operating model. To ensure smooth operations via robust IT infrastructure and computing systems, demand for semiconductors skyrocketed. This compelled chip makers to redirect their supplies to the computer, IT Infrastructure, and electronics industries.

When demand for automobiles started to pick up, following the relaxation of lockdown rules in several countries, there was a dearth of smart chips, and automobile manufacturers were caught off guard. However, one company stood the test of time and managed to outperform peers even during the crisis, i.e., Tesla.

What Did Tesla Do Right?

Like any other automobile manufacturing firm, Tesla was affected by recent developments in the semiconductor market. The company was forced to shut one of its plants in the San Francisco Bay Area and also had to delay the rollout of the much anticipated Cybertruck. However, it was the only automobile manufacturer (as of January 2, 2022) reported to have delivered nearly 936,000 cars in 2021, which is approximately 100% more cars compared to 2020. This figure defied all estimates by experts and its stocks jumped 14%.

How did Tesla manage to achieve this coup? The firm has positioned itself as a forward-thinking automobile company driven by cutting-edge technology. Its popular car variant – the Model 3 Sedan (soon to be available in India) – is equipped with features such as a 360-degree view, ultrasonic sensors to prevent collisions and provide parking assistance, and the very popular autopilot mode. Researchers state the model uses a consolidated chip setup to control functions such as speakers and gesture recognition, unlike other cars that require separate, dedicated chips.

Tesla prefers to have most of its processes carried out in-house and outsources semiconductor directly from manufacturers, without involving any third parties. Hence, the company has established a strong relationship with the chip suppliers. They believe Tesla would eventually be the future of automobiles, which gives it a strategic competitive advantage over peers.

The engineering team at Tesla has efficiently modified and rescripted the codes and software to incorporate the scope of working with alternative manufacturers, without compromising on the core deliverables and features.

Conclusion

Tesla has created a fan following by providing top-tier customer experience, thus earning strong brand loyalty. (IHT Markit gave Tesla the following awards in its 2020 Automotive Loyalty Awards: Asian Market Loyalty to Make, Highest Conquest Percentage.) Its clientele includes Elon Musk fans for whom cars are a status symbol, similar to the behavior Apple loyalists exhibit. Therefore, certain changes in the economy do not influence the buying decisions of these customers to a large degree. It was indeed one of the reasons Tesla was confident about its sales and product demand, and consequently, did not ask the chip makers to halt or suspend their supplies, in spite of the onset of and uncertainties caused by the pandemic.

The key takeaway from this case is that Tesla has very strategically positioned itself as a serious contender for the vehicle of the future and has become self-sufficient in many of its operational procedures. As a result, the company was able to make a mark in this space, despite fluctuations and swings in the economy overall. Tesla has been a pioneer in the automobile sector, with many car manufacturing giants (such as BMW, Volkswagen, Ford, and Mercedes), following suit to stay relevant in the future mobility domain. By offering a mix of technology and automotive engineering proficiency, Tesla has even attracted customers that were not very keen on cars to the world of mobility.

The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) introduced the Breakthrough Device Designation (BDD) program to speed up the approval as well as market entry process for innovative devices. The program is applicable only to devices that meet certain criteria, one of which is rendering groundbreaking technologies accessible. Both MedTech companies as well as patients and caregivers, looking to access new technologies faster, stand to benefit from the program.

For medical device companies, compliance with the Food and Drug Administration (FDA)’s regulations, such as premarket approval or review, is time-consuming. To address the issue and expedite premarket review, the FDA introduced a program, Breakthrough Devices Designation (BDD), in 2016; only certain medical devices and device-led combination products are eligible for this program. Under the program, manufacturers can directly interact with FDA experts and get feedback on ways to address issues arising during premarket review. Therefore, identifying areas for development based on agreement speeds up the approval process. Also, review for BDD applicants is prioritized over other general applications. The main objective is to help patients and healthcare providers quickly access innovative medical devices by speeding up the approval process, without compromising on the standards set by the FDA.

Only certain new devices that meet the following criteria are eligible for the BDD program:

1. Need for the device – This is the most important criterion. The device should be able to provide an effective treatment or diagnosis for a fatal or incurable human disease or condition.
2. Breakthrough technology – The device should be unique and have the potential to become a disruptive technology.
3. No alternatives – There should be no other alternatives in the market for the proposed device. It should provide solution to a problem that remains unsolved.
4. Significant advantage – The device should have a significant advantage over other existing approved treatments/diagnoses available currently.
5. Patient care – The device should enhance patient care and provide better treatment.

One of the best examples is the BDD approval to the transcatheter heart valve from Medtronic. This device is delivered to the organ transcutaneously, eliminating the need for open-heart surgery, a high risk procedure. This breakthrough technology offers a clinically meaningful solution for a serious complication with very few options for treatment.

Application process

If a manufacturer believes its new device fits the bill for BDD, the company needs to first apply by sending a Breakthrough Designation request, prior to making any submission for marketing, such as a premarket notification [510(k)], premarket approval (PMA), or De Novo classification request.

The request must include:

• Description of the device
• Proposed use and potential
• Regulatory history if any
• Explanation regarding how the device falls under the category of a breakthrough technology

It should also include details of the type of marketing submission that will be sent.

Upon receiving the request, the FDA considers it and share its response within 60 days of receiving.

Post-approval, the manufacturer needs to connect with the FDA for feedback. It can be obtained through rapid discussions in the form of suggestions on data development plan or clinical protocol agreement. The manufacturer is also given priority in the approval process for future submissions/filings, such as Q-Submissions, Investigational Device Exemption (IDE) applications, and marketing submissions.

Benefits of BDD for medical device manufacturers

The BDD program has many advantages for manufacturers, such as:

• Motivating them to undertake R&D for identifying new and relevant technology for critical diseases
• Enabling innovations to reach market fast and defining the focus area for research
• Helping clinical teams to upgrade existing products and treatments by applying the highly efficient technologies identified by BDD
• Helping companies understand and address the unmet needs of patients and caregivers that current devices are unable to meet
• Attracting investors looking to identify opportunities in new startups or small companies developing such technologies
• Helping established players uncover M&A opportunities

How manufacturers can explore this opportunity

The BDD program could help manufacturers in understanding the following aspects:

• Types of innovative medical devices being enrolled for the BDD program
• Breakthrough features/procedures
• Diseases/conditions being targeted
• Technology readiness level
• Types of entities applying for FDA BDD: big players, startups, etc.
• Potential candidates for partnership, acquisition, investments, etc.

FDA BDD is essentially designed to help medical device companies get their innovative products to the market fast. However, the intervening diligence required also helps them understand competitor activity, identify innovative technology ideas for organic growth, and research entities such as startups and universities for possible inorganic growth opportunities. Technology research and advisory firms such as Aranca can help these companies get the required details and explore the opportunity.

Silicon has long been touted as a wonder material and is the raw material used in semiconductors. However, various challenges associated with it has pushed the industry to look for a replacement. Graphene has been identified as a suitable candidate for the fabrication of next-generation semiconductors, but immediate and quick adoption is not possible due to its shortcomings. However, with innovation and investment, graphene can be utilized to develop new and improved devices and applications.

The semiconductor was a revolutionary find that changed the electronic devices and automobile industries. By rapidly processing a large amount of data and downsizing computing technology, it helped to make electronic devices more sleek, sophisticated, and smart. The main material used in semiconductors is silicon.

Silicon is available in abundance and easily affordable. It can be used to both prevent and allow the flow of electricity and insulates. Innovation in the silicon industry has allowed semiconductor chips to become smaller and smarter. However, the industry is facing increased difficulty in extracting more value out of silicon. In addition, the mining and manufacturing of silicon damages the environment and causes ecological imbalance. Pure silicon must be fabricated artificially, which results in the emission of carbon monoxide into the atmosphere and adds to air pollution. This has led to the search for a more suitable candidate to replace this material.

One of the best finds in this search is graphene. It was discovered by two researchers, Andre Geim and Kostya Novoselov, at the University of Manchester in 2004. Graphene has the potential to become the next-generation semiconductor material owing to the exceptional properties that make it such a popular candidate, e.g., high mobility (~250x more than silicon), flexibility, low loss requirements, and small scale.

Challenges
However, complete replacement of silicon will take time as there are still challenges in graphene usage:

• Band gap engineering – Without a band gap, the graphene switch cannot be turned off. Researchers are still trying to find a solution to this problem.
• Graphene fabrication – The fabrication of graphene should generate quality crystals that are compatible with the current complementary metal-oxide semiconductor devices.
• Investments – A huge capital infusion will be required to set up fabs to enable usage of graphene. However, companies are implementing fab improvement plans to meet existing demand.
• Value chain – A completely new integrated value chain and supply chain for graphene would have to be created, which will again require large capital infusion.

Phased Implementation
Therefore, the replacement of silicon by graphene will occur but in phases.

• Phase 1 – In the first phase, graphene will be used as a silicon enhancer, which will improve the performance of various devices. For instance, it will lead to a longer transistor lifetime, better CPUs and memory, and enable niche applications such as radiofrequency analog.
• Phase 2 – In the second phase, once the key issues of graphene are solved, the initiation of silicon replacement will begin. It will be a transformational change that will lead to improvement in feature size and development of next-generation CPUs and memory.
• Phase 3 – In the last phase (expected after 25 years), graphene will be the main material used in semiconductors. Novel devices will be developed based on the principles of quantum computing or theory of spintronics. The next-generation devices will further lead to new and undiscovered applications.

Future of Graphene
Due to its remarkable properties, graphene has endless possibilities that can revolutionize the world.

• Graphene can be used to develop high-power batteries that would be fully charged within a few minutes.
• Its unique molecular composition makes graphene one of the smallest and most useful filters, which could be used to convert sea water into drinking water.
• Ongoing research on graphene is leading to experiments for new-age electronics that can be integrated with human biological systems. Hence, graphene gadgets can be implanted in the human body, allowing it to read the nervous system or talk to cells.
• Graphene is a much better material for use in bulletproof vests as it is both thin and strong.
• A new graphene contact lens has been developed that allows that wearer to see the complete infrared spectrum as well as UV light.

There are certain quality issues and production limitations of graphene that must be resolved to encourage wider adoption. As the world slowly becomes more environment-conscious, graphene will become a desirable material as it can make applications and production greener. For example, GrapheneCR is a manufacturing unit that uses a carbon-negative process to produce graphene from biochar. Similarly, another graphene producer, Universal Matter, uses a “flash” graphene process that transforms all forms of carbon-based waste into graphene.

Hence, graphene will soon become a mainstream material that will generate considerable demand and be an essential raw material in electronic devices.

Rapid digitalization has led to the integration of technology in all aspects of our life, including healthcare, as technology has enabled healthcare to become more effective, sophisticated, and easily accessible. The outbreak of COVID-19 intensified the need for adoption of technology in healthcare as telemedicine and remote patient monitoring became important. Furthermore, improving broadband connectivity, advances in wireless technology, and significant cloud penetration have paved the way for emergence of the Internet of Things (IoT) in healthcare.

IoT in healthcare, while not a new phenomenon, is gaining widescale adoption due to its many benefits. Moreover, IoT has led to automation in healthcare facilities as well as the emergence of telemedicine, remote patient monitoring, interactive medicine, and fitness and wellness measurement devices. As a result, IoT in the healthcare sector is expected to reach USD188.2 billion by 2025 from USD72.5 billion in 2020.

With regular care facilities shut down or reserved for COVID-19 patients, individuals with other health issues had to turn to technology-driven methods and remote care. IoT-enabled wearables and telehealth were the need of the hour and helped provide care to patients suffering from critical diseases amid the pandemic. Consequently, IoT-driven healthcare replaced conventional medical check-up during this period.

Some of the IoT-enabled healthcare solutions available in the market are as follows:

IoT Solution Providers
The current generation of consumers is health conscious and tech savvy. They want more control over their physical health, thus driving demand for wearables and sensors. Many companies are offering IoT solutions for predictive device maintenance, wearables, remote patient monitoring, and modernized patient assistance.

Some of the new-age technologies are as follows:

Consortiums
While technology has made healthcare more efficient and effective, it has also posed challenges such as scalability, interoperability, connectivity, compatibility, and security of devices and networks. Technology players have formed IoT consortiums to address these issues by providing a common framework.

• Industry IoT Consortium – The Healthcare Task Group of Industrial Internet Consortium (IIC) comprises small and large technology vendors, vertical market leaders, innovators, universities, researchers, and government organizations. The core objective of IIC is to develop scalable and sustainable models of virtual and technological care that meet the needs of clinicians and consumers. The IIC offers business development accelerator programs that identify customer pain points, improve go-to-market strategies of members, and enhance business outcomes by facilitating member networking, collaboration, and liaisons.
• OpenGIS (OGC) – This international consortium of over 500 businesses, research organizations, government agencies, and universities aims to make geospatial (location) information and services accessible. Through its geospatial technology, OGC provides a competitive edge to member organizations in building smart cities and preparing for major health crises.
• IBM-High Performance Computing Consortium – An initiative by the federal government, industrial sector, and academic leaders, this consortium offers computational resources, software, services, and deep technical expertise to assist COVID-19 researchers in executing complex research programs.

Outlook
The pandemic has resulted in the adoption of IoT by care facilities, hospitals, and diagnostic centers around the world. Key factors driving the adoption in the healthcare market are growing emphasis on active patient engagement and patient-centric care, rising burden on healthcare facilities with higher incidences of chronic health conditions, and greater usage of mobile computing devices. Growth of high-speed network connectivity has helped healthcare facilities provide IoT-enabled care that is also cost-effective.

The IoT sector is witnessing M&As, partnerships, and large-scale collaborations among healthcare providers and technology players. For example, Medtronic and Surgical Theater have together worked on a surgical navigation system called StealthStation S8. Abbott has also partnered with Insulet to integrate its blood glucose sensing technology with Insulet’s Omnipod Horizon automated insulin delivery system, which allows patients to continuously stream glucose data to digitally connected IoT devices. In addition, IoT platforms have triggered innovation in monetization models for healthcare companies, such as remote patient monitoring, clinical trial management, coordination between third-party service providers, health data analytics, and drug development.

Hospitals are implementing IoT in developing sectors, such as telemedicine, healthcare information management, telediagnosis, and patient monitoring, to offer customized and quick solutions. Therefore, patients have access to personalized care with 24x7 monitoring through smart bracelets and AI-synched cloud servers. Furthermore, sanitation and disinfection companies are launching UV-based mobile solutions for automating these processes with efficient safety protocols to prevent human exposure to disease caused by microorganisms. Medical device manufacturers are also working on innovating AI-based IoT devices and machine learning solutions to facilitate better detection and improve treatment capabilities.

Though data security challenges remain a concern, IoT in healthcare is set to witness exponential growth in the post-pandemic era.

COVID-19 adversely impacted many industries, one of which is the semiconductor industry. The global shortage of this critical raw material had a cascading effect on the automobile and electronic industry. While the solution is to increase production, it is difficult to manufacture semiconductors. However, technologies such as Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Internet of Things (IoT) and new innovations can help the industry optimize production and fill the void created.

The global shortage of semiconductors or smart chips is affecting the electronics and automobile industry. Although small in size, semiconductors are an important component of any electronic device and perform a host of functions such as powering displays and transferring data. They are a critical raw material, and a crunch in their supply chain negatively impacts the automobile and electronics industry.

The main reasons for this shortage are as follows:

• Pandemic effect - COVID-19 resulted in lockdowns and productions delays across the world. In this period, the demand for electronics such as gaming consoles, phones, and laptops soared due to the work-from-home (WFH) model and forc¬ed isolation, leading to a surge in the demand for consumer electronics.
• Electrification - Increasing electrification of vehicles and rising demand for semiconductor chips is causing a demand–supply imbalance.
• Automobile industry – Lack of demand in the beginning of 2020 led to the auto industry dropping its manufacturing capacity. However, as new-vehicle sales grew in the second half of the year, automakers faced shortage of semiconductors as they reduced their raw material requirement and did not order for increased manufacturing.
• Geopolitical tension – Strained relationship between the US and China resulted in Chinese companies such as Huawei, which supplied semiconductor to US chip makers, being blacklisted by the US government. Currently, US companies have limited supply of semiconductors.
• Demand for upcoming technologies – Semiconductors are required for many emerging technologies such as 5G rollout and implementation of AI in automobiles. While 5G rollouts require many radio-frequency semiconductors, power-electronic chips are needed for cars using AI, particularly in advanced driver-assistance systems (ADAS), LiDAR, and safety and convenience functions.

Furthermore, COVID-19 led to increased digitization, which boosted the demand for semiconductors. The need for advanced chips or semiconductors for 5G upgrade, AI, machine learning, and cloud computing will continue to drive demand.

While companies are on a war footing to increase production, it is difficult to manufacture semiconductors on a short notice.

Technologies to the rescue
The issue of semiconductors can be resolved by applying technology in the manufacturing process of chips. Some emerging technologies that can be used are as follows:

• Artificial Intelligence (AI) – The new-age technology of AI can be applied to legacy equipment of the last 20 years to manufacture semiconductors although not as per the established pattern. Therefore, older machines can be used to make chips for optimized production and better yields. The many benefits of AI are as follows:

  • AI can help reinvent the inspection process. It allows the implementation of predictive systems to continuously scan for defects in real time, thereby improving product quality while reducing wastage.
  • AI allows alignment with manufacturing at the highest level of detail possible, enabling minute wafer-level inspection.
  • New material development and device designs are enhanced when paired with AI and computation.

• Mixed Integer Linear Programming (MILP) – A start-up from London, Flexciton introduced a new mathematical technique called mixed integer linear programming (MILP), which is a notch above some machine learning techniques. It finds a better factory scheduling solution within 15 minutes, which is extremely useful for highly dynamic, modular manufacturing lines used for semiconductors.
  A Northern Ireland company, Seagate implemented MLIP and achieved 10% improvement in efficiency in a proof-of-concept project. It has rolled out this system for 60% of the machines. Flexciton increases efficiency by reducing the time taken to produce each semiconductor by 7% to 10%, which would mean USD3–5 million in savings per month.

• Internet of Things (IoT) – Integration of IoT with business processes can provide a unified view of production as well as end-to-end supply chain. Most industrial IoT platforms integrate their diverse systems, sensors, and software into one centralized system to get the complete picture. Semiconductor manufacturers can use this visibility for intelligent information gathering, analyzing, and creating action points for multiple processes that were previously in siloed applications. Insights derived from the data help in demand forecasts, inventory, scheduling, and production across the supply chain.
  IoT can help implement enterprise resource planning (ERP), customer relationship management (CRM), and sophisticated IoT assets. IoT provides complete visibility to a manufacturing unit to manage its supply chain elements at the right time.

Other considerations for leaders
While semiconductor companies can use technologies to optimize their production, industry leaders must also focus on the following:

• Equipment upgrades – Chip manufacturing units must upgrade to new equipment over a long period. However, even if floor space is available, the process of procuring and installing new equipment will not enhance production capacity quickly to address the demand surge. The equipment build lead time increases due to fluctuation in raw material availability. The option to upgrade hardware or software of existing equipment is provided to help achieve improved throughput or new capabilities over various manufacturing stages.
• Prioritization – Until the semiconductor shortage crisis ends, chip manufacturers should prioritize its production and reduce non-production activities. The team can also eliminate or delay certain engineering lots that consume capacity. Time required for semiconductor manufacturing at different stages (final test, wafer sort, burn-in test, etc.) can also be reduced without losing quality.
• Asset utilization – Semiconductor companies must also ensure optimal utilization of assets. For instance, operator allocation and scheduling can be refocused to reduce tool assist response times. This will allow availability of tools at critical times and enhance overall production.

Conclusion
Semiconductor shortage is expected to continue for the next few years and will negatively impact the automobile and electronics industry. Leveraging emerging technologies to increase production could help resolve the situation faster but they need to be integrated intelligently and quickly. Unless concrete steps are taken in this direction, it will be difficult to resolve the issue of shortage.

Anemia is becoming a public health challenge in India, with women and children being the more vulnerable groups. Anemia needs quick detection and constant monitoring to ensure proper medical attention. Currently, few non-invasive detection devices are available for its diagnosis, especially in the rural parts of the country. Therefore, India has a significant potential market for anemia detection and monitoring solutions that medical device companies can explore.

A recent survey by National Family and Health (Government of India) shows rising levels of lifestyle-related diseases, such as hypertension and blood sugar, among urban population and malnutrition-related diseases, such as anemia, in rural areas. One in every two women (15–49 years) and children (6–59 months) are anemic in India. These results show the country presents a substantial business opportunity for the medical device industry. While there are quite a few wearables and other monitoring devices for blood sugar and hypertension with an established market, the rural markets remain untapped.

Anemia is a medical condition in which a person with a deficiency of red blood corpuscles or hemoglobin in the blood suffers from pallor, weakness, and weariness. Failure to detect and treat anemia can lead to serious complications such as heart failure, severe weakness, and poor immunity. Anemia is a major concern during pregnancy as it can lead to low birth weight, premature birth, and maternal mortality.

New non-invasive monitoring of anemia
Medical device companies have been researching non-invasive methods to track anemia. Both established firms and startups are working on novel solutions that utilize technology to detect this illness faster and in a reliable manner. Moreover, for any product to gain traction in the rural markets, it also needs to be mobile and easy to use.

Some of the new solutions in this area are as follows:

• Medical technology company Masimo has introduced a new device, Masimo SpHb^®, that undertakes non-invasive, continuous hemoglobin monitoring for neonatal patients. Researchers believe that the technology "offers reliable Hb [hemoglobin] values, which are comparable with the more traditional tHb [invasive venous blood sampling]."
• Most notably, instead of medical scientists, electrical engineers and computer scientists from Washington University have developed a smartphone app to track anemia called HemaApp. The app uses the phone’s camera to estimate hemoglobin concentrations for anemia. However, this solution is still immature and under testing.
• Bosch has developed a Hemoglobin Monitor Solution (HMS). This portable solution is especially beneficial for regions where routine medical care is not possible. HMS is a non-invasive approach that can be used to test a large number of people quickly and safely. The product was given the CES Innovation Award in the ‘health and wellness’ category. The solution uses AI to detect anemia and has the ability to revolutionize anemia management.
• Atlanta-based Sanguina Inc has launched AnemoCheck Mobile, an app that measures hemoglobin levels, which is available on Google Play Store. AnemoCheck analyzes a photo of the user’s fingernail beds and displays the hemoglobin level on the screen, which is a common indicator of anemia.
• Indian company Biosense Technologies Pvt. Ltd has developed a portable gadget, ToucHb, to estimate the hemoglobin count. The product requires the patient to wear a finger probe, embedded with tiny diodes that send light signals to a case not bigger than an iPad to measure hemoglobin. The results can be assessed in under one minute.

Many of the solutions mentioned above are either commercialized or nearing commercialization. However, medical device companies looking to penetrate the hinterlands of India would have to ensure their offering is reasonably priced, easy to use, and yet effective. If a solution can fulfill this criterion, it would capture a sizeable market.

Countries across the world have committed to reduce their carbon emission, in line with the Paris Agreement of 2017 that seeks to keep the increase in atmospheric temperature below 1.5°C globally. Initiatives such as carbon capture (CC) can play a critical role in achieving these targets. However, it is necessary to develop and leverage technologies facilitating CC and create favorable policy frameworks. While some countries are actively promoting CC, recognizing its many advantages, it needs to be adopted at a much larger scale. CC has the potential to reduce the planet’s emission level significantly and help countries achieve their net zero commitments.

The destructive impact of climate change has prompted governments across the globe to increase their sustainability efforts. With countries committing to meet the net zero emission objective within the next few decades, innovative technologies are being developed to support sustainable projects and ideas.

One such project is developing technologies for carbon capture (CC). A suite of technologies is currently under research to trap the carbon dioxide (CO2) produced by industries and burning of fossil fuels, and either bury it underground or utilize it. CC technologies have been in existence since the 1970s, but their use has been limited. Given the growing awareness of the adverse impact of climate change worldwide and creation of favorable policy frameworks, prospects for CC technologies appear bright.

The process
CO2 can be separated from other gases either produced by industries or from the burning of fossil fuels through three types of processes:

1. Post-combustion – CO2 is removed from the emissions arising from the combustion of fossil fuels with the help of a solvent. The technology is mainly applied in natural gas combined cycle (NGCC) and pulverized coal (PC) plants. It is ideal for retrofit applications.
2. Pre-combustion – The primary fuel is made to react with steam and oxygen; the resultant is a mix of carbon monoxide and hydrogen, known as syngas. The conversion of carbon monoxide to CO2 takes place in a shift reactor. The CO2 is then treated further to extract hydrogen, which is used to generate power or heat. This approach is ideal for integrated gasification combined cycle (IGCC) power plants.
3. Oxy-fuel combustion – The primary fuel is combined with oxygen which produces a flue gas containing a high concentration of CO2 (80%) and water vapor. Post-cooling, the flue gas condenses to water vapor, with an almost pure stream of CO2. However, additional equipment is required for the in-site production of oxygen from air. The oxy-fuel process is predominantly used in natural gas processing, and in the production of cement, steel, and ammonia.

Technologies for CC

Some of the existing technologies are:

1. Chemical absorption – The technology works on the underlying principle of post-combustion capture. It yields a high-quality product containing >99% methane, with <0.1% losses. While the pressure required to operate is low, the heat energy required for extracting CO2 from the absorbent is high. In commercial applications, usually amine-based solvents are used. Currently, research is on to find an alternative solvent with lower extraction energy requirement. The technology is yet to be widely used in pressure swing adsorption or water scrubbing in the biogas sector. However, interest is growing, paving the way for research to increase the efficiency of CO2 removal from flue gases emitted by the burning of fossil fuels.

2. Adsorption – Another promising technology with relatively low energy requirement, it is suitable for small-scale capture setups. A wide variety of novel adsorbents and cyclical processes have been developed under this process. Hybrid adsorbent technologies have been studied pertaining to the application of this process which can be combined with other reaction or separation technologies. Currently, the technology is at TRL level 6-7 with technology developers trying to address the key challenges such as sensitivity to moisture content and the need to reduce energy regeneration and cycling.

3. Calcium looping – The cement industry is one of the main contributors to CO2 in the atmosphere. As a hybrid of post-combustion and oxy-fuel combustion technologies, calcium looping has high potential for capturing CO2 in cement plants. The advantages of calcium looping are as follows:

   • The carbonator/calciner acts as the source of heat and generates steam, which can be used to produce additional power. The energy required for this technology is several percentage points lower than that needed in conventional amine scrubbing.
   • Limestone is used as a sorbent. Not only is it available in abundance, it is also non-hazardous and reasonably priced compared to amine solvent.
   • The spent sorbent can be further used in industrial processes such as cement making. This can help in decarbonizing the cement industry and achieving near-zero emissions.

While it can work as a standalone approach, the system can also be integrated with other technologies. Despite the strong support for the technology in theory, it is yet to progress beyond the pilot stage.

The next generation technologies under development are:

1. Chemical Looping Combustion (CLC) – It functions on the concept of transfer of oxygen from the combustion of air to the fuel through an oxygen carrier in the form of a metal oxide. The benefit of this process is that CO2 is not diluted with N2. As opposed to other technologies, no significant energy penalty is associated with this method; plus, it eliminates the need for external capture devices. Hence, it ends up being less costly. A major drawback, however, is that the oxygen carriers are exposed to strong chemical and thermal stresses in every cycle which can increase depreciation.
2. Membranes – This gas separation technology can be operated continuously. A membrane penetrates the gas mixture and filters out unwanted emissions, thereby separating the gases. The membrane CC technology is under research to address certain challenges such as CO2 selectivity enhancement and improvement of thermal resilience.
3. Ionic liquids – Ionic liquids (ILs) have inherent advantages that make them an attractive alternative to conventional sorbents. Research is on to modify the chemical compounds in ILs in order to improve their performance in CO2 absorption. For instance, deep eutectic solvents (DESs) have emerged as an economical alternative to address the high cost and high viscosity of conventional ILs.

Conclusion
CC can help countries and companies achieve their net zero emission targets. While the operating technologies are effective and efficient, they are also expensive. Plus, uncertainty regarding policies have hindered progress.

CC projects need to be encouraged worldwide by investing capital and providing a strong policy framework for largescale implementation. The technology has the potential to slow the temperature increase and address climate change.

Decentralized clinical trials, also known as virtual, home, or remote trials, can be conducted at patients’ homes. The outbreak of the global pandemic catalyzed the adoption of this model. This shift of clinical-trial activities toward patients has been enabled due to evolving technologies and services. Tools such as tele-healthcare, remote patient monitoring, and wearables allow investigators to monitor trial participants without actual visits. While decentralized clinical trials entail certain challenges, they could well become the future of drug trials.

Patient centricity has become highly popular in every industry today and clinical trials are no different. Decentralized clinical trials have been around for a few years but gained importance during COVID-19 lockdowns. The concept takes the entire trial, along with medical professionals and the required equipment to patients’ homes. Nearly 80% of the clinical studies are not completed timely, some even delayed for six months or more. Moreover, 85% of the clinical trials are unable to retain enough patients. The average dropout rate across clinical trials is about 30%, and over two-thirds of the sites are unable to meet original patient enrolment for a particular trial. Decentralized trials address dropout rates by reducing the travel burden on participants.

However, adoption of decentralized clinical trials is difficult. Every clinical trial has its own unique format based on its data collection point requirement and no set process acts as a holistic solution for different trials.

Considerations before initiating decentralized trials are as follows:

• Process optimization – It is imperative to validate every technology and data collection procedure before the trial is initiated. While this may sound unrealistic for complex or large trials, it will later prove cost-effective and save time.

• Listing requirements – Creating a list of technologies and services needed for the trial is an essential requirement. It allows the Contract Research Organization (CRO) and sponsors to ensure that quality parameters are met before outsourcing.

• Patient-centric trial – Understanding the patients’ requirements and comfort level can help develop a more patient-centric trial. The idea is to connect with patients before beginning the trial to gain clarity regarding their expectations. Regulatory compliance requirements associated with clinical trials necessitate an inquiry into the availability of required services at patients’ homes or their localities and subsequent resolution of service gaps before initiating the trial.

• Reimbursement strategy – The reimbursement strategy chosen must be efficient and include logistic and other costs of healthcare professionals (HCP).

• Tracking system – A robust tracking system should be maintained to monitor the inflow and outflow of logistics as well as map all patient in-house visits of HCPs.

An organization must understand the factors crucial to a successful decentralized clinical trial plan. The following areas influence the successful completion of clinical trials:

• Clinical Data Management Solutions: Clinical trial data collected is complex and huge. Sophisticated data management tools such as electronic data capture (EDC) and clinical trial management system (CTMS) are widely used to capture multiple data sets. This includes case record forms, clinical outcome assessments forms, health records, lab records, imaging file records, patient details, etc., making software selection rather complicated. The software should be able to organize investigator/patient-initiated data dump and facilitate analysis thereof for deriving meaningful insights. There is no one perfect solution available as several factors (such as cost and familiarity) influence the choice of software solutions. Medidata Rave, Oracle, Medrio, and Bioclinica are some of the popular tools available.

Marketed Solutions

• Direct-to-Patient Logistics: Direct-to-Patient (DtP) logistics are the backbone of decentralized trial, ensuring availability of various materials needed for administering treatment to patients at home. Services offered under DtP logistics include, but are not limited to, delivering various trial-related products and collecting patient lab samples and unused drugs/items from their homes. The average trial cost per patient for any therapeutic area is nearly 38.3K USD (except blood and oncology, where it shoots up to about 205K USD), and the average dropout rate of around 30% translates into significant capital losses. DtP companies claim significant positive impact on trial ROI through enhanced patient experience resulting in fewer dropouts.

• Digital Health Technology for Patient Monitoring: Digital health technologies make monitoring of clinical trial subjects more effective and efficient, leading to better patient engagement and trial efficiency. However, adoption of these technologies adds a cost burden of approximately 1,000 USD per patient. Hence, it is important to validate each device before the trial starts.

  

  Selecting a digital health technology is a complex task. the following factors should be considered:

  • FDA (510(k) equivalence) or EMA (CE mark)
  • Battery life and connectivity medium
  • Reusability of device
  • Type of data captured through the device and compatibility with clinical trial management system software
  • Companies providing these solutions to have a help center to resolve device-related investigator/patient queries
• Home Nursing and Telehealth: Home nursing and telehealth reduce the burden on patients and sponsors in decentralized clinical trials. It improves patient compliance and satisfaction and aids study teams by ensuring data quality in accordance with the trial’s requirement. Home nursing and telehealth allows patients to book their appointments at their convenience. The requirement of experienced caregivers does tend to add to the cost of the trial.

Certain challenges in conducting decentralized clinical trials are as follows:

• Change in consideration of risk
• Comprehensive vs streamlined data collection
• Jurisdictional laws possible barriers (e.g., telemedicine licensing, privacy, etc.)
• Research capacity at local level (e.g., training for local HCPs)
• Increased variability in safety and efficacy of data
• Appropriateness of DCT for all types of investigations (e.g., correlative science)

Conclusion
While decentralized clinical trials are gaining momentum, there is no set format to implement it. In fact, to make it successful, it is necessary to take a hybrid approach, especially when rolled out across multiple jurisdictions where laws, technological uptake, and population acceptance level vary. Sponsors must also be ready to balance out the differences in procedures as well as data variability. Moreover, participants should be informed about the relative differences where decentralized components are optional (any unique confidentiality risks associated with a digital health device or home health service).

Several factors need customization as per the trial requirements, making the involvement of all stakeholders (e.g., participants, investigators, regulators, etc.) early in the planning process vital to mitigate downstream complexity and ensure successful implementation of decentralized clinical trials.

Climate change has led to increased instances of natural disasters such as earthquakes and tsunamis, resulting in massive scale of destruction and loss of lives. Technologies such as AI can come to our rescue here. Research to use AI for predicting such occurrences is underway, thereby ensuring necessary evacuation to mitigate damages. AI is also being developed to help in disaster management and rescue operations following such incidences. However, whether AI will function as a saviour against natural disasters is yet to be seen.

The planet is witnessing increasing instances of natural disasters due to climate change. Disasters such as earthquakes, tsunamis, floods, and volcanoes are highly destructive and fatal. Therefore, there is a need for technologies that can predict these disasters, allowing time to undertake evacuation and saving lives as well as property. Entities ranging from government organizations and companies to universities funding and researching projects focus on using artificial intelligence (AI) as a predictive tool to predict and estimate the effects. The technology also has the potential to effectively support relief measures, thus making them efficient and limiting casualties. However, major initiatives are still at the level of university research and it might take a couple of years for the efforts to bear fruit.

Prediction
Earthquakes – Earthquakes are caused due to seismic movements and AI can be a valuable tool for detecting and analyzing the first signs of these types of events. The appropriate data is required to train the algorithm properly, especially for high magnitude earthquakes. The “micro-earthquakes” occurring near fault lines can be a repository for the needed information.

University research - A group of researchers at Stanford University have developed a new machine learning algorithm named Earthquake Transformer. This algorithm can provide a level of accuracy close to that of human analyses and detecting a large number of earthquakes, particularly those of low intensity, which are usually not identified by traditional detection methods.

Government agency – Researcher Paul Johnson and his team from Los Alamos National Laboratory, in collaboration with various universities, are using AI to create earthquake prediction tools. The team creates lab-simulated earthquakes and collects data before, during, and after these events. AI algorithm sifts through this data to look for patterns that can indicate when an artificial quake will occur. The team has now begun this analysis using raw seismic data from real temblors.

Floods – Variables such as excessive rainfall and large amount of snowfall melting and leading to rising water levels make it difficult to accurately predict floods.

University research – Researchers from the Lassonde School of Engineering use AI-based models and data from Don River in Toronto and Bow River in Calgary to predict the water levels in rivers much in advance of floods. Still under study, this research could help make reliable predictions.

Company research - Google Flood Forecasting Initiative is an offshoot of the popular search engine and uses its infrastructure and AI abilities to forecast accurate real-time flood information. This system is powered by AI and physics-based modelling and creates scalable inundation models in real-world settings. The on-ground data is taken from government agencies, allowing the system to predict not only the place of occurrence but also its severity.

Volcanic eruptions – There are about 1,500 potentially active volcanoes around the world, of which 6% (50–85) erupt each year.

University research - Juliet Biggs is a respected volcanologist from University of Bristol, UK. She and her team implement machine learning algorithms to determine the formation of ground distortions around volcanoes. They use radar observations from two satellites to collect data on the various identified volcanoes every 6, 12, or 24 days. As the satellites repeatedly pass over the same spot, they measure the distance between themselves and the ground and record any difference over time, thereby indicating ground shifts as magma moves beneath a volcano. They use AI-based models for data sifting.

Company research – IBM, in partnership with researchers from California Institute for Technology, University of Texas at Austin, and New York University, has created a simulation of the earth’s tectonic plates to help predict earthquakes and volcanic eruptions using its AI system, Watson.

Tsunami – Tsunamis are among the natural disasters that cause considerable destruction. This destructive event is usually caused by earthquakes on converging tectonic plate boundaries.

University research - The National Science Foundation in USA funds three of Oregano’s largest universities and other colleges in southern Washington to use big data and AI models to predict earthquakes and tsunamis.

Company research - Japan’s Fujitsu Laboratories created an innovative AI model to predict tsunami flooding in coastal regions using the world’s fastest supercomputer, Fugaku. The researched used training data from 20,000 possible tsunami scenarios via this computer and created an AI model based on them. In case of an earthquake, inputting tsunami waveform data observed offshore can predict the flooding that will occur in coastal areas before landfall. The system can help predict infrastructure damage and make evacuation measures more effective.

Disaster Management
In addition to prediction, AI can also be implemented to aid in rescue operations following a disaster. Some of these innovative tools have already been used to save lives after disaster struck.

Robot rescuers – Using robots to search for survivors in case of building collapses can help expedite rescue operations. A rescue robot called Snakebot, enabled by AI and equipped with lights and cameras, was developed by Carnegie Mellon University in Pittsburgh. Prototypes of this robot were used in rescue missions following the Mexico City earthquake in September 2017. With advancement in this technology, developers now plan to add microphones and sensors that can detect hazardous gas.

Targeted help – Disaster strikes lead to immense flow of data in emergency services. It is necessary to effectively understand the data and deploy resources accordingly. AI can analyze through a vast pool of data quickly, identifying patterns that can prove helpful. In 2019, after Cyclone Idai, DigitalGlobe’s Open Data Program was used to obtain high-resolution satellite imagery and applied AI to design disaster response.

First responders – The first responders on any scene of natural disaster are usually the medical staff, firefighters, and police officers who can assess the situation and take quick decisions. Hence, it is necessary that they receive communication as soon as possible. A mobile communication platform, BlueLine Grid, connects users to a set network of first responders, security teams, and law enforcement bodies. This platform is effective as users can quickly find public employees by geography.

Conclusion
AI is slowly gaining traction as a technology that can prove effective in various ways to combat natural disasters. The technology is yet to realize its full potential in being an efficient tool in complete disaster management. AI can combine data from earth observation street imagery, connected devices, and volunteered geographical details. However, technology alone cannot resolve all the related issues. People need to work creatively to tackle challenges in a collaborative manner.

Drug delivery entails administering a drug molecule to the desired location. The objective is to minimize side effects while improving therapeutic efficacy. Nanoparticles have proven to be promising drug delivery platform, and a lot of research is being done focused on leveraging them for benefits such as targeted delivery, sustained/modified release, delivery to hard-to-access physiological systems (blood-brain-barrier), etc.

Scope
Nanotherapeutics represent the latest leap in medicine, with nanotechnology being widely adopted across the board courtesy of an ever-growing body of evidence for remarkably improved drug delivery, drug release, and therapeutic efficacy. A newly developed drug and its process of delivery into the body hold equal value in the success of a treatment. Drugs with excellent pharmacokinetic profiles can show high efficacy only when targeted at the diseased region of the organ without interacting with other parts of the body. They should be able to easily cross the cell membrane, and only target the affected tissue. This would not just decrease the dosage, but also ensure fewer side effects — the process is known as active targeting. Drugs that actively target typically consist of surface modified nanoparticles functionalized by attaching ligands, such as antibodies and proteins, to enhance their uptake by the targeted site.

Lipid-based particles, such as liposomes, and other materials, for instance, polymers, metallic nanoparticles, carbon/titanium nanotubes, peptide-based nanostructures, and quantum dots, are some examples of nanoparticles that have been tested as potential drug delivery systems. Specific drug delivery vehicles are being developed to treat a wide range of diseases such as cancer, pulmonary tuberculosis, diabetes, Parkinson’s, and Alzheimer’s. These are particles that typically vary between 1nm to 100nm in size, and drugs can either be attached to the particle surface or encapsulated in the nanoparticle. Nanoparticle-based drug formulations are activated, once they reach the target site, by a specific physiological condition unique to the target site, for instance, pH, temperature, and osmolality. Apart from small molecule therapeutics, biomolecules such as peptides, nucleic acids (DNA and RNA), and genes can also be conjugated to the nanoparticles for improving treatment of chronic diseases.

Market ecosystem
Various nanodrugs have been developed and successfully commercialized. As per Pharmacy and Therapeutics 2017, around 50 nanopharmaceutical products have been approved by FDA since 1995. Doxil (doxorubicin hydrochloride, developed by Janssen Pharmaceuticals) was the first nanoformulation that received the FDA’s approval for the treatment of Kaposi’s sarcoma in people with human immunodeficiency virus (HIV). A few nanoformulated biopharmaceuticals have also been approved by the FDA. For instance, in August 2018, Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. received the FDA’s approval for its RNAi therapy‐delivering nanoparticle, Patisiran/ONPATTRO, to treat polyneuropathy.

Numerous players have developed nanoparticle-based platform technologies. Canada-based Precision NanoSystems, Inc. developed NanoAssemblr™, a cartridge-based microfluidic mixing system used for the development of a variety of nanoparticles to deliver therapeutics. StaniPharm, a contract development and manufacturing organization (CDMO), has developed StaniTab®, a unique supercritical fluid technology platform to produce dry powders comprising nanoparticles.

Cristal Therapeutics has developed CriPec^®, a nanotechnology platform which enables the design of nanomedicines with high efficacy. To achieve this, tuneable polymers with biodegradable drug linkers are combined with the therapeutic. A nanotechnology platform offered by Advanced NanoTherapies, Inc. leverages patented biodegradable functionalized nanoparticles (f-NPs); the company also has its own coating process, created at its Cleveland clinic, to enhance drug uptake and retention into a cell.

Many nanoparticle-based drug delivery systems comprising lipid- and polymer-based nanocarriers have been developed and marketed to treat oncological diseases. UK-based N4 Pharma offers Nuvec^®, a non-viral adjuvant delivery system for the development of vaccines and cancer treatments. It has an irregular (spiky) surface with polyethyleneimine (PEI) that encloses and safeguards nucleic acids (such as mRNA/pDNA) while the nucleic acid travels to the target site.

Astrazeneca, a major pharma player, is working on next-generation drug delivery technologies. Its team is working on developing a broad range of nanoparticles that can deliver new therapeutics to previously undruggable targets and control their release in easy-to-use formulations. Astrazeneca is also exploring new ways to transport oral formulations of biologic drugs through the intestinal wall, and assessing lipid nanoparticles (LNPs) as a medium for intracellular delivery of mRNA to produce protein therapeutics in cells.

Several universities are actively engaged in developing nanoparticle-based drug delivery systems. Researchers at Massachusetts Institute of Technology presented a theory that nanostructures coated with the right-handed form of cysteine (D- cysteine) can avoid its destruction by enzymes present in the body, and hence, ensure a more effective drug delivery. Wyss Institute has developed NanoRx, a novel drug targeting nanotechnology, which helps accumulate drugs at the sites of vascular occlusions; it can also be targeted with the help of ultrasound.

Hospitals and research centers are exploring this field to help improve treatment. Researchers at Brigham and Women's Hospital and Boston Children's Hospital collaborated to develop a nanoparticle platform for the effective delivery of therapeutic agents to the brain. The team demonstrated that siRNA-loaded nanoparticles led to three-fold higher accumulation of the agent in mice brain compared to the conventional delivery system.

Partnerships
The domain is witnessing active collaborations and partnerships. Dolomite Microfluidics, a developer of innovative microfluidic products, and Phosphorex, a CDMO specializing in sustained release formulation, nanomedicine, and nucleic acid delivery, partnered to develop nanoparticle formulations to treat different indications.

GenEdit, Inc., a developer of novel non-viral, non-lipid nanoparticle technology platform, and Editas Medicine, Inc. successfully collaborated for nanoparticle-based gene delivery. Acuitas Therapeutics, which is currently investigating delivery systems for nucleic acid therapeutics based on LNPs, collaborated with CureVac to develop LNP-formulated mRNA product candidates.

Nanotechnology has also proven to be a promising approach for vaccine production, especially for treating COVID-19. Merck and BioNTech extended their partnership to speed up the supply of lipids used in the production of Pfizer-BioNTech COVID-19 vaccine (BNT162b2). CanSino Biologics and Precision NanoSystems joined forces to develop an mRNA-LNP vaccine against COVID-19.

Outlook
Despite the several benefits of nanotherapeutics, only a few related innovations have been approved owing to the challenges at different stages of development. A key concern is nanotoxicity, which results from the accumulation of nanoparticles at the target site. According to Characterization and Biology of Nanomaterials for Drug Delivery, the utilization of nanomaterials, such as nanopolymers and metallic nanoparticles, has been reported to result in site-specific toxicity, blood/tissue-related toxicity, and nephrotoxicity.

These challenges can be overcome by:

• Introducing specific regulatory protocols to characterize and standardize nanotherapeutics
• Using natural and plant-based polymers, such as chitosan, to improve the safety profile of nanomedicines

Given the capability of nanoparticle-based drug delivery systems for improving treatment, the domain is attracting researchers across segments indicating bright prospects going forward.

As the negative impact of climate change rose, countries across the world decided to take decisive actions to stop further environmental degradation. In 2015, the Paris Agreement was signed wherein every country pledged to constrain its carbon emission. However, it requires a deep understanding of the pillars that can support this initiative, investments and infrastructure required for it, and government policies that can help sustain it.

Climate change has become a reality compelling governments and companies to undertake stringent measures to curb its destructive impact. Countries, including the US, India, and the UK, have made commitments to significantly cut their carbon emission and reach “net zero emissions” in the coming years. The basic definition of the term means that carbon emission will continue but the absorption of an equivalent amount of carbon from the atmosphere will balance it out. While net zero emissions is the goal in the next few decades, countries will have to take definitive actions to achieve it starting now.

The pillars of innovation in net zero emissions are as follows:

1. Clean Energy – Companies will have to make a shift from traditional fossil fuels to harnessing the power of renewable energy sources. Solar and wind energy record unprecedented growth in new capacity addition globally at the macro and micro levels.

2. Green Mobility -Vehicular traffic contributes to rising carbon dioxide levels in the atmosphere. Battery electric vehicles (BEVs) and fuel cell electric vehicles (FCEVs) are solutions to this problem and are poised to transform the future of the mobility landscape. Although EVs have an advantage over internal combustion (IC) engine models in mitigating direct emission, net zero targets would demand the automotive value chains to further shift toward low-carbon processes in vehicle part production and assembly stages.

   Development and scale-up of the charging infrastructure and hydrogen ecosystem shall be the key determinants behind rapid mass adoption of these technologies. Here, blue and green hydrogen will be the major contributors toward the net zero target. Higher cost is another barrier for BEVs and FCEVs. However, technology development and capacity scale-up are expected to enhance the affordability of green vehicles.

3. Biofuels – Bioenergy is gaining momentum as a favoured energy source but faces challenges such as rising food prices, deforestation, and conflict over land. However, innovation ensures that biofuels are now generated from the second- and third-generation feedstocks, eliminating conflict with the food value chain. However, the demand for bioenergy remains a small percentage and can be largely ascribed to higher cost than fossil-based counterparts.

4. Carbon capture – While net zero emissions is the target, it is difficult for certain industries to achieve this without the support of economically feasible technologies within the value chain. Therefore, it is important to further develop and scale-up the carbon capture and utilization technologies in a collaborative manner. The development of carbon capture hubs has increased in recent years but is not sufficient. Initiatives such as halting deforestation, protecting natural carbon sinks such as wetlands, improving soil management techniques, and restoring damaged forests should be prioritized to stop further environmental degradation.

Clean energy, biofuels, and carbon capture projects need large investments in infrastructure. Usually, the private sector considers such projects risky and needs consistent incentives to invest. Government policies can encourage and maintain industry sales until organizations achieve cost reduction and profit from economies of scale as well as learning opportunities.

Net zero emissions is the goal of every country, and governments create policies and grant subsidies to help achieve it. Overall, the policies are expected to help in the development of these projects and innovations. They should ensure the following:

• Encourage development of technologies supporting other energy sources – The need of the hour is to initiate the trial of new technologies and make the existing ones economically viable. While these innovations are underway in many countries, they are still too small and fragmented. As they are supported by the government, the fear of failure and waste of resources stalls trials. However, it is now becoming necessary to take risks and fast track tests.
• Give investment direction – A high infrastructure cost is associated with innovating and setting up new technologies that can support net zero emissions. Government policies should help corporates guide their investment decisions by introducing new and supportive policies. It helps in quick roll-out of new technologies and services, cost-cutting, and expanding supply chains.
• Have linkage with other innovations – It is a historically proven fact that innovations linked with other digital developments are accepted fast. Hence, new innovations to reduce carbon emissions should be linkable to smart devices and easily accessible to all if they have to gain wide-scale adoption.
• Be part of industrial strategy - Targeted innovation policies should focus on new-age technologies that can reduce carbon emissions, increase knowledge sharing between businesses, and leverage existing areas of industrial strength.

Mission of zero emissions
Net zero emission is an achievable target but requires technological innovation, supported by collective action by governments and corporates. There is a need to create industry roadmaps for technological developments to align R&D investments for key technologies such as hydrogen development, carbon capture, utilization, storage, and new forms of electricity storage. Furthermore, it is essential to foster a collaborative ecosystem within industries and sectors to enable innovation and diffusion through regulations and strong policies by the government. The planet faces an existential crisis today and the solution lies in determined action by all.

Climate change and increasing pollution are some of the factors threatening the planet. Animals and birds suffer the most from environmental degradation as they grapple with loss of habitat, scarcity of food, and meteoric rise in temperature. Technology has come to the rescue of birds in the form of AI. This technology uses algorithms to help researchers and conservationists monitor bird population, their migration patterns and nesting habits as well as endangered species in order to devise strategies to save them.

Birds are crucial to the ecological system. Apart from controlling insect and rodent population, they help in plant pollination and seed dispersal. Technology has generally gained a bad reputation because of its misuse by humans, causing significant harm to the flora and fauna.

Furthermore, global warming has drastically altered their migration patterns. Incidents of birds getting entangled in electric wires, hit by airplanes, stuck in windmills, affected by radiation from cell phone towers, or suffocating by CO2 emissions have also increased.

New-age technology such as AI can aid in saving birds and contributing toward environment conservation. AI is instrumental in gathering and analyzing data that forms the basis of strategies for conservation.

AI assists with bird conservation in the following ways:

1. Correlation of data – Researchers and conservationists must determine the exact rate of population decline and understand its cause; they must also study the nesting, flying, and migrating patterns of birds. By correlating data, they would be able to formulate conservation strategies. AI-powered image recognition systems can be very beneficial in collecting the right information. Scientists have developed a system that can identify 200 species of birds from a single image using deep learning and algorithms.
2. Detection and protection – Farmland birds that nest on the ground are highly vulnerable as they are exposed to mechanical operations such as ploughing and sowing, which take place in spring and often accidentally destroy nests. AI has can improve the plight of these birds: drones fitted with a thermal camera and based on AI algorithms identify nests and help to protect them.
3. Establishment of patterns – Analyzing a large volume of data on the migratory pattern of birds can be labor intensive and time consuming. AI can aid in quick analysis of data collected from computer vision to establish the birds’ migratory pattern. This helps researchers to gain better understanding of avian behavior and save them from potential threats such as oil drilling rigs and tower lights that can come in their path.
4. Protection from machine – Birds also face the danger of getting sucked into wind turbines, which can be fatal for them. Technologies, such as BirdVision, are helping to prevent such fatalities. BirdVision comprises systems connected with high-performance outdoor industrial cameras that are mounted at the foot of the wind turbine and connected to an image processing server. Through a neural deep learning network, birds that are potentially at risk from wind turbines are detected via intelligent tracking. If any of the endangered birds approaches the turbine, the system registers it and switches off the blades as soon as the bird gets near. Additionally, researchers in the US are conducting studies to minimize risks to birds due to windmills.
5. Big data – AI can provide a huge amount of data that is of immense value to researchers and conservationists. The Cornell Lab of Ornithology has developed an app called eBird that allows bird enthusiasts to share data about the birds they observe around them; for instance, the variety of species that can be found in a certain location. Through this app, conservationists can access valuable data that would have taken hours of fieldwork.

AI helps to save birds and get relevant information about their location, migration patterns, and nesting seasons. By providing access to real-time and accurate data on nature, the technology is helping to protect the winged species, especially those in the endangered bracket. The scope and implementation of AI are slowly expanding, and it is an important component for saving and conserving bird life.

Wildfires are one of the most destructive effects of climate change. They have ravaged acres of forest, even in the lush Amazon; killed animal, birds, and trees; and are becoming a bigger menace with increasing temperature. Scientists and firefighters are now turning toward technologies such as AI to fight forest fires by predicting them early on to stop them or understanding their pattern to strategize ways to limit their spread. AI-powered tools and platforms can help fight wildfires more effectively and minimize the damage they inflict.

Forest fires or wildfires top the list as the most harmful effects of climate change that are responsible for the death of animals, plants, and birds, and cause a huge amount of carbon dioxide emission. They can spread easily and wreak havoc on any town or village situated near the forest. Wildfire seasons are becoming longer and harsher, making it difficult for firefighters to control the fire. In 2021, almost 2.5 acres of forest was destroyed due to a wildfire in California.

However, scientists and firefighters now use new-age technologies such as artificial intelligence (AI) to fight the fire more smartly. AI models and algorithms can help firefighters and analysts understand how the fire will start or burn, allowing them to strategize in advance. Data on details of fuel model conditions such as terrain, fuel type, weather, area, and other variables can help predict the course of fire, the speed at which it can spread, and the best places to stop it.

Some of the innovative technologies being used are as follows:

1. Forest Capsule V2 – This is an innovative and unique sensor solution that helps predict forest fires and mitigate destruction. The platform uses the IoT technology and AI algorithms to predict wildfires. It measures the heat and carbon dioxide levels in the forest and determines if there is a fire risk. In case of a potential fire, the platform is equipped with smoke and wind sensors to determine the scale and course as well as accurate location data for immediate response.
2. IGNIS – This AI-powered drones can help firefighters combat the blaze. IGNIS carries a huge load of small chemical spheres filled with glycol, which starts a small fire when they hit the ground and consume the fuel needed by an approaching fire and stop it from spreading.
3. Descartes Lab – This start-up in the US is developing an AI algorithm to detect budding fires. Its AI software runs images delivered by US weather satellites through its system to search for hotspots such as smoke or shifts in thermal infrared data indicating a fire. Furthermore, various algorithms are applied to check if different properties of a wildfire are noted to confirm the presence of fire. Following this, an automatic text alert is sent to the state’s fire managers with GPS coordinates of the fire and the best way to reach it.
4. FireMap – This AI-powered system uses deep learning techniques and AI algorithms to analyze real-time data on topography, weather, vegetation, and other important factors from satellites, on-the-ground sensors, utility cameras, etc. It helps predict the location of the fire, its spread, and its direction.
5. ALERTwildfire – The system uses pan-tilt-zoom cameras to survey the area for flame and smoke. The image is analyzed by an AI algorithm and compared with historical images of the same landscape. This system is still under development to ensure it can distinguish between wildfire smoke and aerosols or geysers.

Climate scientists have understood how technologies like AI can help curb environmental issues. AI is slowly being leveraged across the globe to address various ill-effects of climate change such as wildfires. Currently, the use of AI in fighting wildfires is new and it is difficult to measure the impact it will have. However, AI may soon become one of the main tools for environmental monitoring and instrumental in minimizing environmental degradation due to climate change.

Oceans cover about 70% of the earth’s surface; however, only 19% of this surface is mapped and monitored. Lack of information on the unmapped areas has led to issues such as overfishing, habitat destruction, marine pollution, and loss of biodiversity. AI can help save the oceans by providing crucial insights. Various companies are working in close collaboration to leverage AI technology in order to gather relevant data and convert it into actionable goals.

As the negative impact of climate change becomes increasingly severe and global temperatures soar, environmental degradation has become a matter of utmost importance. One of the major steps in preventing this is to protect our oceans. Oceans are essential if the planet has to survive the ongoing climate change. The vast water bodies absorb 90% of the heat caused by various emissions and generate almost 50% of the oxygen that humans breathe. However, increasing plastic pollution, higher incidences of oil spills, and overfishing are slowly choking the marine life.

Hence, it is imperative to save the oceans and AI is one of the technologies that can help us do this.

How AI can save our oceans:

1. Detecting anomalies
   • Currently, one of the hindrances we face is lack of information that can help design and take effective measures. Around 95% of the world’s oceans remains unexplored, which is where AI comes into play. Researchers are using AI algorithms to analyze data obtained from marine exploratory vehicles or camera systems. The technology helps to identify new marine animal and plant species in the deep sea, understand anomalies in their behaviors and reasons for such anomalies. Some of the new devices launched in this space include:
   • Kaiko: Japan Agency for Marine-Earth Science and Technology has developed an underwater, remotely operated vehicle for sea exploration. This AI-powered vehicle has discovered many biological species that could be beneficial in medical and industrial applications.
   • Crabster: The Korea Institute of Ocean Science and Technology has developed an underwater AI-based robot to repair any damage in underwater infrastructure such as oil or gas pipelines.
   • AI can also aid in detecting one of the biggest threats to marine life today—plastic pollution. Machine learning models and AI algorithms can be used to detect polluted areas and design informed strategies to combat this issue. Some of the organizations engaged in preventing pollution are:
   • Ocean Cleanup, a non-profit organization (NPO), uses AI tools to identify plastic pollution and clean up oceans.
   • New Zealand-based NPO Sustainable Coastlines is collaborating with Microsoft. The objective was to implement AI algorithms in order to identify the sources and causes of coastal pollution and develop solutions to take corrective measures.
2. Establishing patterns
   • AI analyzes data from the ocean’s ecosystem to track temperature variations, monitor marine life, check probabilities for earthquakes or tsunamis, and gather an overview of the numerous activities going on underwater. Such data is extremely important and can provide insights on pH changes, identification of marine species, fish stock, and various other patterns that can assist in setting up more effective plans to save the oceans.
3. Predicting threats
   • Many forms of marine life are facing the threat of extinction. AI can not only be used to monitor poaching activities but also predict the level of threat of overfishing. AI tools can help fishermen identify and forecast the right fishing zones, thereby minimizing damages to the ocean and optimizing fishing efforts.

• This objective is supported by an online AI-powered research platform called Flukebook.org that aids conservationists with provision of common data and automatic identification of species to study and protect whales and dolphins.
• OOICloud, a collaborative project between Columbia University and Queens College, offers an AI-enabled platform to scientists, oceanographers, and conservationists to access big data for ocean study and conservation.
• Coral reef, a crucial marine ecosystem, is the life support of oceans and provides habitat to over 25% of the marine life. However, plastic pollution and other harmful activities are causing it to degrade. AI helps researchers monitor and restore coral reef.
• A consortium of Accenture, Intel, and Sulubaai Environmental Foundation has launched an AI-based solution called Project CORail to track coral reef health. Underwater cameras with video analytics services platform have been deployed to collect data that can help predict future trends.

The key function of AI in most of the use cases mentioned above is to analyze marine data and provide vital information. Data conservationists can track populations of species, identify the results of human interventions, and help save endangered species using the insights offered by AI tools. Researchers can leverage computational sustainability to analyze large volumes of data gathered from these tools to make predictions, understand anomalies in aquatic life, and find informed solutions. This data can also help minimize illegal fishing and poaching activities, and maintain the delicate ecological balance of the oceans.

Today, every organization seeks new ideas to innovate and develop the next best product. However, at times, companies may not be able to get access to the best ideas in-house. This is where open innovation comes into play. Although this concept is being adopted and implemented on a wide scale, organizations face certain challenges in incorporating it. If companies can overcome these challenges, they can enjoy the many advantages of open innovation.

Corporates and organizations are becoming cognizant of the vast pool of knowledge and ideas that exists beyond their walls. To tap this repository, they are now adopting “open innovation.” This concept is highly beneficial to organizations as it allows the fusion of internal and external ideas and helps integrate paths, thus enabling the growth of new technologies and concepts.

Open innovation encourages not only the inflow of ideas but also the outflow of underutilized thoughts known as outbound open innovations. The ideas flowing in must be in line with the company’s long-term objective and business model and contribute to its growth. Therefore, these need to be filtered and only the most appropriate are chosen for further development.

There are various ways to implement open innovations, such as idea competition, collaboration with other companies, involving customers in designing, crowdsourcing, and using innovation intermediaries.

However, open innovation comes with its own set of challenges:

• Strategic challenges

  • Unclear goals – Unless the organization has a clear end objective to be achieved through open innovation, implementing it is futile. The objective could be to attract relevant talent, create disruptive technologies within the industry, or improve the current offerings. A research firm can help an organization understand its needs and clarify the main goals.
  • Right partners – Undertaking open innovation proves profitable only if the organization can connect with the right partners. Whether it is the existing networks or completely new external sources, their objective should be in tandem with the organizations to make the collaborative efforts successful.

• Operational challenges

  • Developing ideas – Open innovation can lead to an influx of several new ideas and thought processes. To be effective, the organization must prioritize ideas, assign responsibilities, ensure optimal utilization of resources, and create plans for concepts not being used right away.
  • Third-party opinion – The open innovation process consists of scouting, idea evaluation, and finally, financial valuation. Currently, most organizations only outsource the scouting process. However, it is ideal to outsource all the three phases to a third-party expert such as a research firm to eliminate prejudice or bias in any of the processes.
  • Effective process – The organization must ensure a streamlined process to implement open innovation. A dedicated team should identify the right partners, liaison with them, and benchmark the ideas. The process should support the overall strategy and long-term plans of the organization and be communicated clearly to all stakeholders.

• Cultural challenges

  • Cultural values – An organization should encourage a culture conducive to open innovation. It should develop clear communication lines, commitment for projects, and welcoming attitude toward change.
  • Rewards and recognition – The deserving candidates in an open innovation platform must be awarded. At times, only recognition may act as the motivating factor and the reward need not be monetary.

• Legal challenges

  • Terms and conditions - Open innovation projects must have clearly defined terms and conditions to eliminate any uncertainty. It should identify how ideas are handled and whose property the ideas are after they have been submitted.
  • Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) – It is essential for an organization to take the necessary legal steps and file the required patents, trademarks, and copyrights as required in the name of the inventor to be free of potential lawsuits in the future.

Open innovation is a remarkable platform to access diverse sources of new perspectives, ideas, and thought processes. It increases the chances of finding a truly unique and innovative idea. The platform is becoming increasing popular across all sizes of organization. To develop a successful open innovation business model, organizations must overcome the strategic, operational, legal, and cultural challenges faced in its adoption.

The adverse effects of climate change are evident across the world. The spike in their occurrence has mobilized governments and organizations to act decisively and take definitive steps to control the damage. Countries are now understanding the benefits of using cutting-edge technologies such as artificial intelligence and machine learning to accelerate the net-zero emission goals put forth by International Climate Change bodies.

Introduction
With increase in erratic weather patterns and climatic conditions worldwide, scientists and institutions across the globe have expressed deep concerns over the adverse impact of climate change. In addition to the environmental initiatives being taken to mitigate these effects, several technology firms and startups have discovered how to use new-age technologies such as artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML) to contribute to this cause and combat climate change.

These companies are making an impact and setting the foundation for future entrepreneurs to further explore the capabilities of AI.

Problem Statement
It is now evident that adverse weather conditions can potentially wreak havoc on core operations and affect business continuity. There have been supply chain disruptions and mass evacuations due to wildfires, flash flood, and other calamities, which have made several regions inhabitable. The traditional approach of depending on historical data and weather patterns is no longer a reliable means to prepare a contingency plan. Thus, companies have decided to incorporate innovative technologies to bolster efforts toward a sustainable future.

Observed Solution
With the recent developments in the fields of AI and ML, certain promising applications have been developed. They can intelligently interpret the vast amounts of data generated across various industrial and commercial sectors and help monitor earth’s climatic conditions.

There are several ways in which AI can potentially mitigate the negative impact of climate change. For instance, in the field of environmental and climate intelligence, AI has helped researchers achieve 89% to 99% accuracy in identifying and predicting cyclones and other erratic climatic activities, according to the Columbia University Climate Institute. AI, combined with deep learning algorithms, aids in rapidly analyzing dynamic systems and simulating them to produce accurate models of weather prediction systems and augment decision-making for scientists.

Firms and Startups Actively Involved in this Domain

• Google uses ML to analyze precipitation in high resolution, which helps in instantaneous predictions of weather patterns. They achieve this by making predictions about simple radar data as a proxy for rainfall rather than modeling complex weather systems.
• An initiative known as the "Ocean Data Alliance" implements AI and has collaborated with a global network of cities to develop comparative smart ocean city action plans that utilize open ocean data to address the climate crisis. Their objective is to launch smart ocean cities that can enhance waste-water treatment to prevent algae blooms and restore oxygen to coastal dead zones.
• Several startups have also associated themselves in the collective effort to combat climate change. One Concern is developing a "digital twin" of the world’s natural and built environments to dynamically and hyper-locally model the effects of climate change, offering what it terms "Resilience-as-a-Service."
• London-based Cervest's approach is to make its climate intelligence platform available to all with a freemium business model, a strategy it expects will lead to network effects.

Team Aranca's Suggestions
As next steps, government institutes, private enterprises, and public sector companies must be educated on and made aware of how AI and ML technologies can potentially contribute toward curbing the adverse effects of climate change. The focus should be on significantly transforming data-driven solutions that can be promoted at scale. With gradual increase in advancements and further developments in the field of AI, we can expect heterogenous solutions being implemented in the future.

The healthy snack segment has grown exponentially, especially since the outbreak of the pandemic globally. As consumers become more health-conscious, demand for snacks which are nutritious yet tasty is increasing. Amid gradual growth in the market, different types of healthy snacks made of natural and plant-based ingredients are lining up the shelves. Challenges notwithstanding, healthy snack is poised to grow as a segment and emerge as a popular trend.

Rise in disposable income, coupled with the corporate culture of long working hours and hectic lifestyles, has led to a change in eating habits in terms of increase in snacking. However, until now, snacks have been largely perceived to be unhealthy, given their high oil and sugar content, and therefore a key factor behind health conditions such as obesity, high blood sugar and hypertension. However, with the recent shift in consumer behavior, the global snacks market is transitioning rapidly from oily-spicy snacks to healthy, sugar-free, and low oil varieties packed in limited portions.

New-age consumers are looking for healthy, on-the-go, and affordable snacking options that will meet their daily nutritional needs, besides being appealing to taste buds. According to a recently published report by Mondelez, approximately 59% adults worldwide prefer to eat several small meals throughout the day than a few larger ones. As per another recent report, the global healthy snack market would reach USD98 billion by 2025, clocking a CAGR of 5.8% between 2020 and 2025. Currently, North America is the largest market for healthy snacks. However, increasing disposable income, lifestyle-related health conditions, rising aging population, mental stress, hectic daily work schedules, and inclination toward a healthy lifestyle are the factors driving growth in the healthy snack market in emerging economies such as Latin America, Asia-Pacific, and the Middle East and Africa.

Food product manufacturers are coming up with snacks that meet defined health and nutrition needs as well as address age-specific requirements or concerns, such as digestion, immunity, memory, energy, or weight loss.

Key Innovation Trends
Snacks with exciting, new flavors and different textures, manufactured through sustainable processes, packaged using recyclable materials, and with clean labels will continue to dominate the market in the coming years. For example, snacks with vegan ingredients, high/added proteins, zero fats, reduced/zero sugar, whole grains, zero gluten content, zero oil/baked, and with environment-friendly packaging are a few new trends in this domain. Innovations in the segment are increasing rapidly. Some of the major trends are:

• Plant-based snacks: With the rise in awareness, millennials are gravitating toward food with functional benefits. Ingredients such as turmeric, giloy, ashwagandha, folic acid, green tea, vitamins, and minerals are being added to increase the health value of snacking products. Proteins derived from plants are driving research in the industry, reflected in the noticeable increase in introduction of plant-based/vegan products over the last few years. Plants are used to create distinct and appealing flavors.
• Personalized snacks: Consumers look for snacks that can meet their lifestyle, dietary, and health requirements. This has led to a surge in personalized nutrition. For instance, snacks attuned to keto diet and those that are low in cholesterol, mood-boosting, gut-friendly, and help sleep better are growing in popularity.
• Upcycled snacks: The concept centers on using the edible byproducts of the vegetable and fruit processing industries and thereby contributing to reduction in waste generation. Typical examples include vegetable pulp chips, dried vegetable trail mixes, snack crackers made from upcycled corn flour, upcycled dried fruits and upcycled re-grained super grains and banana snacks.
• Transparency and sustainability: Consumers these days are highly conscious about the lifecycle of a product. Transparency of information, such as source of ingredients, farming and collection techniques, manufacturing and packaging details, is a key factor in determining demand for products these days. Another key factor that consumers consider is product sustainability – in other words, recyclability, biodegradability, and low CO2 emission. It is, therefore, highly crucial that these details are given clearly in the labels.

Product Types
To cater to consumer preference, companies are producing snacks that deliver on health, convenience, and taste. Nutritional products come in a variety of forms that include:

• Bars: These are the most convenient option. Giants such as Amul and Givaudan are developing interesting chocolates with healthy ingredients that claim to reduce anxiety, improve sleep, and boost the mood. Many startups are now entering this space by introducing bars made of whole grains, ancient grains (millets), cereals, seeds, and nuts. Currently, cereal and granola bars dominate this segment of the snack market.
• Chips: Sensing the pulse of consumers, companies are coming up with all-natural, non-GMO, multigrain, baked chips that are low in sodium and provide multiple health benefits. These chips are usually made using ragi, soya, and vegetables and said to have high-protein and low-fat content. The potato in chips is either being treated to make it healthier or replaced with multigrain and non-conventional ingredients such as pulses, rice, corn, and wheat.
• Nuts and seed mixes: Consumers following diet plans opt for gluten-free, omega-rich food such as nuts and seed trail mixes and bars. Trail mixes are popular as they are portable, convenient, and available in assorted flavors. Ingredients such as cashew, peanut, almonds, hazelnuts are popularly used in butter, whereas flax, chia, melon, and hemp seeds are increasingly used in bars, chips, and other savories.
• Yogurts: Yogurts are high in demand owing to their multiple health benefits. Production of fruit-based, non-dairy yogurts high in proteins and low in sugar is a significant trend globally.

Product Claims
Amid the growing health consciousness and preference for natural ingredients, companies are labelling their products with claims that describe the benefits. This helps consumers relate to products in line with their choice. Few of the most popular product claims in the healthy snack market include:

• Whole grain
  This implies that the product contains all three parts of the kernel and a minimum of 51% whole grain ingredients by weight per serving.
• Fiber-rich
  Plant fibers hold the key to a healthy digestive system, keeping it clean and facilitating bowel moment. Fiber-rich foods are more filling and low in calories.
• High protein
  This indicates that the food contains 20% or more of the daily recommended value of protein per serving.
• No fats
  Fat-free or low-fat generally means the fat component in the product is negligible, having no effect on the body.
• Gluten-free
  According to the FDA, food items labelled gluten-free must have less than 20 parts per million of gluten. It can include naturally gluten-free food, or food prepared with gluten-free ingredients.
• Organic
  This primarily means that the food product was grown/manufactured and processed without the use of any synthetic chemicals and does not contain GMOs.
• No added sugar
  These food items do not contain sugar as an ingredient but could be having natural sugar or sugar alcohol or artificial sweeteners. Sugar-free products should, however, have less than 0.5g sugar per 100g/100ml.
• No/Natural preservatives
  These products do not have added preservatives but can have preservatives occurring naturally in ingredients.
• Probiotics
  These contain healthy bacteria which promote gut health by taking care of the gut microbes.
• Antioxidant-rich
  This implies the food is rich in antioxidants that are known to protect the cells from free radicals, a key factor behind major diseases such as heart ailments and cancer.
• Immunity-boosting
  These food products contain ingredients known to enhance immunity.

Key Players
Both startups and incumbents are active in the domain. Asia is witnessing an influx of small companies that claim to offer clean label, GMO-free, and highly nutritious healthy snacking options. Startups such as Monsoon Harvest, Snackible, Ayur Bars, Magic Spoon and The Cracker King are adopting various approaches to innovate and revolutionize the healthy snack food industry across the globe. Established players include Pepsico, Mondelez, Nestlé, Danone, Unilever, Tyson Foods, Hormel Foods Corporation, Kellogg, Select Harvests, and B&G Foods. Besides building innovative product portfolios, these companies also focus on strategic mergers, acquisitions, and partnerships to strengthen market presence.

Latest Product Launches and Partnerships

• Mondelez launched CoLab, a 12-week mentorship program to support US-based snack brands in the wellness space address the challenges they face and, thereby, reinvent the healthy snacks segment.
• PepsiCo recently announced that it will reduce sugar levels by 25% across its beverages and introduce more nutritious snacks in the European market by 2025.
• Hormel Foods acquired Kraft Heinz's Planters snack nut portfolio worth USD3.35 billion. The deal would give Hormel Foods access to brands such as Planters, Nut-rition, Planters Cheez Balls and Corn Nuts, and three production facilities.
• Mondelez entered the ‘better for you’ snacking segment by launching Cadbury Fuse Fit, a snack bar made of peanuts and almonds.
• Baggry (one of the largest breakfast cereal brands in India) recently collaborated with Cure Fit to produce and market healthy cookies made of muesli, oats, and bran.
• PepsiCo and Beyond Meat are set to form a joint venture to develop, produce and market beverages and snacks made of plant protein, and expand their current portfolio of healthy snacks.

Conclusion
Production of healthy snacks is not bereft of challenges. Manufacturers find it difficult to maintain the desired crispiness and texture of plant-based ingredients during processing. Removal of fats and sugars and inclusion of whole grains negatively affects the moisture retention and binding capacity of ingredients, which impacts the texture of the product. Processing of products which are fruit-based, yet preservative-free, is complex and expensive. Regulatory authorities are constantly revising policies and setting higher standards for food and snack companies to ensure hygiene and nutrition are not compromised.

Despite the constraints, the healthy snacks segment is expected to grow. Consumers are demanding nutrient-rich, on-the-go and ‘better for you’ snacks that enhance immunity and improve overall health. With the trend picking up, especially since the pandemic, there are enormous opportunities for healthy snack manufacturing companies.

Electric vehicles were introduced in 2010 and are gradually gaining popularity. However, the Indian market is fraught with challenges, such as high cost and lack of proper infrastructure for charging, which hinder growth in this market. Having said that, appropriate support from the government and energy companies and design changes can help these vehicles attain a higher reach and upward growth trajectory.

Electric vehicles (EVs) are gaining increasing popularity as they are clean, efficient, and luxurious. Examples include EV models of Tesla, Mahindra, and Tata. Consumers consider EVs a cost-effective alternative that have minimal operational expense and are environment-friendly as they use green energy. Although market and consumer interests are vital, government and policy contributions are equally necessary. Currently, EVs function within broader energy and transportation systems that have their own pros and cons, and their availability and usage is limited.

• Indians value-conscious customers
  Despite the higher price and pollution levels, Indian customers choose diesel vehicles over their petrol equivalents. The concern is whether EVs will survive in the market as they are more expensive mostly due to their battery. The current price of a lithium-ion battery is around USD137/kWh worldwide, which equates to INR3.12 lakh in cost minus import tax. However, prices are expected to fall below USD100/kWh a few years from now, which will help increase the use and demand of EVs.

  One approach to accelerate the adoption of EVs is for fintech companies to offer long-term loans with cheap interest rates to those who want to acquire electric vehicles. As a result, everyone will have easy access to EVs.

• Range a crucial factor
  The longer the range, the more expensive and heavier is the battery. Several easily accessible battery charge stations and compact battery packs that simply replenish regularly would be perfect in an ideal environment. In addition, cabs that can be charged overnight and utilized daily would prove effective. However, this is difficult without fast-charging facilities.

  An EV requires significantly more power than residential 15-amp plugs, which can only supply around 3 kW of electricity. Thus, charging 35 kWh would take about 12 hours, giving unavoidable “range anxiety” to customers. Unlike in the United States, most Indians do not have a personal garage. As a result, company- or government-owned charging stations will play a critical role in policy decisions.

• Commercial charging at consumer charges
  EVs cannot be charged anytime when extra electricity is available. Depending on the type of renewable energy used, various batteries could be made available to store this surplus electricity.

  A creative way to resolve the charging issue is to develop a low-cost power converter that can use electricity in homes to charge an EV. This could help promote the use of these vehicles as a good one-time investment for consumers.

  Narrow-band IoT (NB IoT), which maintains track of the type of vehicle, location, and power consumed, can also be deployed. This will put to rest users’ concern about maintaining track, as the app will be available on their mobile devices.

Other strategies to encourage EV usage include specialized charging stations, free parking, and subsidized electricity. The long-term objective is to not only convert automobiles to EVs but also minimize the dependency on personal vehicles. This can be achieved by redesigning cities for walking and bicycling and expanding and improving public transportation. Rather than aiming to select technology winners, the government should concentrate on building appropriate frameworks that can aid in reducing the use of non-electric vehicles and developing the use of EVs. EVs are expected to have a successful run provided they can be charged efficiently and have various battery options for long-term usage.

The online gaming industry has developed considerably since inception. Equipped with special features and interesting elements, this industry is much more advanced today. However, this business is highly competitive and constant innovation is necessary to retain customers. Every company in this sector faces pressure to constantly offer new, more entertaining products to survive. New-age technologies help the gaming industry move ahead and create enhanced experience for gamers.

Online gaming was introduced as early as the 1970s. However, it truly evolved and gained wide-scale adoption after the internet and LAN networks were discovered. Today, the industry enjoys immense popularity and is a major revenue generator in the digital media market. In 2020, the global online gaming market recorded revenue of approximately USD 21.1 billion and historical 21.9% growth compared with that in the previous year. Currently, there are around 1 billion online gamers, with South Korea, Japan, and China having the highest numbers. This number is projected to surpass 1.3 billion by 2025.

The main driver of growth in online gaming is continuous research and development. Gamers are on the constant lookout for exciting new games that offer a more enjoyable experience. The following technologies help the industry innovate and offer better features, increased interaction, and other facilities to users:

• Facial and voice recognition – With technologies such as 3D scanning and facial recognition, players can now create their virtual likeness in the gaming world. Some gaming companies use 3D cameras to create games that monitor and change as per gamers’ emotions. For example, if a gamer is grimacing, the system will interpret this as the game being too difficult and reduce its complexity. Voice-controlled gaming is also catching up and gamers can now turn the console on or off using voice commands. The popular game Botcolony is voice-controlled, and players need to only issue a voice command to robots in the game. Another example of the usage of this technology is Nevermind. The Windows and Mac versions of the game apply the biofeedback technology and track players’ feelings of excitement or anxiety through their voice. The game is designed to dynamically respond to those feelings and make changes accordingly.

• AR & VR technologies – The augmented reality (AR) and virtual reality (VR) technologies have completely changed the gaming experience. The VR technology offers a completely immersive experience to users and makes it more enjoyable. The game Star Wars: Battlefront VR Mission uses the VR technology to create a realistic experience for players. Minecraft also plans to release its game in the VR format.

  The AR technology improves the online gaming experience by providing a complete 360-degree view to engage users. A phenomenally successful AR-based game is Pokemon Go, which has a fan base across the world.

• Cloud gaming – When gaming had just emerged, it was limited by the memory of a disk or console. However, with the launch of Gaming-as-a-Service (GaaS), also known as cloud gaming, a massive server size is now available. It allows games to stream HD images through the internet. Examples of cloud gaming platforms include PlayStation Now, Google Stadia, and Project xCloud.
• Wearables – Gaming has now become portable through wearables. Whether it is smartwatches or glasses, the wearable technology allows users to access their favourite games on the move. Betting sites and casinos have also integrated wearable devices to help players enjoy games on the go. With these new gadgets, players do not require smartphones to access games and can play anytime and anywhere.
• Artificial intelligence (AI) – AI has entered the gaming world and is being implemented to generate responsive or adaptive behaviours in non-player characters (NPCs). Further research in AI will lead to development tools that will automate the generation of sophisticated games. Developers can design in-game characters to evolve as players have increased interaction with them. Games such as AlphaGo and IBM Watson have successfully leveraged the AI technology.
• Online payment options – Technology has created many new payment options for online gamers who prefer casinos or card games. For instance, blockchain has now enabled payments to be made via cryptocurrency. Other online wallets such as PayPal and Neteller are also available. These options are user-friendly, secure, and have lightning speed.

Technologies such as high-tech devices and smartphones has simplified and transformed our lives. Although the gaming industry has benefitted from new-age technologies to offer an exciting, immersive, and engaging experience to users, the transformation is not yet complete. The demand for games offering more interaction and new platforms continues and gaming companies must capitalize on it. As new technologies continue to develop and are integrated in online games, player experience will change drastically. In the near future, a new generation of massive multiplayer games will be launched, thus changing the face of the gaming industry.

Smartphone companies have always been under the scanner for sending software updates that hamper the performance of products. Electronic products depend on software for being functional and need to be updated regularly. However, the updates slow down the phone or lower its performance. Is it, therefore, a sales strategy of companies to force consumers to continue buying new products? Are these companies deliberately slowing down the performance of older models, pursuing the strategy of planned obsolescence?

Recently, two mobile giants were heavily penalized by Italy’s antitrust regulators for deliberately slowing down the older models of their brand via software updates. This is not a startling discovery as users of smartphones and laptops have suspected this for a long time. The question is why would companies intentionally harm their own brand products?

What are software updates?
Software updates are essential for the smooth running of electronic devices, eliminating any bugs, improving performance, and most importantly maintaining a strong security wall. Any hardware running on outdated software is an easy prey for hackers. Therefore, manufacturers regularly roll out crucial software patches that protect their brand’s laptops, phones, and other gadgets from the latest threats. An update could also include adding features and improving compatibility with new programs.

However, software updates are designed for latest, more advanced models. Hence, when installed in older systems (hardware), they slow down the gadget or dent its performance.

Most consumers discard their phones within three years and look for newer models due to hardware issues such as battery dying, screen breakage or buttons not working. While these issues can be tackled, the software on which the devices run are provided directly by the companies and cannot be checked or changed.

Planned obsolescence – a sales strategy
Could software updates be a part of a brand’s planned obsolescence strategy? Planned obsolescence entails creating products and services with a limited useful life, which helps companies push their newer, more sophisticated models into the market.

There are different types of planned obsolescence:

• Contrived durability – Companies design products with certain parts that will fail and force consumers to buy these again.
• Perceived obsolescence – Companies launch newer models of a product and employ clever marketing strategies. Customers are led to believe that by not buying a new model, they are missing out on an exciting experience.
• Prevention of repair – At times, certain parts of the model become unavailable, or it is expensive to get them replaced. Rather, replacing the entire product is more cost effective.
• Software updates – Electronic devices like phones and laptops need to be updated with the software provided by the brands; this may cause the performance to slow down.

An example of software update obsolescence is iPhones. In 2020, French prosecutors imposed a fine on smartphone giant Apple for intentionally shortening the lifespan of its older models via software updates. The company said that diminishing battery performance was the reason for the phones slowing down rather than the updates but had to pay a hefty fine.

This strategy is even followed by automobile and consumer electronics companies.

OS flaws in smartphones
Smartphone manufacturers create operating system (OS) updates in line with the requirement of their newest models. A phone upgrade is a complicated process as stored files, photos, and settings are migrated to the new OS. Plus, it is time-consuming, rendering the phone unusable (as it is frozen) all the while the update is on. Furthermore, if the older model has less space, its memory room gets clogged and it may not be able to save files in future. Technically, this is the reason for phones slowing down and their performance being negatively impacted.

Another issue is that software upgrades are designed and tested on blank phones. However, when the same upgrade starts on a user’s phone, it contends with existing files and personalized settings. Moreover, the software, being designed for the latest model, creates issues when downloaded on older phones.

Conclusion
Software updates could well be a part of planned obsolescence. However, is this practice only profitable for companies? Planned obsolescence also gets a boost from consumerism, the ever-increasing desire of consumers for better, more sophisticated products. Fundamentally, it is responding to consumer demand. For example, today’s digital natives do not use the same phone for more than three years. They are on the lookout for innovative features and technical superiority. Therefore, having products with shorter lifespan works for them.

On a larger scale, constant manufacturing and selling also creates jobs and is good for the economy. Plus, it promotes innovation and leads to improvement in the quality of products.

Therefore, planned obsolescence is a vicious yet virtuous cycle and will remain a part of companies’ sales strategy.

Tokyo Olympics 2021 is becoming a landmark sports event because of the introduction of new-age innovative digital solutions. Technology aids the smooth organization and functioning of the event and enriches viewer experience. With digital solutions such as autonomous vehicles, robots, and 5G-enabled viewing experience, this year’s Olympics has many firsts. Could such technology-driven events be the future of sports?

Technology is fast becoming an essential component of all sports events, including the much-celebrated Olympics. Tokyo Olympics 2021, scheduled for July–August 2020, were postponed as the global pandemic hit the world. While the games finally started in July, the shadow of COVID-19 is still upon us. The organizers are employing technology to ensure the show goes on with safety protocols in place.

The rapid pace of technological development has led to emergence of many innovations that help ensure contactless processes while maintaining high level of efficiency. The organizers are using technology in every sphere from logistics to security and compliance with rules. Some of the digital initiatives are as follows:

• Autonomous vehicles – The Japanese government introduced self-driving cars for all local logistics related to the Olympics. The cars run on a pre-determined route such as airports and other venues related to the Olympics.
• Robots – For the first time in the history of sports events, robots have been utilized to assist and guide individuals. Designed to be the representatives of the games, these robots take care of activities such as allowing visitors, guiding them in the right direction, wheelchair assistance, carrying luggage, and providing event information. Some robots also carry sports equipment such as javelins and discusses thrown by participants on the ground. Approximately 8 to 10 types of robots are present to ensure smooth functioning of the games.
• Facial recognition system – The security screening at the venue is being done by an automatic facial recognition system, hence limiting any contact. It eliminates the risk of unauthorized entry. Further, it will record the faces and movements of athletes, staff members, and other workers to ascertain possible carriers of coronavirus.
• Cooler clothing – Designer Ralph Lauren introduced a new range, RL COOLING, especially for US athletes. The fabric checks body temperature and disperses heat from the wearer’s skin through a sophisticated device.
• Instant language translator – A global event is bound to face language barriers. The organizers introduced an instant language translation technology at the event. This real-time translation system can be installed on smartphones or other compatible devices of the staff and athletes. The user needs to select the target language, speak into the device, and subsequently, the device translates and converts spoken words in the target language.

While these technologies help in the functioning of the games, the following initiatives also enrich viewer experience:

• Immersive viewing – In 2021, the Olympics are being held in near-empty stadiums. However, sports enthusiasts can enjoy a complete immersive viewing experience. The games are being broadcast in 5G-enabled true-to-life VR. Virtual opening ceremonies, courts, trackside seats, and holograms delivered via volumetric capture will raise spectatorship to a new bar, with only milliseconds of latency.
• Biometric – This year, viewers will have a chance to see the biometric data of athletes as they perform. Additionally, athletes’ heart beats will be monitored live and will be on display. There are cameras to focus on athletes’ faces, monitor the slightest change in skin color and eye movements, and showcase increased focus. Furthermore, on-screen graphics will demonstrate how athletes’ heartbeats change and highlight adrenaline rush.
• Panoramic coverage - In 2021, high-speed 4K cameras enable viewers to get the first-hand action for basketball, gymnastics, skateboarding, cycling, track and field, soccer, and volleyball. These multi-camera replay systems show various 360-degree angle replays. The operator can decide when to freeze the motion and can manipulate replay from side to side around the athlete as well as zoom in.
• 3D athlete tracking – Artificial Intelligence and computer vision allow a new tracking technology to provide real-time insights and overlay visualizations during the sprint events. Comparison details will show the exact moment each sprinter reached his/her top speed and show a color-coded visualization of runners’ changes in speed.

Due to the global pandemic, there are many new technologies that the Olympics organizers had to adopt and implement. The endeavor to bring in these technologies in play was undertaken by the partnership between Chinese cloud computing and online retailer, Alibaba, and US-based technology firm, Intel, making it the “most innovative Games ever.” The transformation of Olympics into a technology-aided sports event significantly impacts not only this event but also sports enthusiasts around the world. The definition of sports events may change now onward.

The ageing population requires intensive care and various facilities to lead a healthy and fulfilling life. Digital innovations and new research create opportunities to age in a healthy manner. Intense research activity has led to the discovery of therapeutic agents that can slow the ageing process and/or prevent age-related diseases. Similarly, discoveries that can improve care facilities are also finding acceptance. Innovations in medicine, smart medical devices, and better care facilities assist the elderly to be independent and have an improved lifestyle.

The average global age is increasing exponentially. In 2019, 703 million people were aged 65 or above; this number is expected to reach 1.5 billion by 2050. Life expectancy has increased globally, led by better healthcare and medical advances in the treatment of diseases. However, longer life expectancy does not indicate a healthier life. Several elderly people suffer from age-related diseases, lack of proper care, and poor lifestyle.

Therefore, it is essential to develop the concept of healthy ageing. WHO defines healthy ageing as “the process of developing and maintaining the functional ability that enables well-being in older age.” This requires creating environments and opportunities that enable people to live an independent and fulfilling life even in their old age. Digital and research innovations can help ensure healthy ageing through better lifestyle for older people.

New-age medicines – From disease prevention to age reversal
Through research in medicine, some miracle drugs said to slow the ageing process have been developed. Some of the latest developments in this field are given below:

• Elysium Health collaborated with Oxford University to launch a brain health supplement, “Matter.” The supplement contains specific B vitamins known to slow down brain atrophy, which is associated with age-related memory loss. Matter also contains powdered omega-3 fatty acids and bilberry extract, which is rich in plant-based antioxidants called anthocyanins. This synergy helps maintain cognitive health.
• Elysium launched NAD+, a daily supplement to promote healthy cellular ageing and help maintain the integral process of cells and healthy DNA.
• A study conducted by Israeli scientists at the Shamir Medical Center and Tel Aviv University shows that hyperbaric oxygen treatments in healthy ageing adults can induce a significant positive impact on two key indicators of ageing: by increasing the telomere length and clearing senescent cells.
• US Special Operations Command (SOCOM), in association with private biotech lab MetroBiotech, announced that it will initiate clinical trials on an “anti-ageing pill” that could halt some naturally degenerative effects of ageing in 2022. The pill is expected to enhance performance characteristics that typically decline with age, increase endurance, and enable faster recovery from injury.

Innovative research – From preventative to predictive treatment
Research is being conducted to develop better treatment for age-related diseases.

Researchers from Ben-Gurion University of the Negev discovered that SIRT6 genes can determine whether a person is heading toward healthy ageing; SIRT6 genes were observed to be present in case of pathological ageing but not healthy ageing.

A group of international scientists are exploring the potential of biosynthesizing several polyamines and polyamine analogues by engineering yeast metabolism in preventing afflictions such as Alzheimer’s and cardiovascular diseases. Scientists believe that fermentation-based manufacture of these compounds can further unlock their potential for pharmacological and agricultural applications.

Researchers also discovered that low levels of nitric oxide can lead to poor vascular (blood vessel) and cognitive (brain) health. Therefore, consumption of nitrate-rich food such as beetroot juice, lettuce, spinach, and celery could help regulate blood vessels and neurotransmission. These foods have oral bacteria that play a role in turning nitrate to nitric oxide, which results in healthy blood vessels and brain function.

This research is not limited to the laboratory, with food giants such as Nestle and Goodmills launching products containing novel ingredients that support healthy ageing.

Better care – Automated systems
Technology enables improved treatments for old people. With detailed biological, clinical, and lifestyle information, targeted therapies can be designed for patients to achieve the best outcomes in the prevention or management of diseases. Medical research companies leverage big data analytics and artificial intelligence (AI) to identify patterns and trends for developing personalized medicine and treatments. Application of advanced computing and algorithms can also help develop predictive prevention.

Several new developments in the healthcare and medical devices sector helped create better care facilities for aged people. Some of the developments are mentioned below.

• International collaborative projects and start-ups are launching behaviorally sensitive care robots for older people. French start-up Kompaï Robotics launched KOMPAI robots, specifically designed for weak, aged, and dependent individuals. In addition to managing medical parameters and calling emergency helplines, these robots provide useful information, interactive entertainment, and social connectivity. Such robots can be a huge support for caregivers in old-age homes who, at times, are under pressure due to limited manpower.
• In recent times, various smart sensors, wearable devices, software, and services that can help aged people monitor their health were launched. Health start-ups developed wearables that can predict health issues or falls among aged people, thus helping prevent such issues and providing support at the right time. Digital innovations and development of new technologies are revolutionizing the healthcare field, preventing the need for human intervention. In the near future, Internet of medical things (IoMT)-based sensors could enable effective monitoring of the elderly.
• Companies also use advanced wireless technologies and IoT to help track the health of aged patients remotely. Furthermore, these technologies enable health monitoring to be less invasive and more automated, reducing the need for human caregivers. For instance, Origin Wireless developed a “wireless AI” solution; the instrument sends wireless radio waves, which create a “wave pool” in a room. Therefore, by using AI, the system tracks ripples, which indicate signal disruptions, in the pool. The device can detect a fall if a person’s position suddenly shifts from standing to lying on the floor. The system senses an emergency and sends a message to guardians, caregivers, or family members. Additionally, start-up SakuraTech developed a device to monitor a patient’s heart and respiration rates wirelessly.

These research developments and digital innovations help millennials and Gen Z age in a healthy manner while providing the elderly population access to better treatment and facilities. An anti-ageing solution can open many promising new avenues in human health research and help in the treatment of diseases, including cancer and Alzheimer’s, which will help keep people healthy, happy, and productive for many more years. This is the reason that WHO shifted its focus from active ageing to healthy ageing for 2015–30. Healthy ageing enables old people to remain a resource to their families, communities, and economies.

Several aged people suffer from restricted mobility due to various health issues. They are forced to use mobility aids like wheelchairs and walkers to continue with their daily activities. Moreover, age-related problems such as weakening of vision and sluggish reflexes can make driving a challenging task. Technology has come to the rescue of elderly people in the form of new-age wheelchairs and cars with innovative safety features that are easy to use and allow them to be more independent.

Members of the geriatric society face mobility limitations due to impaired sense of balance or chronic diseases. They are unable to walk long distances or even around the house. Furthermore, with age, some of them suffer from weak eyesight and slower reflexes which make driving a challenging task. These issues affect their mobility, as well as physical activities, and limit their access to commodities. However, technology can help combat some of these issues. Start-ups in the wheelchair segment are introducing “smart” wheelchairs that can help older people get around comfortably. Automobile companies are also introducing special cars which are designed to make driving easier and safe for the geriatric population.

Wheelchairs
It is estimated that there are around 131 million wheelchairs in the world today and a large percentage of these are used by people above the age of sixty. In the US alone, more than one million users of wheelchairs are aged 65 or older. Yet, maximum disabled population still use manual wheelchairs which are cumbersome and difficult to handle. Digitalization has brought about improvements in the wheelchair segment and some of the path-breaking innovations in this sector are mentioned below.

Self-driving wheelchair – Developed by Guru IoT, a South Korean company, the self-driving wheelchair is based on the concept of digital twinning. The wheelchair is installed with a detailed map of the area it is used in to help the user to move around easily. It is also fitted with an additional safety technology and proximity sensors to ensure the user is not hurt. This can be a boon for aged people who have mobility issues coupled with dementia.

Luci – This smart wheelchair has been designed to further enhance the features of powered wheelchairs. Developed in the US, safety is the driving factor behind the design of Luci. The wheelchair has sensors that use radar, ultrasonics, and cameras to prevent accidents by slowing down the chair, on sensing an impending collision. This makes them much more secure than powered wheelchairs which need manual intervention. It is a boon for the elderly, who may not be able to quickly stop the wheelchair in case of emergencies.

Phoenix i wheelchair – Phoenix i was developed by Scottish designer and entrepreneur Andrew Slorance by applying the 3D printing technology. Made with 3D printed carbon fiber, the chair is extremely lightweight and offers great agility as well as stability. It also features an “intelligent mode” which allows the chassis and wheels to move in sync with the rider.

Automobiles
Older people need cars that are easy to drive and have comfortable seating and enhanced safety features. Automobile companies have recognized the need to develop special features to make driving an easy and simple task for the elderly.

For example, Toyota’s Safety Sense offering uses high-resolution cameras placed on the windshield and bumper-mounted radars to detect oncoming cars and pedestrians, and gives visual as well as audio alerts. It also has the option to activate brake assistance which helps to eliminate or minimize the chances of frontal collisions; moreover, it helps drivers to stay in their lanes.

Another brand Subaru Levargo has developed editioned feature Eyesight X, which is based on autonomous technology. It has 360-degree sensing and an intersection assist function that can independently steer cars away from an impending collision.

Several new cars have the following safety features:

• Parking sensors
• Blind-spot warnings
• Around-view cameras
• Rear cross-path detection
• Collision alert systems
• Crash-mitigation braking

The other technologies that are being tapped to make more sophisticated cars are augmented reality and V2X technology. Soon, vehicles will have open communication channels to receive and relay information. For aged drivers who have less physical capability, such features will be safe as well as easy to handle.

Autonomous cars
Autonomous or self-driving cars will soon be a reality. These cars will have considerable potential and technology-enabled features such as:

• A system to communicate with other vehicles and to receive information about adverse road conditions or other impediments in advance
• Infrastructure communication technology to obtain details of, closed roads, detours, etc.
• Vehicle-to-pedestrian technology that inform the car about pedestrians nearby or those headed toward the self-driving vehicle, and about people riding bikes or motorcycles

The 5G connectivity will further enhance the autonomous car experience and give rise to connected highways.

With advancement in technology, the wheelchair and car segments will soon be enabled with more safety protocols. It will help to increase mobility among the elder generation and allow them to live an independent and enriching life.

With continuous technological advancements in the telecommunication industry, companies can now look for new avenues to meet the ever-changing consumer and business demand and seek novel ways to generate additional revenue from various industry and enterprise use-cases.

Introduction
The telecommunication sector has witnessed exponential growth in terms of user-base and revenue for the companies over the past few decades. The industry has helped businesses achieve their communication and security goals, besides offering a plethora of value-added services to their customers. As the society progresses with more effective digital tools and rapid technological developments, companies will gain more prominence.

However, despite the introduction of new wireless standards and opening of spectrums, market saturation is still inevitable for many telcos. According to recent studies carried out in the US, Europe, and APAC markets, telecom companies are now looking to diversify their service offerings by entering new markets. For instance, in India, the launch of its Payments Bank, Airtel has opened a new business segment for the telcos, which includes offering of financial products and services such as Savings Bank Accounts and Insurance.

In order to sustain business and make more profits for future investments, communication service providers (CSPs) must transform themselves into platforms offering potentially great opportunities for both businesses and consumers, by exploring other areas and investing in trending technologies. This can be achieved by entering new business segments, launching brand-defining products and services, and customer loyalty programs that can beat competition. By leveraging cutting-edge technologies such as Artificial Intelligence, Automation, Internet of Things, 5G, and Big Data, CSPs can ensure meeting the needs of the future consumer market adequately.

Objective and Research Methodology
We look to identify the potential business adjacencies in various industrial and enterprise use cases that can be explored by telecom companies to add value to customers and clients, and maximize their revenue generation capabilities.

Summary
Most successful CSPs have worked with multiple generations of technologies and handed huge numbers of customers. Leveraging such experience, CSPs could diversify their businesses and service offerings through the 3C&1F Approach:

• Communication technology centric (through Voice and Data Services)
• Customer centric
• Content centric
• Financial products centric

For industrial and enterprise specific use-cases, in the coming years, global telecom firms would position themselves as companies that are either focusing on communications-technology, customer, content, or a combination of all these, while financial product centric approach could be used for B2C offerings.

For instance, Reliance Jio could position itself as a communication technology, customer, and content-focused telecom company, while Airtel may position itself as a customer-centric firm in the telecom market. BSNL on the other hand, may continue to retain its communication technology focused approach through their voice and data services.

Following are some of the potential use-cases and application areas where telecom firms can add business value and generate revenue for companies:-

OSS: Operational support service
MRO: Maintenance, repair, and overhauling services

Automobiles
Telecommunications and associated technologies are gradually taking over the conventional driving. Telecommunications can be used to send and receive comprehensive data from cars to improve driving experience and vehicle maintenance. CSPs can come up with proprietary smart devices that can be paired with cars and autonomous / self-driving vehicles, such as a health-tracking devices to track the passengers’ health in real time. CSPs can offer cloud storage services for vehicular data for automobile companies in-order to better track, manage and generate insights from raw data collected. Furthermore, services like on-demand streaming can be integrated with vehicles. They can also collaborate with companies / startups or even fast-food chains to offer in-car advertisements.

Drone-Tech
Telecom companies can offer network support such as Wi-Fi connectivity via drones in specific regions, areas (such as office complexes, malls or a small community) and remote places. They can also build partnerships with data processing and analytics service providers to transform raw data into meaningful geospatial products, such as digital terrain models, orthophotomaps, and 3D models, while image data analysis would help in creating insights. On the advertising front, CSPs can utilize drones to advertise a firm’s products and services through displays / banners.

Industrial Safety
Telecom firms can provide smart safety devices in industrial areas to track workers' health parameters as well as their movement and warn them about possible hazards in the working area. They can build dedicated cloud storage services to manage the database of industrial workers and maintenance-monitoring data in a factory for improved record-keeping. Additionally, CSPs can offer advertising of safety gears and other equipment for industries.

Education
Telecom companies can further penetrate the education sector by providing proprietary tablets and other learning tools in collaborations with education companies that can target students and working professionals. Companies can explore new fields such as m-infotainment, m-connectivity, and m-education through the mobile-enabled platform. CSPs can also offer dedicated cloud storage systems for educational institutes or group of institutions in a region and facilitate channels dedicated to fun-based learning programs for children. With regard to marketing, CSPs can also partner with organizations to promote their contents and educational programs.

Healthcare
Telecom operators can provide network infrastructure and equipment that are inter-connected with patient monitoring devices. The futuristic applications could include mission critical applications such as tele-surgery. CSPs may continue to provide traditional networking services (e.g. private networks, managed LAN, IoT platforms, and network slicing) to healthcare providers in order to build a strong presence and customer base in the industry. The companies can upsell through finding the pain points of customers, and deliver higher value-added services on top of their connectivity portfolios. Additionally, CSPs can provide cloud storage services for tracking and maintaining patient-records and databases. Telecom firms can also assist hospitals and other healthcare institutions with dedicated in-house entertainment and media channels.

Hospitality
Telecom companies can provide a network set-up for hotel staff that could help them cater to guest’s requirements through smartphones or other smart devices. Security personnel can utilize radio interfaces provided by CSPs for internal and external calls. With real-time information, housekeeping staff can operate more efficiently to ensure that rooms are ready for guests upon check-in, increasing visibility of managers in all operations. Guest and staff databases and records can be managed using a cloud infrastructure provided by CSPs. Telecom companies can offer dedicated streaming and entertainment services in hotel rooms and can also help hotels advertise their holiday packages and other services directly to the guests via TV and other in-house advertisement means.

Energy Industry
Telecom companies can offer cloud storage capabilities to energy firms to help them manage all back-office requirements and database. Network capabilities and infrastructure provided by telcos would help energy companies deliver actionable insights on their energy data and reports. Furthermore, CSPs can promote Energy firms’ sustainable development goals (SDGs) and feature their product/service offerings through paid advertising.

Manufacturing
Telecom providers can benefit from several opportunities in the manufacturing industry, such as providing network-enabled smart devices like tablets to track and monitor production activities of firms. This would facilitate better control of connectivity along with overall IoT package, including mobile, fixed and nomadic wireless services. Moreover, telecom companies’ network infrastructure would help integrate all assembly devices through a common interface, such as machine-to-machine (M2M). This would boost the Industry 4.0 initiatives by targeting new factory builds (reducing upfront networking costs) and factory refurbishments (avoiding ripping-out of cables). CSPs can also provide network capabilities for cloud storage for manufacturing database and other product and equipment information. Additionally, CSPs extend data aggregation capabilities to manufacturing firms to derive actionable insights for their production and processes.

Banking
Telecom companies can merge with banks to provide value-added services to customers to improve their experience, such as free current account, higher interest rates on savings accounts, cashback features for mobile payments or instant transfers. Telecom companies can now reach out to their customers and extend their existing portfolio of products by adding financial services, which would bring additional profits to them. Customers bound by more products are less likely to change providers, which would reduce churn rate and client maintaining costs. CSPs can provide a robust network to resolve customer queries by providing efficient email response services, websites, and a network for call centers. They can also offer cloud-based services to banks to better manage their customer database for ease of reference. Furthermore, telecom companies can offer the network channels through which banks can advertise and promote their products and services.

Mining Industry
Telecom companies can cater to high-traffic, low-latency, high-reliability, and high-security demands of new digital devices and software required for mining purposes. CSPs can offer network infrastructure for internal communication for workers during mining operations. Services like data aggregation would help derive insights on improving the mining process and techniques by continuously monitoring and providing analytics to help enhance production, processing, logistics, safety and sustainability. Data collected from mining operations can be stored over cloud platforms provided by CSPs.

Conclusion
In order to stay relevant, telecom companies can leverage their assets and expertise in building network infrastructures, and customer experience to develop business around IoT connectivity, OTT, and content services for industries and enterprises. This would allow them to leverage their technology, data, processes, and assets, thereby ensuring increased revenue generation.

The increasing popularity of veganism has led to the emergence of a new domain in the food sector, i.e., alternative animal products, which includes egg, dairy products, and meat. The global pandemic gave a boost to this sector as health consciousness and wariness toward animal-based products both saw a sharp jump during this period. However, even before the onset of COVID-19, the sector was attracting significant investments and is projected to witness exponential growth.

The alternative meat or meat substitute market stood at USD 1.6 billion in 2019 and is estimated to expand at a CAGR of 12% through 2026. This sector has captured the interest of companies with deep pockets that are looking to invest in new avenues as well as venture capitalists. Established players are adopting acquisition and collaboration tactics to gain a foothold in the market. Some companies that have been operating in this domain from the very start are now leading the market. However, every week, a startup is coming up that focuses on bringing the price down to the level on conventional meat and on improving texture and flavors. Players are conducting research to increase plant protein stability at high temperature, pH levels, and sensory qualities of the products.

Impact of COVID-19:
Between March and May 2020, the alternative meat industry saw a substantial 264% growth within nine weeks. Increased health consciousness on account of the pandemic also brought to light the hazardous conditions prevailing at meat factories, including lack of employee safety and unethical treatment of animals.

When meat shops did open, reports of them becoming hotspots of coronavirus adversely affected the industry. Consequently, plant-based meat became a permanent item in the shopping list of many consumers.

Main ingredients:
Earlier, alternative protein was majorly derived from conventional soy or wheat protein. However, in the last five years, companies have been exploring new sources including mushrooms, algae, and microbial and cultured animal cells. Other sources such as pea, chickpea, mung beans, and fava beans are also gaining prominence.

The discovery of air protein has led to an innovative method in order to develop vegan proteins from elements combined with water and mineral nutrients. It leverages renewable energy and uses a probiotic production process to create a nutrient-rich protein with the same amino acid profile as an animal protein.

Product types:
Alternative meat is sold in the form of burgers, snacks, and cold cuts that can be cooked and taste like chicken, turkey, pork, etc. Companies are also introducing protein-based beef patties and chicken jerky. Giving them the name of the meat they taste like helps to attract customer attention. The pet food industry is also observing demand for vegan options and, as a result, vegan wet pet food products are now being launched. Players such as Nestlé, Mars, and IFF-DuPont are introducing new options in alternative meat segment.

Recent technological advancements:
There have been a few major breakthroughs in this field in the past years. Companies have used technologies such as artificial intelligence (AI) and deep learning platforms to predict plant protein functions. Some of the major innovations are as follows:

• Researchers from the University of Tokyo have come up with a novel way of stacking and fusing together cultured beef cells to cultivate “millimeter-sized chunks of meat.” This allows the cultured meat to resemble whole muscle cuts of animal meat.
• Researchers at Wageningen University & Research in the Netherlands have developed a quantitative method that can match the textures in meat with variations in meat substitutes.

Innovative startups:

• Atlast Foods: The startup uses mycelium as a super ingredient to create mushroom meat that can rival traditional meat cuts in terms of both texture and flavor. The company utilizes solid-state fermentation to grow mycelium into various shapes. The produce is infused with different flavors, fats, or other proteins such as pea or heme.
• Benson Hill: Benson Hill has launched two new business segments – Ingredients and Fresh – to meet growing demand for plant-based foods. The company uses the sophisticated CRISPR gene editing and data analytics to develop more tasty, nutritious, and sustainable plant ingredients.
• Crop OS: This startup powers a combination of cloud biology and proprietary CropOS platform to create genome mapping, predict protein content, and reduce off-flavors of soyabean and yellow pea. It also optimizes the level of nutrition, flavor profiles, and plant yield. By combining data analytics and AI with food science and plant biology, the company is able to tap into the vast, untapped natural genetic diversity within plants.
• Novameat: Spanish entrant Novameat specializes in plant-based steak and pork that can match the texture of real meat. With the use of technologies such as biomimetic micro-extrusion and customized 3D printing machines, the company is able to recreate the tissue structure of muscles. It has developed the world’s largest cellular meat prototype.
• Bflike: Bflike’s star innovation is its patent-pending vegan fat and blood platforms that make it possible to create meat and fish alternatives with extremely realistic tastes and textures. Bflike is in the process of licensing its technology and providing premade ingredients to food manufacturers and retailers that are developing their own meat alternatives.

Established Players

• ADM: ADM uses strategic acquisitions and investments of B2B and B2C players to increase market share. It has a diverse product range and a well-spread IP portfolio. The company utilizes plant-based proteins, such as soy, pea, wheat, and ancient grains, to create the products. ADM has filed numerous patents on food compositions comprising soy, wheat, and pea protein. It is also developing various technologies, such as egg replacers and binders, to introduce new products and is filing patents in different geographies. ADM has a venture capital arm, ADM Venture, to invest in disruptive companies with proprietary technologies.
• Nestlé: FMCG giant Nestlé currently operates in the US, Europe, and Asia-Pacific in the alternative meat segment. The company is researching on improving the texture, mouthfeel, and taste profile of its plant-based meat. It has filed a patent for products that have an improved sensory quality profile and has no bitter taste, aroma, etc. It also has a patent to make bacon analog using soy protein. Nestlé has partnered with Bühler and Givaudan to launch the Future Food Initiative, which focuses on research in the area of ancient grain varieties and plant-based food & beverages. Nestlé has also collaborated with Corbion to develop microalgae-based ingredients for use in plant-based products.
• Unilever: Unilever uses soy protein as a meat alternative in burgers and nuggets. It has patented technologies on different food & beverages comprising plant-, algae-, and fungi-based alternative proteins to replace dairy and meat. The company uses extrusion for producing meat alternatives, which uses less water and energy, thus maintaining the sustainable profile of its product. Unilever is utilizing novel protein sources to enhance the properties of its plant-based products/ingredients.
• Thai Food Union: Created with a commitment to seafood innovation, Thai Food Union has a rich history. The global seafood leader has recently entered into the plant-based meat market with the launch of OMG Meat. This new brand has various food offerings for customers to choose from, such as dim sum, crab dumpling, crab meat, red pork bun, fish nuggets, and chicken nuggets. The company is focusing its internal efforts on plant-based proteins, such as alternative seafood and meat, while exploring emerging areas (insect protein, lab-grown meat, etc.) through collaboration and/or investment in startups.

Outlook
The plant-based meat industry is expected to observe positive growth. Rising population as well as demand for food can be met only through the transformation of the food system by making it more inclusive and sustainable. There are abundant opportunities for both incumbents and startups in this sector. The alternative meat sector is expected to see further innovations and developments in the coming years. However, even though the vegetarian diet may see more takers, both meat and alternative protein industries are likely to coexist in the foreseeable future. Collaboration between these two industries would be essential to make sure there is sustainable and nutritious protein for all.

The self-cleaning products sector got a boost last year from the global pandemic. The need to keep hands sanitized and surfaces disinfected led to mass adoption of these products. The sector also saw many entrants and attracted the interest of investors. In addition, self-cleaning products continue to evolve and become more sophisticated as technology advances.

The market for self-cleaning products is witnessing exponential growth. This sector, which includes products such as smart antibacterial and antiviral paints & coatings and water bottles, is estimated to reach USD 1.3 billion by 2025. Growth was earlier led by healthcare-acquired infections and antibiotic-resistant bacteria; however, the ongoing battle with COVID-19 has further driven the market. The rising need to provide safer workplace and public places as well as improved public health has stimulated growth in the market.

Various innovative products in different categories are available in the market and can be used to clean/disinfect surfaces at each point of contact:

• Surface Coatings – Self-cleaning/sanitizing surface coatings can be applied on surfaces (e.g., glasses, floors, walls, doors) to keep them free of germs, dirt, and grime. These coatings are fabricated such that they can chemically break down the absorbed dirt in sunlight and create an invisible physical barrier to keep the surfaces clean. Such coatings are being widely used in offices and public places. The global market was valued at USD 109.7 million in 2020 and is estimated to expand at a CAGR of 4.4% to USD 142 million by the end of 2027.
• Plastics – Parx Materials has created Saniconcentrate, a plastic that makes a material or product more resistant to bacteria and viruses. It has its own immunity system and is composed of biomimetic substances.
• Garments – Manufacturers have been embedding silver nanoparticles in clothes for the last few decades. These particles kill bacteria by discharging positive ions. Further development in nanoparticles is enabling this area of textiles to become more sophisticated.
• Bags – Self-cleaning travel bags kill bacteria and sanitize everything inside the bags with one push of a button on the bag or smartphone. Currently, only startup company Paqsule is making self-cleaning bags; these bags use UV light and activated oxygen to kill harmful micro-organisms.
• Travel Wands – A pocket size sanitizer wand can be used to clean phones, laptops, keys, doorknobs, toilet covers, and many other things. It functions on the principle of UV sterilization to destroy bacteria and viruses.
• Bottles – Self-cleaning water bottles, which recently debuted in the market, uses UV-C LED light to eliminate biocontaminants from the water as well as the inner bottle surface. Apart from being used as a safety measure against the pandemic, these bottles are gaining popularity among the younger athletic generation who carry water bottles for their exercise regime.
• Toothbrush – There are self-sanitizing toothbrushes available in the market that use UV-C light to kill germs and micro-organisms. These toothbrushes have a replaceable head; hence, the bristles can be changed regularly.
• Diaper Changing Station – Pluie, a startup company, has introduced the world’s first diaper changing tables that self-sanitize after each use using UV-C light. These stations improve the experience of both children and caregivers in public restrooms as they are safe, hygienic, and comfortable.

Apart from these, there is a long list of self-sanitizing products available in the market such as sunglasses, phone covers, makeup brush, shopping bag, wallets, and socks.

Startups in this sector
The sector has seen the emergence of many new enterprises that are developing innovative products. UV technologies, such as UV-C sterilization and UV light, are observing widespread adoption for disinfection and have captured majority share in the market.

For example, UV Care, a new player in the air purifier space, deploys UV-C sterilization. This germicidal technology has short-wavelength UV light that kills or inactivates germs, viruses, and bacteria. The technology disrupts the DNA of germs by destroying nucleic acids, leaving them unable to perform vital cellular functions.

Sterilize-X also uses UV technology in its UV lamps. The lamp uses UV light and ozone sterilization to kill 99% of surface bacteria in only 30 minutes.

LARQ has emerged as a prominent player in the self-sanitizing bottle space and raised USD 10 million in 2020. LARQ’s bottles use UV-C LED to eradicate 99.99% of virus and bacteria. These self-sanitizing bottles are chemical-free and possibly the only mercury-free portable water sanitization system in the world.

Due to COVID-19, some startups have started innovating around nanoparticle-based technology to develop antimicrobial films/stickers. Based on this technology, NanoSeptic has developed mats that can keep dirty, high-traffic public touchpoints in continuous self-cleaning mode. NanoSeptic surfaces utilize mineral nanocrystals that create a powerful oxidation reaction to oxidize organic contaminants; there are no heavy metals or chemicals used in the mats.

Inspired by the human immune system, innovative startup Parx Materials is developing a unique technology that uses the body’s own trace elements to make plastics and polymers that are resistant to bacterial attachment and proliferation.

Outlook
The sector is witnessing a profusion of startups that are exploring different areas of contact and developing innovative technologies to provide health, safety, and curb the spread of infection. Investment firms are also anticipating further growth in the self-cleaning products market and are injecting capital to acquire equity stakes in the emerging startups. Companies in this sector are focusing on launching new products and solutions. In addition, they are constantly monitoring market trends, launching marketing strategies, taking systematic approaches to investment/divestment, strengthening long-term contracts, and so on. This is evident from the fact that the self-cleaning products market, which was on a lower growth trajectory, has now recorded a moderate-to-high growth trajectory for its 2028 forecast period.

Research in this sector is driving the discovery of many new products and services that are changing the face of the beauty industry and enriching the shopping experience. The current generation would benefit the most from these changes, as when they reach their golden age, the technological evolution would help them look younger and better. With further digitalization of this sector, what would be the future of this industry?

Technology has entered every sphere of our life, changing the way we bank, exercise, eat, and even look. The beauty industry has embraced technological innovations and is changing how the current generation would look in their golden years.

The concept of "beauty tech" – which involves embedding digitalization and technology in the heart of creating, manufacturing, and distributing beauty products to enhance customer experience – has observed widespread acceptance. Beauty giants, such as L’oreal, Shiseido, and Estée Lauder, are launching new-age products and treatments that are bringing about radical changes in the industry.

With innovations in skin biology, biological gene, skin microbiome, and nanotechnology, all the ingredients in the cosmetic industry have been revolutionized. Breakthroughs and development of new materials are leading to the creation of a whole new category of products. Technologies such as skin microecology, biological fermentation, and cell extraction are expected to redefine the industry in the near term.

Technological trends currently shaping the beauty industry are:

• Personalization – Beauty brands are leveraging artificial intelligence (AI) to collect data on consumer preference and buying behavior to offer personalized products. Beauty brand Lancôme has already introduced such personalized service in big stores in the UK. At the store, Lancôme consultants uses a colorimeter (a digital scanner) to check a customer’s facial skin tone. The company has a proprietary algorithm in which data is fed. It chooses from 20,000 different shades and sends the details to a machine that mixes the foundation, which exactly matches the customer’s skin tone.
• Virtual try-on – Many beauty brands are using augmented reality (AR) in their digital platform to help customers choose makeup colors. Well-known brand Sephora’s Virtual Artist allows customers to virtually try on different shades of eyeshadow and lipstick through their smart phones while shopping online or even at actual kiosks in stores.
• Skincare tools – There are many innovative skincare tools now available to consumers. Taiwan’s New Kinpo Group has introduced a “smart mirror” that does not just show the reflection but also clicks a photo and scans it for blemishes, red spots, fine lines, and wrinkles. Another smartphone service Skin Advisor by Olay has launched a new app, FutureYou Simulation, that enables users to actually see how their skin and face would look in future using AR.
• Printed makeup – Beauty brands are introducing novel tools that can make the entire process of putting on makeup easier and smoother. Global brand P&G has launched the Opté wand, which scans the skin and applies precise makeup to hide discolored skin or age spots.
• E-makeup – There is a new craze in the market that is inspired by filters on social media platforms. E-makeup artists have outlandish makeup looks that can be downloaded to enhance the user’s digital self. The customer can use this e-makeup to take selfies for Instagram and Snapchat.

What does the future look like?
Technological advances are expected to bring about an evolution in the beauty industry, and many known treatments and products could soon become obsolete. However, the changes are not restricted to the cosmetic industry. The dynamic shift in the way we look would also have an impact on plastic surgery, beauty treatment salons, and wellness studios.

Some of the expected future trends are:

• Younger looking skin – Currently, the plastic surgery industry earns significant revenues from facelift surgeries. However, with advanced technologies, other alternatives (such as laser treatment) are being introduced that release growth factors right in the dermis to regenerate tissue. However, these technologies are expected to improve further, and researchers may find way to regenerate the skin’s collagen via stem cells or biotechnology to ensure skin elasticity.
• Smoother skin – Botox treatment is quite popular and has gained acceptance among celebrities. It may soon become available for the masses as well, since research is ongoing to see if it can be bottled and sold as a product, acting as an effective anti-ageing cream.
• Replacement to exercise – Exercise has always been a healthy way to look younger. However, with greater understanding of bodily functions, down to the cellular and intracellular levels and how the mitochondria actually ages, soon a pill could be discovered that helps consumers maintain their youthful beauty.
• Automated buying – In future, beauty brands may use AI to track a customer’s purchasing patterns. The customer’s favored items would be logged in and they would receive alerts when any of their regularly used product is about to get over. The customer can place the order with a click of the button.

Outlook
The beauty industry has been witnessing constant shifts due to technological innovations. With products and services becoming more advanced and sophisticated, the industry is also introducing improved services. As millennials of today reach their golden years, technology would ensure they can retain their youthful looks and not truly age.

The US and China have been engaged in a trade war for over three years now. This has impacted the semiconductor industry which has a global supply chain. The outbreak of COVID-19 worsened the situation, leading to a shortage of semiconductor materials, the critical components of most electronic devices. While both the countries are hoping to establish dominance in this industry, the most viable solution will be a cordial settlement and an agreement to work together.

The relationship between the US and China has been worsening for the past few years. In April 2021, the US Congress called on the new Biden administration to tighten technology restrictions on China. It suggested banning exports of electronic design automation software for chip design. The main casualty of this war has been semiconductor chips which are used in a wide range of products, from missiles and cars to smartphones. A thriving USD430 billion semiconductor industry powers the USD3,000 billion IT sector and everything which falls within the electronics category.

The disruption in the supply of non-memory chips could significantly impact the global economy; moreover, it could adversely affect the production of automobiles, smartphones, and home appliances, among others. The effect is already being felt by the auto industry wherein production has been hit by chip shortage since late 2020.

The chip-making industry’s competitive landscape is changing, specifically in the US and China. The market leader, Chinese chip manufacturer HiSilicon, which owned 23% of the 5G phone chipset market in 2020, is estimated to be left with only 5% this year. Its share could well go to US’s Qualcomm and Taiwan’s MediaTek which are all set to expand their businesses.

Semiconductor industry
The semiconductor industry is widespread and diversified. No one country or company has true independence in its value chain. It has different inputs ranging from wafer materials and specialty chemicals and gases, to processing tools, final testing, and packaging; the companies supplying the various ingredients are spread with their businesses across the world.

The highly engineered tools needed for manufacturing semiconductors are sourced from various parts of the world. The industry needs equipment like metrology machines and lithographic systems which also have highly complex supply chains. Hence, the manufacturing process integrates hundreds and thousands of people and processes with different skill sets.

Semiconductors have different product categories. Each of these has specialized applications and is distinct. There are some niche markets; these are ruled by companies that have created specialized products after years of R&D. Due to complexity in the semiconductor industry, it is not easy for any new player to enter the space and be the leader in a short time.

This industry is growing by leaps and bounds. In the next decade, the industry as a whole would need to incur R&D and capital expenditure of about USD3 trillion to meet the fast-growing demand for semiconductors from all sectors of the global economy. There is a growing demand for increasingly sophisticated chips to power transformative applications such as AI, IoT, or autonomous vehicles.

The strategy
Both the US and China seek independence in the semiconductor industry and control over the entire value chain. However, due to the global nature of the supply chain, this is highly challenging. Major companies like Samsung and TSMC are making huge investments in this sector in the US. China is also taking steps to invest and develop the entire value chain within the country. Hence, the competition is expected to intensify in the next decade.

The shortage of semiconductors in 2020 shows that organizations which are connected to this industry need to collaborate and innovate the materials, design, and manufacturing process to not only meet the rising demand but also increase the quality of existing products. Challenges such as geographic concentration of some critical spokes of the supply chain and geopolitical friction among nations must be addressed to make the semiconductor global chain more resilient.

In the current scenario, the outsourced semiconductor assembly and test companies such as Amkor, ASE, JCET, PowerTech Technology, and Siliconware Precision Industries, and equipment supplier companies such as Tokyo Electron, LAM Research, ASML, and Applied Materials should consider making their business relations with both the US and China safe.

Trying to achieve self-sufficiency in this industry will only result in significant changes in national industrial policies and large-scale investments in new industries. The success of such an extensive project is questionable. It would be more feasible to have policy interventions and negotiations which could help the industry grow, despite the industry’s multi-locational nature.

The average age of the global population is slowly rising. Countries such as Japan and the UK are already grappling with the increase in the number of retirees and the elderly population. The burgeoning elderly population presents a great opportunity for Fintech products that can be specifically designed for them. However, obstacles such as lack of awareness and fear of using digital products limit this possibility. Nevertheless, if Fintech companies can fight these hurdles, they have an expanding market for further innovating and designing suitable products.

The elderly population across the globe is slowly expanding. This presents a great opportunity for technology companies across various industries to design innovations that will be specifically beneficial for the aged and retired populace. Financial services is one such industry, which could increase the inclusion of the elderly user base through technological innovations.

Currently, few Fintech products are specifically designed for the convenience of the geriatric society:

• EverSafe – Growing instances of cyber financial crime against the elderly are reported daily. EverSafe establishes personal profiles of users by analyzing historical behavior and records. Subsequently, they identify any erratic activity and quickly alert the user. The platform helps in preventing potential scams, fraud, or financial exploitation of the elderly.
• Golden Financial Care – Many elderly people are unable to manage their financials due to diminished capacity. Golden Financial Care provides tools and resources to guide as well as assist elderly people in securely and smartly managing their financial needs.
• Pefin – Using AI, Pefin helps in the complete financial planning of an individual. It takes into account financial objectives, such as buying a home, children’s education, and retiring in comfort. Through AI, it analyses current spending patterns, debt and investments, and other factors that affect earnings. With a complete financial summary, the app offers advice on effectively improving financial life on an ongoing basis and have a comfortable nest egg.
• SilverBills – This app is dedicated to making financial transactions, such as payment of utility bills, completely paperless. It aids elderly people in the timely payment of their bills, without having to remember deadlines or go through the tedious task of writing cheques.
• Flex Money – Flex Money is another app that helps the elderly in managing their personal finance. It uses hyper-personalized communication to assist those who struggle with the use of digital mobile technologies. This app has larger in-app fonts and buttons for those with conditions, such as arthritis, or those with visual problems.
• United Income – This is a money management solution app, which monitors all factors affecting a user’s income, and strives to unleash the potential of the money for longer life.

The technologies mentioned above are not being harnessed to their full potential by the geriatric society. Usually, the elderly are unable to bank smartly through online services. Used to the traditional system of physically visiting banks to deposit their cheques, this set of the society is still not entirely accustomed to online banking systems and financial apps.

Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, visiting banks and ATMs became difficult, and the elderly were forced to adopt online financial services. However, will Fintech apps and online banking sites succeed in holding on to these new customers? Such companies may face some hurdles.

The first and foremost hurdle is the complicated design of some of these apps. Most Fintech apps and websites have been designed for the younger population, who are digital natives. However, it is not particularly user-friendly for the elderly, who want to be taken through their transactions systematically. Better and more user-friendly designs could help solve this problem.

Another hurdle is the fear regarding technology among the elderly, which prevents them from tapping into online financial services. In particular, rising instances of financial cybercrimes directed toward the elderly have created trust issues among them. They are worried about using digital services that could be hacked, due to which they would lose their money. More robust security systems can eliminate this obstacle. Also, certain apps mentioned above have been specifically designed for the security of elderly account holders.

Lack of awareness regarding these products also acts as an obstacle in their adoption. Hence, Fintech companies need to generate awareness about their products. Along with these companies, banks, NBFCs, governments, and NGOs should work for the promotion of Fintech products. They should develop training programs useful for increasing the adoption of financial services among the elderly. However, these are teething problems, and if the Fintech industry can address these concerns, they are bound to see an increase in their product usage.

The average age of the population continues its upward climb, as death rate increases due to the pandemic and other natural disasters, while fertility rates decline. Therefore, the elderly population across the world is set to increase at an alarming rate. This would lead to a rising need for technological assistance in every aspect of life, as the pressure on the younger generation will increase. Financial services would be a highly important aspect in all stages of an individual’s life. Hence, Fintech products will likely be increasingly used and accepted, especially by the elderly, in the coming decades.

A new demographic study indicates that the average age of global population is slowly increasing. Countries like Japan and the UK are already struggling with large sections of ageing population, and the other countries are not far behind. This presents immense opportunities for health tech companies to evolve and create products and services specifically for senior citizens. Digital technologies and artificial intelligence could enable provision of holistic care with individual attention at the convenience of patients, which would soon be the need of hour across nations. We believe that adoption of these technologies to their fullest potential would still take 5–8 years. Baby boomers and Generation-X may not benefit from these technologies; nonetheless, Millennials could leverage the technologies to gain significant improvements in life in the future.

Studies suggest that global demographics is continuously changing, with the death rate increasing and the fertility rate declining, which is leading to increased ageing population globally. As per the World Health Organization, the proportion of world’s population over 60 would double to 22% during 2015–50. Japan and Germany are countries with maximum old population; however, the other countries are not far behind. The cascading effect of this population decline can already be seen across the globe. For instance, maternity wards in Italy have started shutting down. Lack of population has led to the creation of “ghost city” in a small province in China. In Japan, diapers for adults are outselling those for babies, and in Sweden, cities are shifting resources for schools to elder care.

Ageing brings with itself a specific set of health issues such as chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, diabetes, hearing loss, cataract and refractive errors, back and neck pain and osteoarthritis, depression, and dementia. Thus, specific technologies to manage the ageing population need to be developed.

The aged community needs a continuum of care as they are prone to illnesses. Early detection and monitoring of critical diseases, specifically diabetes, are advisable. Furthermore, there should be a provision for holistic care that involves all stakeholders (general physicians, dietitians, psychologists, etc.), focused on either curing or preventing the progression of diseases.

These objectives can be achieved by developing new technologies that focus on senior citizens and enable provision of better and timely care. Some of these emerging technologies are mentioned below.

• Wearable devices – Wearable devices not only are convenient and easy to use but also offer a range of services that can aid the elderly. GoLiveClip, designed by Gociety Solutions, is a clip-on device for the aged having issues related to maintaining balance. It sends off an alarm to the caregiver when the wearer falls down; moreover, the device analyzes walking patterns and sends an alert when the fall risk increases. Also, AWAK Technologies has introduced a wearable portable dialysis device which saves the wearer from making a trip to the medical center.
• Smart textiles – Innovation in technologies has led to the creation of smart textiles. These clothes are embedded with biosensors and are designed based on the age segment. For instance, Sensing Tex has developed a textile embedded with pressure sensors. This technology can be used in hospital beds to monitor abnormal positions or chances of falls in older patients. Also, Sensoria has developed smart socks that can monitor recovery of the elderly from an accident or stroke.
• Robotics – The usefulness and efficiency of robotics are now coming to the fore. Companies like Softbank Robotics are developing social robots to provide companionship to elderly people living alone; thereby, these devices can help alleviate loneliness. Medical exoskeletons have also been developed to help aged stroke patients gain mobility faster.
• Artificial intelligence (AI) – The AI technologies have immense possibilities. For instance, speech analysis using Natural Language Processing helps to detect the onset of dementia. AI can also be used to power digital therapeutics.
• Digital twin – The silver tsunami is approaching and physicians need tech-related help to deal with it. Digital twins could help bridge the gap between the real and the virtual. Digital twins, in combination with machine learning, could be used to create a genomic and phenotypic makeup of an elderly patient that could help in personalized medication without regular physical consultation.
• Virtual reality (VR) – The VR technology can be used to support emotional well-being among senior citizens. It is a digital engagement tool for them. Using VR headsets, the elderly can see faraway places, surround themselves with nature, and in some cases, even visit familiar places like those which they grew up in. The headsets can also be used for treatments. For instance, Tribemix has introduced VR headsets for cognitive stimulation and training to help dementia patients.
• Augmented reality (AR) – The AR technology has been making waves in the surgical field as it provides surgeons with a complete picture of the anatomy they work on. This is particularly helpful when the surgery is being performed on senior citizens as their general health is more fragile than that of younger individuals.

As described, these technologies have many benefits; however, there are obstacles that limit their wide-scale adoption. The foremost issue is the attitude and perception of the geriatric community toward new-age technologies. There is a general hesitation among the older generation to adapt to changes, specifically technology-related. Among some sections, there is digital inequality; moreover, they are not well-versed with using technical devices. This acts as a hurdle in the acceptance of technology-related solutions.

Furthermore, the older generation still believes in the traditional clinical appointments and doctor’s prescription. They view these technologies dubiously and do not have much faith in them. Some of these devices and treatments are also costly and beyond the budget of a certain section of society. Hence, even if there is willingness, there is a lack of means to adopt new technologies.

Outlook
The benefits of technological innovations for the geriatric society far outweighs the hurdles. Technologies in this area would continue to see further research and innovation. As majority of the global population gradually becomes aged, the healthcare industry also evolves toward more advanced methods. In another few decades, there will be a massive rise in the number of people above 60 and medical centers will be short-staffed to handle this rise in demand. The emerging technologies and new ideas will then be needed to provide holistic care to the geriatric society, which would soon account for majority of global population.

Mental disorders and ailments have been on the rise in the past few decades. Issues like depression and anxiety are not physical and the signs are subtle; therefore, their detection and treatment are difficult. Wearable technology has started focusing on these issues and has already made interesting breakthroughs. Will the new devices help in limiting mental disorders and provide relief to both patients and caregivers?

According to the WHO, currently, more than 500 million people suffer from mental health disorders. Among the disorders, depression, schizophrenia, and dementia are the most common. The COVID-19 pandemic and forced isolation exacerbated issues like depression, anxiety, and panic attacks in the past year. The number of cases of mental ailments is high. However, the diagnosis and treatment of these ailments are limited; there is hardly any method to monitor the onset and progress of these disorders. Mostly, mental health diagnosis still relies on traditional subjective clinical evaluation, which could lead to delays. If patients with mental issues do not receive timely support, the results could be disastrous; depression has been proven to be the leading cause of suicide.

Wearable technology has been widely adopted to monitor a range of physical health issues; it is now making inroads in the mental health space as well. Recent innovations have led to the development of wearables with the ability to collect data relevant for mental health diagnosis. These devices also help determine the effect of the ongoing treatment and monitor its progress.

Several prestigious medical device and pharmaceutical companies in this space are now investing in the development of advanced wearable technology. Some of the major developments are given below:

• TouchPoint – Developed as a stress reliever, TouchPoint includes twin wearables, placed on each wrist, to make body calm. The wearer can use it as a remedy for sleep deprivation, during work meetings or even emotionally exhausting conversations.
• Ability MyCite – Developed by Otsuka America Pharmaceutical and Proteus Digital Health, this complex wearable uses novel algorithms to treat bipolar disorder and schizophrenia, as well as to reduce depression among adults.
• Samsung’s smartwatch – Awake Labs is using Samsung’s smartwatch to develop an app that allows caregivers to monitor the emotional well-being of adults with intellectual disability.
• NeoRhythm Headband – Introduced by Omnipemf, this headband can stimulate brain waves using electromagnetic frequencies to improve sleep and energy focus, and control pain.
• MENTAID – Under development by a team of Stanford researchers, the device aims to prevent and treat mental illnesses, by better predicting and evaluating patient response to specific antidepressants.

The market for wearables is expanding and mental health treatment is receiving its due importance as numerous companies have started working in this space. However, there are a few challenges:

• Social stigma – The first and the foremost challenge facing any mental health treatment is the social stigma attached to it. In this area, wearables may face resistance from patients as they may feel that the device is actually publicizing their mental issues.
• User privacy – The data being collected by wearables for mental health is sensitive and personal. Hence, wearable technology must have a robust security system which would ensure no leakage of information or patients’ identities. Moreover, new policies to safeguard patients’ interests must be implemented.
• Budget – Cost could be a barrier to the penetration of wearable technology in this space. Consumers must ensure they are selecting the right device and getting value for their money.
• Effectiveness – The wearable data will not be as accurate as the data from other medical devices as it is not regulated by any rigorous set of standards. The industry is evolving, and new chips and sensors are being developed. Innovation in technology is expected to enhance the effectiveness of devices.
• Nascent stages – Many of the wearables are still under development, and therefore, there are no success stories that can be shared. These devices will take time to gain recognition, and then, acceptance, as the industry matures further.

Outlook
As the use of wearables and mobile health apps grow, the opportunities to monitor and hopefully heal mental disorders also increase. With new wearables focusing on these issues, individuals can be assessed and offered treatment in their home environment, or in a low-resource setting. The large volume of data being generated by these devices could help in research and treatments; however, data generation is prone to errors (bias and variance) which depends on the users and devices. Furthermore, there is lack of rigorous validation and security policies as the market is still limited.

However, there is huge potential in this field which can be tapped if the industry can find effective solutions to overcome these hurdles. Management of mental health is an important part of the overall well-being, and development of wearables to aid the process will be a big step in this direction.

New age technologies such as augmented reality (AR) and virtual reality (VR) have gained prominence in the gaming industry. However, their full potential remains unexplored in other industries. One such industry is retail that has scratched the surface of this technology and is reaping its benefits. Will AR and VR be able to overcome the challenges related to their implementation and become the future of retail?

Technologies such as augmented reality (AR) and virtual reality (VR) are being extensively used in the gaming industry. They have a broad scope and are witnessing selected adoption in sectors such as automotive, manufacturing, and retail as well. As per a recent report by Goldman Sachs, the AR/VR software revenue is estimated to reach USD1.6 billion by 2025 which reflects the increased penetration of these technologies. However, developing these technologies is both time-consuming and requires intense efforts as models of a physical product need to be designed.

As the name suggests, AR layers digital information onto the real-world scenario, thereby “augmenting” real life. On the other hand, VR gives a complete immersive experience, allowing the consumer to enter another world altogether.

AR and VR technologies have immense scope in both online and offline retail. Some retail sections have already started using them, but their adoption is still fairly low and many facets of the technologies remain unexplored.

• Cosmetics – The cosmetic industry has immensely benefitted from the AR technology, and AR is being extensively used in both online and offline stores. In online retail, customers only need to click on or choose the shade of lipstick or eyeshadow they want, and by using AR, they can check whether it will suit them. This technology is being tested in offline stores as well using AR devices. Furthermore, the technology can allow customers to make their own shades by mixing and matching colors.
• Fashion – Virtual try-ons can easily replace the changing rooms of fashion outlets. One of the amazing features of VR is that a customer can wear a “head mount" (an easy-to-handle device), choose a model with similar body dimensions, and check the product on the model who tries it out for them. This concept can be used in both online and offline retail models; accordingly, the decision-making time can be reduced. It can also help brands downsize store staff.
• Departmental stores – Departmental stores can leverage these technologies to help customers see the complete details of the products they want to buy. Using the AR app, a customer can check the various details such as ingredients or cost of any product without picking it off the shelf.
• Automobiles – Automobile showrooms can use AR to digitally exhibit all variants of a car model, without actually presenting the car. It is an ideal solution for showrooms which have limited space and facilitates quick decision-making.
• Furniture – AR and VR configurators are making waves in this segment already. Using VR, customers can virtually design their rooms or even full apartments with furniture and hardware. They can scan the environment in real time and check how any furniture would fit in before actually buying it. Many online furniture brands have successfully integrated this technology into their online retail stores.

The aforementioned examples illustrate the technologies that are being used currently and the ways to further leverage them. Although some sectors have embraced them, their wide-scale adoption is yet to be witnessed.

Some roadblocks obstructing the penetration of AR and VR are given below.

• Challenges to develop, edit, and reproduce AR/VR content: The skills, hardware, and software required to develop, reproduce, and display AR/VR content are quite different and not easily available.
  • Hardware and software availability: Today, several smart phones devices are enabled to develop and reproduce AR content which allows consumers to access this technology more easily. On the other hand, VR requires specially configured devices which are costly, making investments necessary for both content developers and consumers. Many retailers are unable to afford the high set-up cost.
  • Skills of 3D design content – The biggest challenge faced by AR and VR is the dearth of expertise required to design good content. Content development is challenging and the skill set needed is scarce. Moreover, the process is expensive and time-consuming. Furthermore, the design must be fool proof and must not cause side effects such as eye strain and sound disorientation.
  • Convenience to reproduce content – VR is available to consumers only on select devices such as HTC Vive, Sony PlayStation VR, and Samsung Gear VR. It serves a niche market and is not mainstream. Buyers’ options for buying VR devices are limited. They have to find an option which is user-friendly and affordable in the available range. Furthermore, not all VR devices in the marketplace are able to offer the immersive experience a user expects. Hence, this could mar the retail experience of a potential customer.
• Speedy Internet connection – To connect to AR or VR via smart phone devices, customers need a relatively fast Internet connection such as 5G which is still in the rollout stage in many countries. Having a slow connection can mar the user experience. Therefore, it is pointless for an online retail platform to integrate these technologies if customers cannot use them.

Therefore, one of the main barriers to the mass adoption of AR and VR in the retail industry is their high set-up cost. The cost of development of AR/VR content for online retail is steep and the process is tedious. To set up these technologies offline, businesses need to buy headsets and motion controllers that are comfortable for customers and easy to use for the staff. The cost of the equipment is high and also their upkeep and maintenance is expensive.

Earlier, video media content was scarce and its creation was expensive and cumbersome. However, with the easy availability of HD camera-embedded smart phones, and content producing and editing software (TikTok, Instagram), the market is being flooded with such content. Making AR and VR content development, editing, processing, and reproduction easy for unskilled users would further drive the popularity of the two technologies.

Life science enterprises are slowly but surely moving toward digitalization of their processes. Technologies such as AI, IoT, and cloud computing are changing the dynamics of this industry, helping the enterprises achieve efficiency. The main benefit of digitalization is organizations are now shifting to a patient-centric approach for development of cures, which would result in better healthcare services.

Various industries have been already witnessing rapid adoption of digitalization and technological innovation until 2019, and the onset of COVID-19 accelerated the pace. The medical and life sciences industries have also undergone digital transformations, making them more agile, cost-effective, and productive.

Life science companies have been slowly evolving and leveraging technologies to execute their processes effectively. They are exploring new-age technologies such as advanced analytics, cloud computing, and IoT to achieve efficacy.

Adoption of these technologies has provided life science companies access to a huge pool of patient data, which is an important resource. Furthermore, it has helped in the emergence of a patient-centric business model, whereas the traditional model only focused on discovery of revolutionary drugs or treatments.

Some of the technologies aiding the evolution of the life sciences industry are as follows:

• Artificial intelligence – R&D processes are usually costly due to clinical trials, which are lengthy and have high a risk of failure. These processes can be expedited by applying AI to structure and classify large volumes of data that are now available with companies. Analytics can be applied in various ways to use this data effectively. For example, the right volunteer can be chosen for a particular trial, increasing the chances of success, or hidden connections and correlations can be revealed, opening future avenues for research.
• Cloud computing – Cloud computing can help life science companies simplify complex processes. The biggest advantage of this technology is that it facilitates easy availability of and access to data, which helps clinical trials worldwide.
  Cloud computing also offers the advantage of cognitive computing as it can ingest and analyze a huge volume of data from IoT and real-time devices within a short time. Using cognitive technologies, the gap between big data and analytics can be bridged and everyday decision-making can be decentralized.
• Internet of things – The technology of IoT is significant for life sciences and can optimize its entire value chain. It is not only advantageous for R&D but can also aid in digitalization and enhancement of patient experience. With smart sensors, digital platforms, and direct connectivity, IoT provides access to real-time, comprehensive data. It makes R&D more precise and connected.
• Intelligent automation – Robotic process automation (RPA) has already been successfully implemented across manufacturing units, thus saving countless manhours. Automation of manual processes is made possible using AI algorithms, which is known as intelligent automation. Research-based pharmaceutical companies employ RPA-enabled screening methods with which they simultaneously test hundreds of thousands of compounds against a specific model of disease, which drastically reduces time and human efforts.
  Furthermore, dedicated development platforms can now perform complex automated processes. A few companies are working on modular systems or complete robotic platforms that automate the entire process, from development of experimental design, accurate selection, processing of samples, and evaluation to data analysis.

The list of digital technologies, as well as the benefits they offer, is vast and the points mentioned above are just a brief summary. Despite its many advantages, the life sciences industry has been slow to digitalize. Owing to pressure to create and offer more drugs and products to the market, players have only focused on product creation and not value addition. This has led to rising R&D costs, complexities in new therapies, lack of personalized attention to patients, and inability to meet expectations of digitally savvy customers.

If companies do not digitalize, they may have to grapple with such issues while at the same time running the risk of lagging behind in a world that is fast becoming technology-oriented. The main challenge that life science companies face is lack of accurate data and its fast, yet reliable analysis, leading to long R&D processes that are costly and labor-intensive.

Digitalization can provide a solution to these problems. With the help of advanced technologies such as AI, cloud computing, and IoT, life science entities can reap the benefits of merging the physical and digital worlds. Developing a strong digital ecosystem is the way forward for all life science companies. They must embrace this concept to avail of superior medical care, improved patient journey, and faster drug discovery process. Data is the key asset of life science enterprises, and digitalization is offering the means to collect and use it effectively. It is crucial for these enterprises to invest in emerging technologies and reshape themselves as digital enterprises. Through digitalization, the companies can become more agile and collaborative, and adapt to changes within the healthcare and life sciences marketplace.

Food technology, a growing sector, is changing the way food is produced, stored, packaged, and delivered. The food industry has grown amid the global pandemic, benefiting from the increasing demand for healthy and nutritious food options that are also sustainable. Among the emerging technologies, 3D printing could help in increasing productivity, alongside maintaining quality.

As the global population continues to grow exponentially, food, a key requirement, needs to grow at the same pace. Technology has entered every sphere of our life and is also playing a pivotal role in food production. Various companies are investing in research to enhance natural produce, create alternatives, or improve processes that can help not only increase food production but also ensure quality.

Among the new-age technologies, 3D printing could well be the solution to address the food scarcity problem. The technology, already making waves in the medical field, is also being introduced in the automotive, packaging, construction, and some other industries. 3D printing, also known as additive manufacturing, entails laying down successive layers of material to create the object; it is the process of making three dimensional solid objects from a digital file.

The thought of eating printed food may seem unappetizing but this food technology has already picked up. According to Statista, 3D printing products and services are expected to grow 26.4% to over USD40 billion by 2024.

Companies making waves in this area are:

• CocoJet: The company has developed a 3D chocolate printer and is working with US confectioner Hersheys that supplies the chocolate printing material.
• byFlow: The company has designed the portable Focus 3D Food Printer. It is planning to expand into the airline meal world as well as educate future chefs on 3D printing by connecting with schools.
• BeeHex: This US-based startup offers high-speed food personalization in baked goods. With the help of 3D printing and robots, it identifies and executes variable shapes on the surface of baked items, according to the choice of the customer.
• Shiyin Technology: This Chinese startup uses artificial intelligence (AI) in its food printers to automatically verify the input recipes against a cloud-based repository and print accordingly.

3D food printers use nozzles, fine materials, lasers, and robotic arms to create food. The process is smooth as the raw material flows from the print cartridge to the printing platform and protects the solid build on the platform. The 3D printers have already been tested on a variety of food types from crystallized sugar cake to cracker-like yeast structures having seeds and spores, which can sprout over time.

Advantages of 3D food printing

• Health benefits – 3D food printing is a boon for health-conscious people, an answer to the growing trend of veganism, gluten-free and lactose-free diets. Furthermore, the 3D printer can be connected to an independent fitness tracker that measures calorie consumption and can help in planning customized meals. It can determine the quantity of vitamins, carbohydrates, and fatty acids and assess the correct percentage of nutrients for a particular age.

  It has been suggested that 3D printing be used for hospital patients to ensure they get a nutritious meal while still abiding with any food restrictions.

• Increased options – 3D printing can help in increasing our protein options. Insects which are far more environment friendly source of food are not a part of the diet in many nations. 3D printing can solve this issue by presenting this protein in a more appetizing and palatable form.
• Food wastage – 3D printing can cut down food wastage by reproducing the food that is still edible but does not ‘look good’. The leftovers can be recycled in a more attractive form and kept in the food chain. Restaurants and supermarkets can save tonnes of food by using this technology.
• Creativity – 3D food printing can save both time and energy spent on cooking while maintaining the nutrition levels. It can also help in experimenting with various dishes in much less time and fewer raw materials, allowing aspiring chefs to be creative.

3D printing is yet to be implemented on a large scale due to concerns pertaining to its acceptance; the challenges it must overcome include:

• Safety – The foremost concern regarding 3D printing in food is safety. The printer must certify safety of the device as well as verify all the stages of processing the raw material will pass through. As the cooking time is limited to a certain temperature, there is a chance that microbes could grow and contaminate the food. However, if set practices and guidelines are followed, safety can be maintained.
• Multiple materials – A dish may require multiple ingredients at varying levels. Printers that can handle complex recipes are still under development. Though printers have multiple extruder capabilities, it will take time before they achieve complete efficiency.
• Raw materials – The raw materials used for 3D printing must be stored properly. They cannot be kept in the same container as the requirement for each differs. Plus, these cannot be left in the printer for long as they could decay.
• Expertise & cost – Food printers are expensive and not very popular as a home appliance. Furthermore, use of 3D printing for food requires skill and special training. It is a separate cost for anyone planning to use the printer.

3D food printing is poised to grow and could address food scarcity and wastage. It will give a boost to sustainability efforts and reduce the growing pressure on environment to provide food for an increasing population. It bodes well for food manufacturing companies and has already been adopted by some food giants, helping them achieve high efficiency and productivity. While 3D printing is an exceptional technology, its adoption may be limited to food production companies; also, it may take much longer to gain acceptance among end customers.

Traditionally, hospitals have always relied on patient care and surgery expense for their revenue. However, using various technological innovations, they can now explore other potential avenues for generating revenue. With the increasing popularity of advancements such as health monitoring devices and telemedicine, an array of opportunities has emerged for medical facilities. Hospitals have the capability to offer complete digital care packages to customers on a monthly subscription, thus introducing a new revenue stream.

Technology has created new opportunities across sectors, including medical care facilities such as hospitals and clinics. So far, these health facilities have mainly depended on patient addition and healthcare fees for their revenue. However, with the emergence of novel medical solutions, hospitals and clinics can generate new sources of revenue.

Chronic diseases, such as diabetes, obesity, or kidney issues, can be better managed if there is constant monitoring and medical consultation. Yet, as the patient cannot visit a healthcare facility every day, they have a schedule of monthly/weekly checks. A lack of regular monitoring can be detrimental to health and trigger complications later on.

There is a solution to this. Healthcare facilities can now provide patients a continuum of care through customized health packages that would employ wearable devices and telehealth services.

The patient’s health and vitals are continuously tracked via a wearable and this data is shared with the physician regularly. Based on the information received, the physician can suggest any change in medicine, diet, or exercise regime, if required. Consultation can be provided through telehealth; hence, the patient is not expected to travel and be physically present for the consultation.

Hospitals can charge patients for these customized digital packages, thereby creating a potentially new revenue stream. This offers many advantages such as:

• Better care – Patients can get better treatment through regular health monitoring, chances of any sudden medical emergencies are reduced, and there is a high probability of checking the progression of disease.
• Cost-effective – This model can prove cost-effective for patients. Since they are under constant monitoring, they get constant medical attention at a fairly low cost. Furthermore, they do not need to undergo expensive tests and checks before every consultation.
• Value-based care – The value-based care model is evolving and would soon become a global healthcare model. Since in this model the medical fee is based on the health outcome, hospitals that are already offering care packages would stand to gain.
• Fewer readmissions – Readmission in hospitals is costly for both patients and hospitals. Regular readmission also reflects poorly on the hospital’s reputation. Through care packages and effective monitoring, the need for readmission is greatly minimized.
• Steady monetization – Monitoring technology can help hospitals generate revenue for associated departments, e.g., pathology, and also monetize departments such as biomedical.
• Data for research – Data collected through constant health tracking can be crucial for research purposes. This data can be used to understand disease progression and come up with innovative medicines or treatment courses.
• Revenue from data – Data can become a source of revenue by making it available to stakeholders such as insurance players, research organizations, pharma companies, and medical device firms.

Nowadays, patients want to be involved in their health decisions and be up to date on their treatment courses. Digital care packages can provide the required efficiency and facilitate involvement. Through these packages, the patient gets regular updates on their health status and lifestyle changes that are needed and be aware of medicines they are prescribed. The patient also has easy access to their caregiver and gets undivided attention and care.

Healthcare is an essential requirement that would always be in demand. However, the need to bring transparency, efficiency, and accountability to the entire process has increased globally, and digital care packages could be a step in that direction.

Technology continues to open new possibilities for the medical device industry. Companies mainly engaged in developing devices for use in surgery or treatment of end-stage patients, can now offer a host of services to help patients manage their health conditions better. Artificial intelligence (AI), machine learning (ML) and predictive analytics is helping these companies to come up with new revenue streams.

Medical device firms that offer solutions for end-stage treatment of diseases, such as surgical equipment and instruments, are now looking at data analysis to explore new opportunities. These firms are collecting data of patients with early-stage symptoms and analyzing it to understand the progression of the disease in them. This data can be leveraged to offer new solutions that are either complementary to their existing devices or standalone in nature. The data can also become a new source of revenue if offered to certain service providers.

Technology for data gathering
Developments in sensor technology, wearable computing, Internet of Things (IoT), and wireless communication are making it easy to gather data. Medical device firms are either developing wearables themselves or partnering with homecare health monitoring product manufacturers. There is a wide range of wearables and these can be used to monitor heart rate, do electrocardiogram, take body temperature, and measure the respiratory rate, blood pressure and nutrition levels of a patient. Wearables can be used in a varied set of progressive diseases such as kidney ailments, osteoporosis, diabetes, and obesity. The vast data taken from healthy individuals or early-stage patients is fed in a central system, and AI and ML techniques are applied to do predictive analysis.

Predictive analytics in healthcare
This entails deriving learning from the historical health and fitness data of an individual and, based on it, predicting the person’s well-being. Predictive analytics can help in determining preventive measures and offering personalized care for each patient.

Big data and ML algorithm have increased the effectiveness of predictive analytics. With the help of technologies, companies can access healthcare data. By processing and managing this data, medical devices firms can identify new opportunities. Some of the use cases of predictive analytics gaining new grounds are:

• Check on chronic diseases – ML algorithms are applied to an identified patient’s electronic health record to develop a prognosis score. These algorithms are embedded with pre-determined factors which helps care givers or doctors in determining the prognosis for a patient for the next six months.
• Medical imaging – An AI algorithm, still under research, can screen chest x-rays in seconds and can detect 14 different pathologies with high accuracy. This could help in emergency situations and during pandemics.

This kind of predictive modeling will be hugely helpful for oncologists. AI algorithms will glean relevant information from images to identify patients who have a more aggressive form of cancer and need immediate treatment, or those who have a less severe case and can avoid painful treatments.

Usage of data
Companies are not only collecting a patient’s data but also actively leveraging it, either in raw form or after processing, to generate new streams of revenue. Currently they are looking for new stakeholders that stand to benefit as much from the data, and business models to work with them. Stakeholders may include:

• Patients – Medical device companies can offer a host of direct or complementary services to individuals likely to develop certain conditions on a subscription basis. Through wearables or regular checks via other devices, companies can:
  • Track the progression of a disease and suggest changes in diet or health regime of an early-stage patient
  • Predict the risk of an early-stage patient becoming an end-stage patient
  • Offer regular advice to potential patients on products, food, exercise, or lifestyle changes to avoid progression
• Insurance companies and brokers – This data can be extremely valuable for insurance companies as they can analyze the risk associated with insuring an individual and accordingly design the premium.
• Care centers – Predictive analytics data is important for primary, secondary and tertiary health care centers, pathology or radiology laboratories, etc. in forecasting trends in customers/care seekers. It can help them take important decisions on whether they need to expand or diversify to increase their bandwidth.
• Government – Updated information on the health of citizens is very useful for governments to design care packages and insurance benefits.
• Corporate employers – Companies would always be interested in obtaining data on the physical and mental health of their employees, in assessing the productivity of candidates prior to hiring them, and in calculating compensation and other benefits.
• Research agencies – Medical laboratories, universities and research and development centers can use this data to develop innovative healthcare solutions.
• Other levels of value chain – Other companies in the value chain, such as drug manufacturers and medical device manufacturers, can use this data to forecast revenues.

Therefore, medical device companies can use technology to generate new revenue streams while helping individuals make correct choices pertaining to health. Big data, predictive analytics, and AI are breakthrough technologies set to be applied increasingly in healthcare. Hence, this is the right time for medical device companies to adapt and implement these. What is your company doing to seek new opportunities?

The new WhatsApp policy released in the first week of 2021 created a furor, especially among Indian users. The announcement that their data would be shared with the parent company of WhatsApp has encouraged many users to move out of the chatting app. The company specified that it is an added service for its business users, and the overall privacy of users would remain protected. Nevertheless, this policy has brought the spotlight on the lack of regulations in India and the need for stringent rules.

The popular chatting app, WhatsApp, is facing mass exodus since its new privacy policy was released at the start of the year. This policy states that WhatsApp has the right to share user data with the parent company – Facebook. Furthermore, both these platforms can share user data with companies that perform online transactions and business through the website/app. All users present on these platforms should agree to these terms and conditions or shut their accounts.

This new policy was a commercial move by the app to use the copious amounts of data under its possession. As an increasing number of users are reaching out to businesses through WhatsApp, this update would enhance their connectivity. Moreover, businesses can choose to receive secure hosting services from Facebook to communicate with their customers as an added service.

Information that WhatsApp would share under its new policy

Details that would not be shared

• Personal chats – Personal chats of users would continue to have end-to-end encryption and remain private. The app clarifies that no personal chats or calls by users can be seen either by the app or any third party.
• Tracking calls or records – The app would not record or listen to audio and video calls; this data would remain end-to-end encrypted, similar to media and text messages. Hence, personal messages or calls would continue to remain private.
• Message storage – The app would not store personal chats or messages of the users or share those with third-party service providers.

Details that would be shared

• Location – Location details of users based on their phone number and IP address would be shared by WhatsApp with Facebook and other companies.
• IP address – The IP address of the device signed in from would be shared.
• Phone details – Details of the phone signed in from, such as its model, battery level, signal strength, browser, mobile network, language, time zone, and even ‘International Mobile Equipment Identity,’ would be shared by the app.
• Contact details – While the contents of personal messages are safe, details of contacts being messaged or called, chat groups, status, profile photos, and last seen online would be shared by the app.
• Payment details – The company has specified that its payment service would process additional information through the app. This data would be shared with Facebook.

The effect
As per the policy, the messaging app would share complete user data with Facebook, which includes location, purchases history, user behavior patterns, and demographics. This would help in the personalizing content and advertisements across Facebook’s social media platforms for users. It would also help users in interlinking payment services such as Facebook Pay accounts for shopping done via the messaging app.

This move by WhatsApp is a step toward increasing its footprint in retail, aided by an increase in the need for personalized content and data integration. Moreover, social media platforms had been tracking their users’ behavior previously as well to determine patterns and reflect content accordingly.

Security concerns
The main concern faced by users regarding this policy is the fact that their data would be easily accessible to commercial users. Apart from the breach of privacy, the critical issue is that this move might ease the way for cyberattacks, allowing hackers to leak users’ personal accounts, photos, media files, bank details, and location. Hence, many users have migrated from WhatsApp since the announcement of this policy.

Regulations
This policy affects Indian citizens more than those of any other country, as India’s data protection laws are not stringent. The new WhatsApp policy does not affect the European region as the European Union (EU)’s law on data protection and privacy, viz., the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), protects users from any issues regarding data sharing.

Limited protection is available under the Information Technology Act for Indian citizens. Hence, users do not get any relief, even on the misuse or blatant sale of their data. Additionally, very few people are aware of the privacy policies present on social media platforms, as they do not check the terms and conditions before signing up.

Need for stringent regulations
The importance of data is increasing day by day. Many companies are taking steps to commercialize their data to increase their bottom line. While companies are following some basic compliances, they do not show any real accountability for the data they are collecting. Furthermore, individuals are not completely aware of how and why their data would be used.

The GDPR in Europe has set certain guidelines that need to be followed by both the EU as well as non-EU companies present in that region. Some of its features are:

• Informing users of the data that would be taken by the platform and taking their consent
• Sending breach notifications to affected individuals within 72 hours
• Making people aware of their rights and legal actions they can take in case of misuse of their data
• Changes in corporate policies that make companies more accountable for the data they collect, along with a structure to collect fines from companies that do not toe the line

These guidelines safeguard the data of EU residents and give them the right to choose how their data should be used.

The US offers protection to its citizens from data piracy through various laws at federal and state levels. The Federal Trade Commission (FTC) has the authority to take action and enforce federal piracy and data protection regulations.

Similar to the EU and the US, India needs to increase the level of data protection of its citizens, for which it should design a framework that regulates the sharing and usage of individual data.

Conclusion
Indian citizens, apparently, do not consider their data to be valuable. If they had a choice to pay for a chatting service versus using an app for free in exchange of sharing their data for commercial purposes, they may choose the latter. Unlike other countries where citizens are more aware of how their data is being used and prefer to keep it confidential, Indians are more open to data sharing. As such, Indians are yet to realize the potential of their data for commercial purposes.

Although the Indian government refined the online privacy policy in 2020, it still has many loopholes. No defined regulations exist for companies to prevent them from sharing or using customer data for commercial purposes.

Currently, WhatsApp has delayed the implementation of its new policy for a few months post the mass uproar against their move. It is yet to be seen if WhatsApp will likely lose its popularity or continue to rule the roost once the new

Parallel to the industrial revolution, the chemical industry has surged in terms of both production volumes and innovations. The sector’s adaptability to modernization, especially adopting digitization, is a testament to its resilience, irrespective of economic conditions, especially the crisis currently underway globally. Considering the innovations, investor interest, and positive industry estimates, digitization in this sector is expected to increase. Due to the constant need for chemicals across allied and non-allied sectors, the outlook for the chemical industry would continue to be positive. Hence, along with the trending ‘Industry 4.0,’ ‘Chemicals 4.0’ must concord, paving the way for the potential adoption of several digitization drivers.

Historically, the chemical industry has incorporated nearly all digital innovations relevant across industries. Digitization in the chemical industry would primarily influence:

Productivity and efficiency – Increasing competitive advantage and lowering costs through optimized operations

Innovations – Boosting productivity in R&D to reduce time to market

Data management and analysis – Improving product development via customer insights to optimize offerings

Workforce – Transforming tasks, opportunities, and job requirements

Offerings – Digitally enhancing product performance, especially for close-to-end-customer markets

We explore a few leading technology drivers that have potential to boost digitization in this sector.

Modeling and Simulation
Computer-based modeling and simulations were initially implemented in the 1970s to partially automate chemical processes. Currently, computational models are being increasingly researched and published year-on-year. Several novel reactions are being predicted mathematically. In particular, modeling can help predict conditions for conducting high/sub-zero temperature experiments at ambient temperatures, as well as facilitate drug discovery. Furthermore, extensive R&D on computational fluid dynamics continues to benefit the chemical industry.

The energy industry is a key deployer of computational simulation technologies. Recently, ABB and CORYS collaborated to deliver advanced twin technology systems to enhance control monitoring and process modeling simulations for energy and process industries. Computational simulations, especially molecular modelling, have key applications in the allied pharma industry. As per Data Bridge Market Research, the global molecular modelling market will likely expand by a CAGR of 15.25% during 2019–26.

Collaborative Robots (Cobots)
Cobots have aided growth in all industrial verticals since the past two decades. These are typically deployed separately or in tandem with workers to enable safe, efficient, and optimized operations in factories. In the chemical industry, cobots have the potential to be programmed for aiding processes conducted at high temperatures or in physically/chemically hazardous environments that are deemed unsafe for workers.

Cobots have potential to be deployed for material handing in the chemical industry. As per Global Marketers, the market for material handling cobots would expand during 2019–26. Human-cobot interactions need to be effective for optimized operations. Hence, employees need to be well-trained for handling cobots. Recently, a UK-based cobot manufacturing company set up a first-of-its-kind authorized training center in collaboration with a Danish robotics firm. The center aims to help improve human-robot interactions, and consequently, enhance production efficiency.

Artificial Intelligence (AI)
Since the past decade, AI-based technologies are being gradually immersed in the chemical industry. Owing to their capability to mimic human cognitive functions, especially learning and problem solving, these technologies can help expedite innovations, reduce costs, increase operational efficiency, and improve customer satisfaction. Hence, AI has the potential to design efficient ‘idea-to-market’ strategies.

AI-based technologies appear to have already been beneficial in enhancing processes post implementation. As per a survey by Accenture, until 2018, about 72% of chemical companies adopting AI-based technologies witnessed a minimum two-fold enhancement in few processes, while 37% companies recorded five-fold enhancement. At present, research centers are needed for accelerating AI-based innovations in the chemical industry worldwide. Recently, LivNSense Technologies and ARITAR collaborated to launch a Center of Excellence in India to encourage such innovations to boost growth in the petrochemical industry. AI-based technologies for environment remediation are currently being developed, particularly for lowering carbon footprint. PwC UK estimates greenhouse gas emissions would drop 4% by 2030 on adopting AI in key industries, including water and energy.

Internet of Things (IoT)
The IoT has recently found acceptance in the chemical industry, with its advantages being similar to other digitization drivers in the lines of improving productivity and boosting profitability. With the help of inexpensive computer chips and ubiquitous wireless networks, factory equipment can be linked to a virtual interface. This would help manufacturers identify and repair/replace poor performing equipment; rapidly detect and track quality issues; monitor end-to-end chemical processes; and customize processes as per customer requirements.

The significance of the IoT continues to grow in the chemical industry. As per MarketIndustryReports, globally, the IoT in chemical industry market was estimated to be valued at USD39 billion in 2018, with anticipation of healthy CAGR expansion during 2019–30. Such growth in IoT adoption would concurrently boost growth in the market for batteries to operate IoT devices. Numerous established and new companies have recently launched high-lifecycle batteries, especially catered to IoT devices.

Big Data
As with other industries, big data has potential to revolutionize all aspects of the chemical industry, including end-to-end upstream and downstream processes, product development, supply chain management, and marketing. Specifically, big data would positively impact the following aspects of the chemical industry:

Production – Real-time decision-making on asset utilization and process scheduling

Supply Chain – Data integration to streamline processes and enhance distribution networks

Safety – Determining the root cause of factory incidents to develop long-term remedies and prevent reoccurrence

Pricing – Analyzing profitability, market forecasting, and raw material availability to optimize pricing policies

R&D – Collating data from customers, forecasts, and market trends for customized product development Adoption of big data would primarily rely on the outlook for chemical software required for its implementation. ReportLinker recently stated that the global chemical software market would be valued at USD192.36 million, expanding by a CAGR of 5% during 2020–24. Data historian solutions are also relevant to big data’s implementation for the efficient collection of data from industrial systems (e.g., SCADA). The data historian solutions market would expand at a CAGR of 5% to USD1.3 billion by 2025 from USD1.1 billion in 2020, as per MarketsAndMarkets.

Deployment Challenges and Outlook
The technologies discussed above are the most relevant among many drivers of digitization in the chemical industry. That being said, several challenges exist, particularly related to deployment and investments in such innovations.

Value proposition – Most digital innovations are recent, and offerings are constantly being upgraded owing to intense competition among technology players. This causes uncertainties in choosing the appropriate technology for implementation in chemical plants. Therefore, chemical companies may face challenges in presenting a concrete value proposition for justifying investments in digitization.

System integration – Big data is considered a boon to the industry. However, its implementation is easier said than done, as vast quantities of historical and current data need to be stored and processed. Hence, it may take several more years to reap the fruits of big data. Many issues also mar the application of the IoT, especially with regard to seamless integration with operational equipment and abnormal faulting in real time.

Cybersecurity – Progress in digitization has simultaneously surged internet connectivity globally. Naturally, cybersecurity continues to be a challenge, with emphasis being on IP protection. Only few countries have stringent IP and cybersecurity laws/regulations, which pile on to the challenges presented by digitization to chemical companies.

Employability – The chemical industry is undoubtedly among the top employers globally. Over 10 million employees currently work in this sector, with millions of others being indirectly involved in allied industries. Industrial digitization, particularly automation, could result in workforce reduction. However, this might be majorly offset by increasing employment within digitization roles. Nevertheless, digitization presents the challenge of constantly upskilling employees and increasing their engagement with technologies, all of which are time- and cost-intensive.

Environment – Environment remediation is among the key outcomes expected from digitization. Conversely, these technologies negatively affect the environment while being produced or deployed. While data is considered the new oil, technologies used for data processing may affect the environment in the same manner as fossil fuel refinement and consumption. MIT Technology Review reports that training just one AI model can cause carbon emission equivalent to that produced by five cars in their lifetimes.

Despite the challenges faced, digitization is deemed to be key in the positive outlook for the chemical industry. As per a survey conducted by Siemens, 48% of chemical companies expect ROI on digitalization-based innovations within two years, while only 10% estimate ROI in over five years. Moreover, digitization has the potential to enhance the value delivered by employees in chemical companies. Accenture stated that optimal digitization initiatives would increase operational efficiency and save about USD91,000 per chemical company employee (global average).

Plausible process flow using leading digitization drivers

Conclusion
Several digitization drivers have made a mark and continue to positively impact both the demand side (chemical companies) and supply side (technology providers). Most of these technologies, despite their uniqueness, have similar positive outcomes as discussed above. Hence, their holistic implementation by chemical companies would be unsurprising. In addition to process improvements and higher revenues, digitization has the potential to boost sustainability and circular economy, which are of prominence in this sector. With the ongoing global crisis waning as we enter the new year, chemical companies need to adopt appropriate digital technologies to drive robust growth.

Liquid lithium-ion batteries have some inherent shortcomings which limit the potential of electric vehicles. Solid-state batteries, an emerging technology, could deliver improved performance at a comparatively low cost. The technology is still under development and automobile companies are vying to be the first to introduce this technology in the market. Will solid-state batteries completely replace liquid lithium-ion batteries and be the future of electric vehicles?

Are Solid-State Batteries the Future of Electric Vehicles?
A potential alternative to liquid lithium-ion batteries (LIBs) are solid-state batteries (SSBs) which use solid electrodes and electrolytes rather than liquid or polymer electrolytes. The adoption of SSBs is expected to be a gamechanger for electric vehicles (EVs) as these batteries offer high performance and safety at a lower cost.

SSBs have been under research for some time and are finally ready to enter the EV market. Several automobile companies are racing to be the first to launch the revolutionary battery.

The global SSB market is estimated to expand from USD 62 million in 2020 to USD 483 million by 2027, at a CAGR of 34.2%. One of the main growth drivers is expected to be the rising application of SSBs in EVs.

Why solid-state batteries?
SSBs have many advantages such as lower flammability, higher-potential cathodes, improved cycle characteristics, higher stability, increased life span, ease of fabrication, better electrochemical stability, and higher energy density compared to liquid batteries. However, the most attractive feature of SSBs is their ability to increase the range of EVs by 80% compared to LIBs.

One of the leading developers of SSBs, QuantumScape, has shared the performance data for the batteries based on its R&D activities. The company has managed to overcome critical issues related to charging time, cycle life, safety, and operating temperature, among others, making SSBs ideal for EVs.

Major advantages of SSBs are given below.

• Increased safety – SSBs use flame-retardant electrolytes, making them less susceptible to fire accidents. This makes them a much safer option than LIBs, which use liquid electrolytes; battery leakage pose a threat to the entire vehicle.
• High energy density – The energy density of SSBs can be increased per kg as these batteries are 80–90% thinner and have higher decomposition voltage than LIBs. This results in enhanced energy density and consequently high power output. This, in turn, could significantly raise EVs’ driving range, thereby eliminating the requirement for frequent charging.
• Fast charging – Liquid electrolytes tend to heat up due to fast charging which is risky for vehicles. As SSBs do not have liquid electrolytes, they provide higher safety compared to liquid LIBs, making them highly attractive in the EV market.
• Low cost: Installation and maintenance costs of conventional liquid LIBs are very high. This is mostly attributed to scarcity of raw materials such as cobalt. SSBs are considered comparatively cost-effective.

The manifold benefits of SSBs have resulted in several automobile brands in the Original Equipment Manufacturers segment investing in the technology:

• QuantumScape, a Bill Gates-backed start-up has received USD 100 million from Volkswagen for the development of SSBs. The company has already worked on a prototype single-layer pouch cell. QuantumScape has reported attractive features such as battery recharge up to 80% in 15 minutes; this would enable a car to cover thousands of miles even in extreme temperatures.
  Volkswagen is aiming to manufacture one million EVs by 2025, including SSB-powered vehicles.
• Solid Power, a company working on SSBs, has received an investment of USD 20 million from BMW. The automobile company plans to launch 12 different models of EVs by 2025.
• Toyota is leading the race for the launch of SSB-powered EVs. It has already initiated its pilot projects. However, a fully commercialized vehicle is expected to enter the market only by 2030. Toyota has also formed a joint venture with Panasonic to develop innovative next-generation SSBs for EVs.
• Hyundai has invested in a US-based start-up, Ionic Materials, which develops solid-state electrolyte materials. Hyundai plans to launch SSB-powered EVs by 2025.

Current challenges
The biggest challenge facing SSBs is related to the dynamics of the solid electrolyte and electrode interface (cathode (or anode)/electrolyte interface). In solid electrolytes paired with lithium anodes, the lithium metal has been found to penetrate to the Li/solid electrolyte interface during electrodeposition and extend through the bulk of the solid electrolyte, causing short circuits and battery damage. Additionally, Li/ solid electrolyte interfaces are thermodynamically unstable. Structural and chemical changes naturally occur upon contact and under electrochemical operation; this could alter ion transport characteristics and mechanical integrity.

The development of high-performance all SSBs would require greater control over the evolution and reactivity of the solid electrolyte/electrode interface.

Outlook
Despite being neither safe nor sustainable, LIBs are ruling the EV market. These batteries are easily flammable, release toxic gases, and are contributing to the depletion of cobalt reserves. These issues make SSBs a promising alternative to LIBs.

Apart from EVs, another area where SSBs could be used is miniaturization of consumer electronics. Manufacturers of wearable devices and consumer electronics such as Samsung (South Korea), LG Electronics (South Korea), and Panasonic (Japan) would require miniature power sources. These companies are developing flexible, small devices with high power density, a requirement that could be fulfilled by thin-film batteries, like SSBs.

Accordingly, SSBs are increasingly attracting interest and receiving significant investments for further research. The market is poised to grow and these batteries may well be the future of EVs.

Augmented reality (AR) is a disruptive technology that intertwines the physical and virtual worlds. AR is being effectively applied in various areas, from healthcare to advertising. The use of AR-based aids has made distance learning more interesting and effective during the lockdown. In the commercial space, AR has benefitted both consumers and businesses. Moreover, AR systems are being used in defense to plan strategic operations. Overall, the adoption of AR has been reported to save operational cost and time, besides enhancing efficiency. Researchers in the field are devoting considerable efforts to further explore the potential of this technology which is expected to revolutionize the world and transform the way humans think and live.

The technological field is highly dynamic and vibrant. Innovations are continuously changing the way we live. Certain innovations have led to disruption; one such disruptive technology is augmented reality (AR). AR creates an enhanced picture by interweaving the real world with the virtual world, using graphics and other computer-generated inputs. This technology is being applied in diverse fields, from entertainment to defense. For instance, in defense, creation of critical mission scenarios using AR while training helps in executing them effectively in real time. AR systems used in planning military operations enhance efficiency and situational awareness.

Several companies are actively exploring AR to provide immersive experience to consumers. Retail giant IKEA has launched an app, IKEA Place, which enables users to virtually revamp their homes with the company’s products. This helps users to test the products in real time and gives them an exact picture. AR has been reshaping various sectors, as described below.

Education
Education could significantly benefit from the adoption of AR. During the COVID-19-related lockdown, AR has helped teachers to make virtual classes more interesting and a fun-filled experience. A few months back, a teacher at a school in Tamil Nadu bedazzled kindergartners by placing an elephant next to her in the classroom. Teachers have also started using AR to introduce concepts such as the solar system and spaceship. Such visual aids help in significantly enhancing students’ understanding, besides sparking interest and motivating them. Several schools are undertaking similar initiatives to add value to remote learning.

Medicine
AR has the potential to revolutionize the medical field, making healthcare, surgery, drug administration, etc. highly effective. AR-based models of internal organs aid in not only deepening medical professionals’ knowledge but also enhancing their performance. The application of AR has been advantageous in anatomical dissections and other medical procedures such as laparoscopy (ProMIS simulator), neurosurgery (Perk Station), and echocardiography (CAE VIMEDIX simulator, EchoCom). In particular, AR systems have helped in reducing the length of surgeries, benefitting both patients as well as surgeons. AR also enables healthcare providers to better understand the efficacy of a new drug, device, or therapy. Moreover, AR-based visual aids help doctors to explain complex treatments to patients; this, in turn, enhances patients’ comprehension and doctor-patient interaction.

Entertainment
AR has been relatively better explored in entertainment. AR has helped entertainment providers to deliver a highly engaging experience. For instance, AR has been used to give life to fairy tales, wherein virtual characters from the wonderworld are incorporated into physical settings diligently. Users can also interact with the characters which is enthralling. However, creation of such magical moments requires carefully designing the virtual characters, a challenging task. If the characters are not designed properly, they would not blend well with the natural setting and the user-virtual character interaction would not be smooth. AR is also extensively being used in gaming. Companies are developing AR-based mobile games which enable gamers to build virtual structures, place these structures in real-life neighborhoods, and go on adventurous trips with friends in the new world. Moreover, AR-enabled devices such as HoloLens (from Microsoft) allow gamers to interact with virtual characters and objects, including waging battles against virtual aliens, in their living rooms.

Automobile
AR is being intensively used in the automobile sector across various areas, including development of new products, maintenance and after-sales service, quality assurance, navigation, and advertising, among others. This has opened considerable opportunities in the sector. For instance, General Motors has been partnering with several universities to create an AR system to help motorists in challenging driving conditions. Moreover, AR has enabled automotive manufacturers to design novel models and check whether a new engine would aptly fit into an existing model, preventing the need for manual operations. This has, in turn, helped the companies save cost and time. Manufacturers are also using AR to advertise their products effectively. For example, Mercedes-Benz has launched an AR-based mobile app, Mercedes cAR, which enables customers to view in detail the various components of a Mercedes car. Mercedes cAR also allows customers to configure the interiors of the vehicle as well as the exteriors, including the color. Furthermore, the app offers an interactive driving experience to a prospective buyer before the actual purchase—users can place the car of their choice in real-life settings and go on a virtual drive.

Thus, AR, with the help of machines, helps in expanding human capabilities. It has significantly driven growth in various industries. However, this technology is still in its infancy and its full potential is yet to be tapped. The only limitation to exploiting AR is one’s imagination. AR is expected to trigger innovations in several fields that would considerably benefit humanity. Will AR be the “new reality?” Only time will tell!

It is ideal to obtain expert opinion while selecting the appropriate technology for your business.

Growing awareness of climate change and a need to promote sustainability have prompted the emergence of various initiatives to curb the use of plastic – branded the main culprit degrading the environment. Bioplastics is one such safety measure. It is an alternative to traditional plastic and is made of plant or other natural fiber. It could be the solution to eliminate plastic litter. However, bioplastic has its own set of problems. Unless steps are implemented to handle the challenges in its effective utilization, bioplastic could end up as just another ‘greenwashing’ product – something that only projects an image of sustainability and ecological responsibility.

Plastic has proved to be one of the main pollutants responsible for worldwide environmental degradation. Hailed as a great invention at the time of its advent, its resilience is now a constant threat to ecological stability. As plastic is not biodegradable, it clogs landfills and pollutes seas, thus choking marine life and polluting the air and soil. Researchers and organizations are exploring options for potential alternatives. One such solution is bioplastic.

As the name implies, bioplastic is biodegradable plastic made from fibrous plants, such as corn and sugarcane, by extracting sugars to convert into polylactic acids (PLAs). It can also made by polyhydroxyalkanoates (PHAs) generated through microorganisms. Other fibrous waste, such as avocado pits, leftover cooking oil, and even seaweed, can be converted into bioplastic and added to the list of potential feedstocks.

The most significant advantage of using bioplastic is the positive impact it can have on the environment. With a reduction in traditional plastic, landfills and oceans could gradually see less litter. As bioplastic does not use crude oil, the cost of raw material also declines. A notable shift in consumer consciousness towards brands and companies that follow sustainable environment-friendly production practices is another point that favors the use of bioplastic.

Despite the benefits it offers, there are questions raised about bioplastic’s ability to actually deliver on these. Is bioplastic actually as bad for the environment as traditional plastic? Some of these doubts about bioplastic are listed here:

• Biodegradability – Very few bioplastics comprise 100 % biodegradable material. Several commercially available products contain 10–50% conventional plastic along with the bio-based polymers. These are deceptive and are often marketed as bioplastic.
• Limited land availability – One of the key complaints against bioplastic is that it diverts arable land from food crops to grow raw material for bioplastic. As food shortage is a global issue, this forms a large obstacle in the large-scale adoption of bioplastic. Industrial agriculture increases pressure on arable land. It can also lead to water shortage and loss of habitat and biodiversity.
• Limitation of PLA – PLA-derived bioplastic is extensively used to make shopping bags, 3D printing material, transparent cups, and other transient products. While PLA is recyclable and compostable, it requires certain conditions to be actually biodegradable. It cannot degrade in the sea or in any natural environment. If it does end up in the ocean, it could be as harmful as regular plastic.
• Industrial compost site – Bioplastic needs industrial compost sites where it can be converted into degradable material. It has to be managed correctly and routed to specialized industrial composting or recycling facilities. PLA especially needs industrial composting facilities with temperatures above 136° Fahrenheit. Moreover, even in the best biodegradable conditions, some plastic will still escape biodegradation.
• Other chemicals – Bioplastic is later mixed with chemicals to make a single plastic product. These chemicals can be harmful to humans or other organisms if released into the environment.
• Use of fertilizers – To ensure fast crop growth, industrial farming for bioplastic deploys chemical fertilizers and pesticides, both of which end up polluting the soil and making the land inarable. Monoculture cropping is another ill effect of this type of farming.
• Consumer awareness – Consumers need to learn the right way to dispose of bioplastic so it does not wind up with non-degradable garbage. Unless routed correctly, bioplastic can end up defeating the purpose it was designed for.

Doubts about bioplastic
One of the main issues against bioplastic is that the initial stages of recycling this material involve the same challenges as that faced in recycling regular plastic. The packaging design makes this task complex and labor-intensive. Features such as plastic sleeves on bottles, black plastic, or multiple layers lead to wastage of material that could have been better recycled. Apart from the recyclability issue, there is difficulty in separating and sorting biopolymers from synthetic plastics during the recycling and biodegradation process. Only the purest part bioplastic would actually degrade while the leftover synthetic fiber will continue to pollute the environment.

What is the solution?
There are alternatives to PLA-based biopolymers – such as biopolymers/biomaterials polysaccharides, lignin, animal or plant proteins, etc. – that can be used to produce bioplastics.

• Biopolymers/biomaterials polysaccharides – Bioplastic can be made with polysaccharides such as chitin, cellulose, and chitosan. These are abundantly available and involve low production costs. Polysaccharides-based materials are already used to make fibers, films, food casing, and sponges. These are also utilized in industrial applications in sectors such as pharmaceuticals, food, biomedicals, and electronics.
• Lignin – This is an organic substance present in plants such as straw. It is one of the most abundant resources on earth and is a non-commercialized waste product. Lignin is a great substitute for oil and vastly suitable for industrial production. Interestingly, it can also replace synthetic fiber in bioplastics, making the latter more durable and stronger.
• Animal/plant protein – Farm waste can be a great source of animal or plant protein, which can also be used to create bioplastics. An unusual ingredient, the bloodmeal present in animal protein offers a cost-competitive, highly sustainable means to produce bioplastics.

Recent research has led to the development of a new material from spider silk and wood, which can outperform most natural and synthetic materials. It can resist non-reversible deformation, stretch without breaking, and is entirely biodegradable while also being petroleum-free. Similar materials are currently under research or are already in production and can well replace plastic entirely.

Bioplastic cannot be completely disregarded as a viable option, but further research and use of alternative materials are needed to make it more sustainable. If its shortcomings can be addressed, bioplastic could become the much-needed solution to the alarming environmental degradation the planet currently faces. Unless it is made more environment-friendly and viable to be properly disposed, it will fail to achieve its objective and may end up being branded a ‘greenwashing’ product.

Artificial Intelligence (AI) has proved to be a two-edged sword for cybersecurity. AI-enabled tools are being implemented by companies for building a strong security framework, but these are also being used by hackers to design advanced and precise cyberattacks. Could AI become a major threat to enterprises in future?

Cyberattacks have become ubiquitous and a major threat to all industries globally. It is a significant risk currently faced by all companies and government agencies. The new class of stealthy digital attackers are subtle, and they use the latest technology to steal or manipulate data, resulting in huge financial and reputational losses. Cybersecurity agencies are deploying innovative techniques and cutting-edge technology to boost the protective layer around sensitive data. However, cybercriminals are not far behind!

Security agencies have identified AI as one of the best-suited technologies to handle cyber threats due to its various capabilities such as:

• Identifying malicious malware
• Analyzing and interpreting user behavior
• Establishing user patterns
• Deducing anomalies or irregularities

Ironically, these features can also be used to design highly sophisticated cyberattack programs.

Can AI become a weapon of destruction?
AI can be used to make cyberattacks increasingly dangerous and obscure. With the help of AI, cyber criminals are now developing self-learning automated malware, ransomware, and phishing attacks, or they are able to do social engineering. Cybercriminals can implement AI, and consequently deep learning, to breach security systems. Following are some of the recent examples of AI-based attacks:

• AI can be used to superimpose an individual’s voice or face over another’s in a call or videoconference. This technique is called ‘Deepfakes,’ using which cybercriminals attacked a UK-based company. An AI-based software was used to impersonate the CEO’s voice on a call to convince employees to make a fraudulent transfer of almost USD243,000. As the CEO’s voice is available online, the hackers had easy access to it, and they were successful in their attempt.
• A prestigious online platform for freelance laborers was a victim of cybercrime, which affected approximately 3.75 million users. The hackers stole the registered Social Security Numbers and bank account details. An AI-enabled botnet was used to perform this huge attack directly on the servers. Due to the attack, the entire site had to be shut down until security could be restored and reinforced.
• A well-known blogging and hosting website faced an onslaught from botnets. The affected accounts were vulnerable and eventually gave hackers access to users’ personal information and financial details, such as credit card numbers or back account details.
• An AI-based tool was used to hack the accounts on a popular social media website. The users on the site were locked out of their social media profiles, as the hackers changed their passwords. Details revealed a bug in the code, which was responsible for the issue. The hacker was able to exploit this vulnerability and see users’ passwords in the URL of their browsers by using AI-enabled tools.

There are other advanced AI-based methods that will probably play a pivotal role in social engineering and social media cybercrime. Due to its ability to understand individual behavior and patterns, AI-based malware can impersonate a user. With the knowledge of users’ writing style taken from their social media and email accounts, the malware could craft credible messages that would appear to be genuine communications. Majority of the attacks occur via sending email attachments, as the target will not think twice before opening an email from a known entity and following instructions.

AI can also be used deviously to enter and move around a system, discretely. It can become a silent spectator and expertly spread within a digital environment, compromising connected devices. With its ability to analyze vast volumes of data rapidly, AI-based malware will be able to identify and quickly extract valuable information.

Although AI algorithms are complex, AI will soon be the favored tool of digital attackers. Organizations across the globe will have to become more alert and proactive. Technology research companies can help organizations in understanding:

• Preventive measures
• Actions to be taken in the event of such attacks
• Correct profile of employees who will take lead in such scenarios
• Solutions for such issues (available and under research)

AI is a brilliant technology, but its implementation will depend on its user. While cybersecurity agencies can make this technology a savior, digital attackers can easily weaponize it. AI’s ability to quickly learn and adapt will help it prosper in a new era of both cyberattack and cybersecurity.

The political strain between India and China in the backdrop of the COVID-19 pandemic and the more recent Galwan Valley skirmish has prompted the Indian government to ban certain vulnerable apps that have a Chinese hand. Indian citizens are also favoring home-grown products in their attempt to boycott Chinese products and to support the government’s edict. With the pervasive presence of Chinese apps in almost all segments – from financial services to entertainment and gaming – the current ban opens up vast opportunities for Indian players. Can Indian start-ups rise to this challenge to meet technological demands and emerge as winners?

The COVID-19 pandemic currently ravaging the world allegedly originated from China. The country is facing flak from many quarters for not having dealt with the outbreak more systematically and failing to stop its spread. While the world battles the pandemic, China’s activities in foreign lands have started raised further problems for several countries. The geo-political situation between India and China has also turned hostile as the two countries clash on border issues.

Recently, the Indian government announced a ban on 59 Chinese apps. The government note said, “Chinese apps are reportedly engaging in activities prejudicial to the sovereignty and integrity of India, defense of India, and the security of state and public order.” Apps such as TikTok and WeChat stand accused of unauthorized collection and transfer of data to servers located outside India. While a ban on such apps was imminent, the recent border clash served as an impetus for this move. However, this could only be the beginning; the Indian government plans to add more apps to the banned list.

Chinese apps are prolific, spanning diverse segments and having a vast consumer base. From financial services to entertainment, gaming, and communication, these apps have penetrated many markets. Therefore, the government ban brings up a great opportunity for Indian start-ups to develop similar or better alternatives and draw erstwhile Chinese app users to their fold.

Some well-known Chinese apps and their current Indian alternatives are tabled here.

The ban on Tiktok, Vigo Video, and Helo is estimated to cause parent company ByteDance a loss of USD1 billion in revenue. This amount surpasses the revenue loss of the other 56 Chinese apps and can be mainly attributed to the loss of advertisement (ad) revenue.

Revenue from paid apps in India amounted to USD195 million in 2019; this figure is expected to grow to USD305 million by 2023. This anticipated growth indicates a significant opportunity for Indian app developers to penetrate the market and generate revenue directly from app users or through ads showcased on free apps.